JP7002825B2 - Pachinko machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine (generally also referred to as a "pachinko machine") or a rotating drum type gaming machine (generally also referred to as a "pachislot machine").

Conventionally, there is known a gaming machine that draws a lottery based on whether or not a gaming ball wins a prize at the starting opening, and if the lottery result is a big hit, a big hit gaming state is generated. In this big hit game state, a large number of prize balls can be obtained in a short time by opening the big prize opening as a winning opening that is normally closed and letting the big winning opening win one game after another. .. In addition, when the lottery result is a specific jackpot among the jackpots, the jackpot probability is higher than in the normal time as the game state after the end of the jackpot game state, or the game ball to the starting port is higher than in the normal time. By facilitating the winning of the prize, it becomes possible to control the special gaming state which is advantageous for the player. Further, it has been proposed that this type of gaming machine includes a small hit as a type of hit and generates a small hit gaming state when the lottery result is a small hit (for example, Patent Document 1). reference).

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-232154

However, even if the result of the lottery is a hit, if it is not advantageous for the player, not only the game interest cannot be improved, but also it may be a cause of lowering the interest.

The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is a gaming machine capable of suppressing a decline in gaming interest even if the lottery result is not advantageous to the player. Is to provide.

A lottery means that draws a lot based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, a large winning opening that can accept a game ball based on the lottery result drawn by the lottery means, and a profit-giving state given to the player. The profit-giving control means that controls either the low profit-giving state with a low expected value or the high-profit-giving state with a higher expected profit than the low profit-giving state, and the lottery by the lottery means are always performed by the gaming medium. A first lottery based on a winning first starting port and a second based on a second starting opening that can be changed into a first state in which a game medium is easy to win and a second state in which a game medium is difficult or impossible to win. There is a lottery, and the large winning opening is provided with a specific area that can be controlled to the high profit granting state in which the expected value of the profit is high due to the inflow of the game ball. The inflow of the game ball into the region is made possible by the distribution member provided in the large winning opening being able to operate in a specific operation mode based on the fulfillment of a predetermined condition, and the distribution member is said to be able to flow in. The predetermined condition that can be operated in a specific operation mode is a condition that the number of acceptance counts of the game balls accepted in the large winning opening becomes a specific count number, and the special result is obtained by the lottery means. When the predetermined condition that can be satisfied by opening the large winning opening and accepting the game ball in the opened large winning opening is satisfied, the distribution member performs the specific operation. It is operated in the embodiment, and when the game ball flows into the specific region due to the operation of the distribution member in the specific operation mode, the high profit-giving state can be generated and is accepted by the open large winning opening. The number of acceptance counts of game balls accepted at the time of opening the big winning opening, which allows the distribution member to operate in the specific operation mode on condition that the acceptance count number of game balls becomes a specific count number. Is not explicitly counted by the player, and the high profit granting state controlled by the distribution member being operated in the specific operation mode is controlled by the player to the high profit granting state. The second lottery based on the second starting port is given the profit-giving state by the profit-giving control means than the first lottery based on the first starting port. At that time, the game ball is easily flowed into the specific area, and the high profit granting state is likely to occur, so that the player can move to the second starting port rather than the first lottery based on the first starting port. Based on the second lottery A gaming machine characterized by the fact that the lottery is more advantageous .

In the gaming machine of the present invention, even if the lottery result is not advantageous to the player, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the gaming interest.

It is a perspective view which shows the state which opened the main body frame with respect to the outer frame of the pachinko machine which concerns on embodiment, and opened the door frame with respect to the main body frame. It is a front view of a pachinko machine. It is a right side view of a pachinko machine. It is a top view of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is an exploded perspective view seen from the rear of the outer frame, the main body frame, the game board, and the door frame which make up a pachinko machine. It is an exploded perspective view seen from the front of the outer frame, the main body frame, the game board, and the door frame which make up a pachinko machine. It is a front perspective view of the outer frame. It is an exploded perspective view seen from the front of the outer frame. It is a front view of the outer frame. It is a rear perspective view of the outer frame. It is a right side view of the outer frame. It is a perspective view for demonstrating the attachment / detachment structure of the upper shaft support metal fitting of a main body frame, and the upper support metal fitting of an outer frame. (A) is an exploded perspective view showing an attached state of a lock member provided on the back surface of the upper support metal fitting of the outer frame, and (B) is a perspective view of the figure (A) viewed from below. It is a back view of the upper support metal fitting part for demonstrating the relationship between a shaft support pin and a lock member. It is a back view of the upper support metal fitting part for demonstrating the operation of a lock member. It is a front view of a door frame. It is a rear view of a door frame. It is a perspective view which looked at the door frame from the right front. It is a perspective view which looked at the door frame from the left front. It is a perspective view seen from the right rear of the door frame. It is an exploded perspective view which looked at the door frame from the front. It is an exploded perspective view which looked at the door frame from the back. (A) is a front perspective view of the door frame base unit in the door frame, and (B) is a rear perspective view of the door frame base unit in the door frame. It is an exploded perspective view which disassembled the door frame base unit and looked at from the front. It is an exploded perspective view which disassembled the door frame base unit and looked at later. It is a perspective view which looked at the door frame base board cover and the wiring holding member in a door frame base unit from the rear. It is an enlarged perspective view which shows the state of the wiring which electrically connects a door frame and a main body frame. (A) is a front perspective view of the right side decoration unit in the door frame, and (B) is a rear perspective view of the right side decoration unit in the door frame. It is an exploded perspective view of the right side decoration unit disassembled and viewed from the front. It is an exploded perspective view of the right side decoration unit disassembled and viewed later. (A) is a front perspective view of the left side decoration unit in the door frame, and (B) is a rear perspective view of the left side decoration unit in the door frame. It is an exploded perspective view of the left side decoration unit disassembled and viewed from the front. It is an exploded perspective view of the left side decoration unit disassembled and viewed later. It is sectional drawing of the left side decoration unit. It is explanatory drawing which shows the light emission mode of the left side decoration unit by a photograph. It is a front perspective view of the upper decorative unit in a door frame. It is a rear perspective view of the upper decorative unit in a door frame. It is an exploded perspective view of the upper decorative unit disassembled and viewed from the front. It is an exploded perspective view which looked at after disassembling the upper decoration unit. It is a front perspective view of the dish unit in a door frame. It is a rear perspective view of the dish unit in a door frame. It is an exploded perspective view which disassembled the dish unit and looked at from the front. It is an exploded perspective view after disassembling the dish unit. It is sectional drawing which cut at the part of the ball rental unit of the dish unit in a door frame. (A) is a front perspective view of the operation unit in the door frame, and (B) is a rear perspective view of the operation unit in the door frame. It is an exploded perspective view which disassembled the operation unit and looked at from the upper right front. It is an exploded perspective view which disassembled the operation unit and looked at from the lower right front. It is sectional drawing of the operation unit. It is sectional drawing which shows the pressing operation part in the operation unit in a pressed state. (A) is an exploded perspective view of the handle device in the door frame disassembled and viewed from the front, and (B) is an exploded perspective view of the handle device disassembled and viewed from the rear. (A) is an exploded perspective view of the foul cover unit in the door frame disassembled and viewed from the front, and (B) is an exploded perspective view of the foul cover unit disassembled and viewed from the rear. It is a front view which shows the state which the front cover of a foul cover unit is removed. (A) is a front perspective view of the ball feed unit in the door frame, and (B) is a rear perspective view of the ball feed unit. It is a rear view of a ball feed unit. (A) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feed unit disassembled and viewed from the front, and (B) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feed unit with the rear case removed and viewed from the rear. (A) is a plan view of the fraud prevention member in the ball feed unit, (B) is a front view of the fraud prevention member, (C) is a perspective view of the fraud prevention member as viewed from the front, and (D). Is an explanatory diagram showing the operation of the fraud prevention member. It is sectional drawing which shows that the door frame is cut at the substantially center in the vertical direction. It is a front view which shows the arrangement of LED for light-emitting decoration in a door frame. It is a front view which shows the system of LED for light-emitting decoration in a door frame. It is a front view of the main body frame. It is a rear view of the main body frame. It is a front perspective view of the main body frame. It is a rear perspective view of the main body frame. It is a left side view of the main body frame. It is an exploded perspective view which disassembled the main body frame and looked at from the front. It is a perspective view seen after disassembling the main body frame. It is a front perspective view of the main body frame base in the main body frame. It is a rear perspective view of the main body frame base in the main body frame. It is a front perspective view of the hitting ball launching apparatus in the main body frame. It is a rear perspective view of the hitting ball launching device in the main body frame. It is a front perspective view of the prize ball unit in the main body frame. It is a rear perspective view of the prize ball unit in the main body frame. It is an exploded perspective view which disassembled the prize ball unit and looked at from the front. It is an exploded perspective view which disassembled the prize ball unit and looked at later. It is an exploded perspective view which shows from the rear by disassembling the relationship between a prize ball tank and a tank rail unit in a prize ball unit. It is an exploded perspective view which disassembled the prize ball device in a prize ball unit and looked at later. It is a rear view which shows the relationship between the payout passage, the payout motor, and the payout rotating body in a prize ball device. It is sectional drawing which shows the circulation passage of a ball in a prize ball unit. It is a front perspective view of the ball outlet opening / closing unit in the main body frame. It is a rear perspective view of the ball outlet opening / closing unit in the main body frame. It is explanatory drawing which shows the relationship between the ball outlet opening / closing unit in a main body frame, and the foul cover unit in a door frame. It is a front perspective view of the board unit in the main body frame. It is a rear perspective view of the board unit in the main body frame. It is an exploded perspective view which disassembled the board unit and looked at from the front. It is an exploded perspective view after disassembling the board unit. It is a perspective view explaining the operation of the standing wall part of the power supply board box in a board unit. (A) is a cross-sectional view of a terminal board box in a board unit, and (B) is an exploded perspective view of the terminal board box in the board unit as viewed from the front. (A) is a front view of a firing power supply board box, and (B) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA shown in (A). (A) is a front perspective view of the back cover in the main body frame, and (B) is a rear perspective view of the back cover in the main body frame. It is sectional drawing which shows the part of the fastening mechanism in the back cover enlarged. It is an exploded perspective view which disassembled the fastening mechanism in the back cover and looked at from the rear side. (A) is a left side view of the lock device in the main body frame, and (B) is a perspective view of the lock device in the main body frame as viewed from the front. (A) is a rear perspective view of the lock device, and (B) is a rear perspective view showing a sliding rod for a door frame and a sliding rod for a main body frame slidably provided inside the U-shaped substrate of the lock device. It is a figure, (C) is a front perspective view of (B). It is an exploded perspective view which disassembled the lock device and looked at afterwards. It is explanatory drawing which shows the operation of the sliding rod for a door frame and the sliding rod for a main body frame in a locking device. It is explanatory drawing which shows the operation of the fraud prevention member in a lock device. It is a front view which shows the game board attached to the main body frame with the door frame of a pachinko machine removed. It is a front view of a game board. It is an exploded perspective view which disassembled the game board and looked at from the front. It is an exploded perspective view which disassembled the game board and looked at later. (A) is an enlarged front view showing a function display unit in a game board in a state of being attached to a pachinko machine, and (B) is a front view showing another form of the function display unit. FIG. 3 is an exploded perspective view of a game board using a game panel of an embodiment different from the example of FIG. 100, which is viewed from the front by disassembling the game board. FIG. 103 is an exploded perspective view of the game board as viewed from the rear. It is sectional drawing which cut the game panel in the game board of FIG. 103 in the vertical direction. FIG. 3 is an exploded perspective view of a game board using a front component of an embodiment different from the example of FIG. 103, which is viewed from the front by disassembling the game board. FIG. 106 is an exploded perspective view of the game board as viewed from the rear. It is a partial cross-sectional view which shows the crime prevention structure on the shaft support side of a pachinko machine. It is a perspective view seen from the rear with the game board housed in the main body frame. It is a front view of the game board in a pachinko machine. It is a perspective view which looked at the game board from the rear. It is a block diagram which shows the control composition of a pachinko machine schematicly. (A) is a flowchart showing the procedure of the main process executed by the main control MPU of the same embodiment, and (b) is an interrupt process periodically performed by the main control MPU of the same embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure about the special symbol process processing executed by the main control MPU of the same embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure about the 1st start port passage processing executed by the main control MPU of the same embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure about the 2nd start port passage processing executed by the main control MPU of the same embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure about the 1st special symbol process process executed by the main control MPU of the same embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure about the 1st special symbol normal processing executed by the main control MPU of the same embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure about the hit determination process executed by the main control MPU of the same embodiment. (A) It is a hit determination table used for the lottery process for a hit, and (B) it is a symbol determination table used for the lottery process for a big hit. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure about the 1st special symbol stop symbol setting process executed by the main control MPU of the same embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure about the 1st variation pattern setting process executed by the main control MPU of the same embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure about the 1st special symbol variation processing executed by the main control MPU of the same embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure about the 1st special symbol stop processing executed by the main control MPU of the same embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure about the small hit control process executed by the main control MPU of the same embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure about the small hit start processing executed by the main control MPU of the same embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure about the small hit middle processing executed by the main control MPU of the same embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure about the sub-main process executed by the peripheral control MPU of the same embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure about the 16mS steady-state processing executed by the peripheral control MPU of the same embodiment.

[1. Overall structure of pachinko machine]
Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. First, the entire pachinko machine according to the embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 7. FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a state in which the main body frame is opened with respect to the outer frame of the pachinko machine according to the embodiment and the door frame is opened with respect to the main body frame. FIG. 2 is a front view of the pachinko machine, and FIG. 3 is a right side view of the pachinko machine. Further, FIG. 4 is a plan view of the pachinko machine, and FIG. 5 is a rear view of the pachinko machine. Further, FIG. 6 is an exploded perspective view of the outer frame, the main body frame, the game board, and the door frame constituting the pachinko machine, and FIG. 7 is an outer frame, the main body frame, and the game board constituting the pachinko machine. , It is an exploded perspective view seen from the front of the door frame.

In FIGS. 1 to 7, the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment is pivotally supported by an outer frame 2 installed in an island facility (not shown) of a game hall and an outer frame 2 so that the front side is opened. A game board 4 having a box-shaped main body frame 3, a game board 4 having a game area 1100 mounted and fixed to the main body frame 3 from the front side and a game ball as a game medium is driven into, and a player on the front surface of the main body frame 3 and the game board 4. It is provided with a door frame 5 that is pivotally supported with respect to the main body frame 3 so as to be closed from the side. In the door frame 5 of the pachinko machine 1, a game window 101 formed so that the game area 1100 of the game board 4 can be seen from the player side, and a game ball arranged below the game window 101 are stored. It includes a plate-shaped upper plate 301 and a lower plate 302, and a handle device 500 operated by a player to drive a game ball stored in the upper plate 301 into the game area 1100 of the game board 5.

As shown in the figure, in the pachinko machine 1 of this example, the outer frame 2, the main body frame 3, and the door frame 5 are each formed in a vertically long rectangular shape extending in the vertical direction in the front view, and each in the left-right direction. The width of the main frame 3 and the door frame 5 are slightly shorter than the outer frame 2 in the vertical width. A decorative cover 23 is attached to the front surface of the outer frame 2 at a position below the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5, and the front surface of the outer frame 2 is completely closed by the door frame 5 and the decorative cover 23. It has become so. Further, the outer frame 2, the main body frame 3, and the door frame 5 are arranged so that their upper ends are substantially aligned with each other, and the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 can rotate at a position on the front side of the left end of the outer frame 2. It is supported, and the right end of the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 moves to the front side with respect to the outer frame 2 so that the door frame 5 is opened.

In the front view of the pachinko machine 1, the game area 1100 in which the game ball is driven faces through the game window 101 having a substantially circular shape, and the pachinko machine 1 projects forward to the lower side of the game window 101. Two upper plates 301 and lower plates 302 are arranged one above the other. Further, a handle device 500 for the player to operate is arranged in the lower right corner of the front surface of the door frame 5, and the player holds the handle device 500 in a state where the game ball is stored in the upper plate 301. When the rotation operation is performed, the game ball in the upper plate 301 is driven into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 with the hitting strength corresponding to the rotation angle, and the game can be played.

Although the details will be described later, the game window 101 of the door frame 5 is closed by the transparent glass unit 590, and the player can visually recognize the inside of the game area 1100, but the player can see the inside of the game area 1100. It is not possible to touch the game ball, obstacle nails (not shown), various winning openings, accessories, etc. in the game area 1100 by inserting a hand or the like into the game area. Further, on the rear side of the main body frame 3, various control boards are provided, and a back cover 900 that closes so as to cover the rear of the game board 4 is provided.

[1-1. Outer frame]
The outer frame 2 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 8 to 16. 8 is a front perspective view of the outer frame, FIG. 9 is an exploded perspective view seen from the front of the outer frame, and FIG. 10 is a front view of the outer frame. 11 is a rear perspective view of the outer frame, and FIG. 12 is a right side view of the outer frame. Further, FIG. 13 is a perspective view for explaining a detachable structure between the upper shaft support metal fitting of the main body frame and the upper support metal fitting of the outer frame. 14 (A) is an exploded perspective view showing an attached state of the lock member provided on the back surface of the upper support metal fitting of the outer frame, and FIG. 14 (B) is a perspective view of FIG. 14 (A) viewed from below. .. FIG. 15 is a back view of the upper support metal fitting portion for explaining the relationship between the shaft support pin and the lock member. Further, FIG. 16 is a back view of the upper support metal fitting portion for explaining the operation of the lock member.

As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the outer frame 2 of the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment has upper and lower upper frame plates 10 and lower frame plates 11 extending in the horizontal direction, and left and right sides extending in the vertical (upper and lower) direction. It is provided with a frame plate 12, 13 and four connecting members 14 for connecting the ends of the frame plates 10, 11, 12, 13 respectively, and each frame plate 10, 11, 12, 13 is provided with the connecting member 14. By connecting them together, they are assembled into a vertically long rectangular shape (square shape). The upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 in the outer frame 2 of this example are made of solid wood (for example, wood, plywood, etc.) having a predetermined thickness, and are vertically and vertically located substantially in the center of the left and right ends in the front-rear direction. Is provided with an engaging notch 15 that penetrates the surface and is recessed toward the center in the left-right direction. A mounting step portion 10a recessed from other general surfaces is formed on the upper surface and the front surface of the left end portion of the upper frame plate 10, and the upper support metal fitting 20 described later is mounted on the mounting step portion 10a. It has become like.

On the other hand, the side frame plates 12 and 13 are made of a lightweight metal profile material (for example, an aluminum alloy) having a constant cross-sectional shape, the outer side surface is a substantially flat surface, and the inner side surface projects inward to the rear end portion. A protrusion 16 having a cavity penetrating in the vertical direction (extrusion direction) is provided, and the strength and rigidity are increased (see FIGS. 9 and 108). In addition, a plurality of grooves extending in the vertical direction are formed on the outer side surface and the inner side surface of the side frame plates 12 and 13, and when the pachinko machine 1 is installed in the island equipment of the game hall, the operator The pachinko machine 1 can be easily held by a finger hook, and the design of the appearance can be enhanced. For convenience, there is also a drawing in which a plurality of grooves formed on the side surfaces of the side frame plates 12 and 13 are omitted.

The connecting member 14 in the outer frame 2 of this example is formed by bending and plastically deforming a metal plate having a predetermined thickness by press molding or the like, and is fixed to the upper frame plate 10 or the lower frame plate 11 in the left-right direction. A plate-shaped horizontal piece 17 extending to, a plate-shaped vertical piece 18 extending vertically from the outer end of the horizontal piece 17 to one side in the vertical direction and fixed to the side frame plates 12, 13 and the opposite of the vertical piece 18. It has a plate-shaped engaging piece 19 that extends in the direction and can be inserted and engaged in the engaging notch 15 of the upper frame plate 10 or the lower frame plate 11. In this example, the connecting member 14 that connects the upper frame plate 10 and the left side frame plate 12 and the connecting member 14 that connects the upper frame plate 10 and the right side frame plate 13 are left-right asymmetrical, respectively. In addition to being formed in the shape of, the vertical piece 18 is formed separately in the front and rear. On the other hand, the connecting member 14 that connects the lower frame plate 11 and the left side frame plate 12 and the connecting member 14 that connects the lower frame plate 11 and the right side frame plate 13 are formed in symmetrical shapes. Has been done.

In the connecting member 14, the upper surface and the lower surface of the horizontal piece 17 are in contact with the lower surface and the upper surface of the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11, and the engaging piece 19 is an engaging notch of the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11. The upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame are screwed into the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 by penetrating the horizontal piece 17 and the engaging piece 19 and screwing a predetermined screw into the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 in a state of being inserted and engaged in the portion 15. It is fixed to the plate 11. Further, the connecting member 14 fixed to the upper frame plate 10 penetrates the side frame plates 12 and 13 with a predetermined screw in a state where the vertical piece 18 is in contact with the upper end inner side surface of the side frame plates 12 and 13. Is screwed into the vertical piece 18, so that the upper frame plate 10 and the side frame plates 12 and 13 can be connected to each other. The vertical piece 18 on the rear side of the connecting member 14 fixed to the upper frame plate 10 is fixed to the side frame plates 12 and 13 in a state of being inserted into the protruding portions 16 of the side frame plates 12 and 13. It has become like. Further, the connecting member 14 fixed to the lower frame plate 11 penetrates the side frame plates 12 and 13 with a predetermined screw in a state where the vertical piece 18 is in contact with the lower end inner side surface of the side frame plates 12 and 13. Is screwed into the vertical piece 18, so that the lower frame plate 11 and the side frame plates 12, 13 can be connected to each other, and the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 are connected by the four connecting members 14. , And the side frame plates 12, 13 can be assembled into a frame shape.

The outer frame 2 of this example is arranged so as to face the upper support metal fitting 20 fixed to the upper surface of the left end of the upper frame plate 10 and the upper support metal fitting 20, and is fixed to a predetermined position inside the lower part of the left side frame plate 12. The lower support metal fitting 21 to be supported, the reinforcing metal fitting 22 arranged to support the lower surface of the lower support metal fitting 21 and fixed so as to connect the left and right side frame plates 12, 13 and fixed to the front surface of the reinforcing metal fitting 22. The decorative cover 23 and the like are provided. The upper support metal fitting 20 and the lower support metal fitting 21 are for pivotally supporting the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 so as to be openable and closable.

First, the upper support metal fitting 20 includes a plate-shaped fixing piece 20a fixed to the upper frame plate 10, a support projecting piece 20b protruding forward from the front end of the fixing piece 20a to the front end of the upper frame plate 10, and a support protrusion. A support hook hole 20c formed by being cut out so as to bend from the right end near the front end of the piece 20b toward the center of the tip, and a side frame on the left side that hangs downward from the left end of the fixing piece 20a and the support projecting piece 20b. A plate-shaped hanging fixing piece 20d (see FIG. 14A) that abuts on the outer side surface of the plate 12, and a hanging wall 20e that hangs along the outer edge of the supporting protruding piece 20b that is continuous with the hanging fixing piece 20d (see FIG. 14A). 14) and a stop hanging portion 20f (see FIG. 15) that is continuous with the hanging wall 20e and is inclined inward at the inlet end of the support hook hole 20c. The shaft support pin 633 (see FIG. 63) of the upper shaft support metal fitting 630 in the main body frame 3 described later is detachably engaged with the support hook hole 20c in the upper support metal fitting 20. Further, the upper support metal fitting 20 can connect the upper frame plate 10 and the left side frame plate 12 by the fixing piece 20a and the hanging fixing piece 20d.

In the upper support metal fitting 20, the strength of the support protrusion 20b is increased by the hanging wall 20e hanging from the outer edge of the support protrusion 20b, and the details will be described later, but the support protrusion 20b is viewed from the front. The lock member 27 arranged on the back surface of the above can be concealed so as not to be visible from the player side, and the appearance of the lock member 27 can be improved. Further, the support hook hole 20c formed in the support protrusion piece 20b has a shape bent in a dogleg shape so as to be inclined from the side on the opposite side (right side) where the hanging wall 20e is not formed toward the center of the tip. The width of the support hook hole 20c is slightly larger than the diameter of the shaft support pin 633.

On the other hand, the lower support metal fitting 21 is a horizontal fixing piece 21a that is placed and fixed on the reinforcing metal fitting 22, and a vertical fixing piece that rises upward from the left end of the horizontal fixing piece 21a and is fixed to the inner side surface of the left side frame plate 12. 21b, a plate-shaped support projecting piece 21c projecting forward from the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 from the front end of the horizontal fixing piece 21a, and a pin-shaped projecting upward from the vicinity of the front end of the support projecting piece 21c. The support projection 21d and the like are provided. A main body frame shaft support hole (not shown) formed in the main body frame shaft support metal fitting 644 (see FIG. 66 and the like) of the main body frame 3 described later is inserted into the support protrusion 21d of the lower support metal fitting 21. After inserting the support protrusion 21d of the lower support metal fitting 21 into the main body frame shaft support hole of the main body frame shaft support metal fitting 644 in the main body frame 3, the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support metal fitting 630 of the main body frame 3 The main body frame 3 can be easily opened and closed by locking the support hook hole 20c.

Further, as shown in the figure, the outer frame 2 of this example has two closing plates 24 and 25 mounted and fixed inside the right side frame plate 13 so as to be separated from each other by a predetermined distance in the vertical direction. These closing plates 24 and 25 are formed in a substantially L shape in a plan view, and the closing plate 25 arranged on the lower side has a rectangular opening 25a penetrating in the front-rear direction (FIG. 9). The closing plates 24, 25 and the hook portion 1054, 1065 (see FIG. 93) of the lock device 1000 attached along the open side of the main body frame 3 when the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2. The hook portion 1054, 1065 and the closing plates 24, 25 are disengaged by inserting the key into the cylinder lock 1010 of the locking device 1000 and rotating it in one direction, which will be described in detail later. The main body frame 3 can be opened with respect to the outer frame 2.

Further, the outer frame 2 of this example further includes a guide plate 26 fixed to the upper surface of the right end of the reinforcing metal fitting 22. The guide plate 26 is for smoothly guiding the main body frame 3 when the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2, and is replaceably mounted and fixed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 14 and the like, the outer frame 2 of this example is further provided with a lock member 27 supported on the back surface of the support projecting piece 20b in the upper support metal fitting 20, and is attached to the support projecting piece 20b by the rivet 28. On the other hand, it is rotatably supported. The lock member 27 is made of synthetic resin and is shorter than the stopper portion 27a that protrudes forward from the position pivotally supported by the rivet 28 and the stopper portion 27a to the right from the position pivotally supported by the rivet 28. The protruding operating portion 27b, the elastic piece 27c protruding from the side opposite to the position pivotally supported by the rivet 28 with respect to the operating portion 27b, and the tip of the stopper portion 27a are formed so as to bulge forward. It is provided with an arc-shaped tip surface 27d. As shown in the figure, the lock member 27 is formed in a substantially L shape by the stopper portion 27a and the operation portion 27b. Further, the elastic portion 27c of the lock member 27 is formed to have a width narrower than that of the stopper portion 27a and the operation portion 27b, and is formed so as to extend forward as the distance from the stopper portion 27a increases to the left.

As shown in FIGS. 14B and 15, when the lock member 27 is supported by the support projecting piece 20b of the upper support metal fitting 20 (normal state), the tip contact portion of the elastic piece 27c is a hanging wall. It is in contact with the inner surface of the 20e, and the stopper portion 27a closes a part of the support hook hole 20c bent in a dogleg shape, and the tip portion of the stopper portion 27a is the deepest part of the support hook hole 20c. The portion is not closed, and a space is formed in the deepest portion of the support hook hole 20c into which the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support metal fitting 630 of the main body frame 3 can be inserted.

In the support mechanism of the shaft support pin 633 using the upper support metal fitting 20 and the lock member 27 of this example, the shaft support pin 633 is inserted into the deepest portion of the support hook hole 20c, and the tip side of the stopper portion 27a is the inlet end. A normal state in which the portion faces the stop hanging portion 20f (in this state, there is a slight gap between the tip side of the stopper portion 27a and the stop hanging portion 20f and the contact is not made). In the axial support state, the centers of the axial support pin 633 located at the deepest part of the support hook hole 20c formed by bending and the tip surface 27d of the stopper portion 27a are offset in an oblique direction and face each other. ing. Then, in this normal shaft support state, the shaft support pin 633 that supports the heavy main body frame 3 is in contact with the tip portion of the support hook hole 20c, so that the shaft support pin 633 is in contact with the tip portion. Since the load on the tip surface 27d of the stopper portion 27a is hardly applied, the load is not applied to the elastic piece 27c of the lock member 27. Since the tip of the stopper portion 27a is provided with an arcuate tip surface 27d, the lock member 27 rotates smoothly when the operation portion 27b is rotated to rotate the lock member 27. It has become. Further, in the figure, the arc center of the tip surface 27d is the center of the rivet 28 (the center of rotation of the lock member 27).

Therefore, when the acting force F is applied in the direction in which the shaft support pin 633 comes out along the inclination of the support hook hole 20c formed in a dogleg shape and abuts on the arcuate tip surface 27d, the acting force F is applied to the shaft. The component force F1 (in the normal direction of the arc of the tip surface 27d) acting on the contact portion between the support pin 633 and the arcuate tip surface 27d, and the contact between the shaft support pin 633 and the inner surface on one side of the support hook hole 20c. When divided into the component force F2 acting on the tangent portion, the direction of the component force F1 faces the center of the rivet 28 (the center of rotation of the lock member 27), so that the tip of the stopper portion 27a of the lock member 27 supports it. The moment to rotate in the direction away from the protruding piece 20b (clockwise in the figure) does not work, and the shaft support pin 633 is sandwiched between the tip of the stopper portion 27a of the lock member 27 and the inner surface on one side of the support hook hole 20c. Hold the state. Therefore, even in the normal shaft support state or in the state where the acting force of the shaft support pin 633 is applied to the lock member 27, the elastic piece 27c of the lock member 27 is not constantly loaded, and the elasticity is integrally formed of the synthetic resin. It is possible to prevent plastic deformation due to creep of the piece 27c and prevent the shaft support pin 633 from falling out of the support hook hole 20c for a long period of time. Even if an unreasonable force is applied and the tip of the stopper portion 27a of the lock member 27 is rotated in a direction away from the support protrusion piece 20b (clockwise in the figure), one side of the tip portion of the stopper portion 27a Does not rotate in a direction that abuts on the stop hanging portion 20f and further disengages, so that the lock member 27 does not protrude to the outside of the support projecting piece 20b.

Even if the shape of the tip surface 27d of the stopper portion 27a is not arcuate, the tip portion of the lock member 27 faces the outside of the support protrusion piece 20b at a position where a rotational moment does not occur due to the action of the above-mentioned component force F1. By locating the rotation center of the lock member 27 (the shaft fixed by the rivet 28) at the position where the rotational moment is generated, no load is applied to the elastic piece 27c of the lock member 27 at all times, and the lock member 27 is locked. The applicant applies that the lock member 27 does not protrude to the outside of the support projecting piece 20b because the one side of the tip of the stopper portion 27a only abuts on the stop hanging portion 20f even if the member 27 rotates. I'm checking.

The operation of the lock member 27 of this example will be specifically described with reference to FIG. As a premise that the main body frame 3 is pivotally supported on the outer frame 2, the lower support metal fitting is provided in the main body frame shaft support hole (not shown) formed in the main body frame shaft support metal fitting 644 (see FIG. 63) of the main body frame 3. It is necessary that the support projection 21d of 21 is inserted. Under such a premise, as shown in FIG. 16A, the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support metal fitting 630 of the main body frame 3 is brought into contact with the side surface of the stopper portion 27a of the lock member 27 and pushed into the drawing. As shown in 16 (B), since the lock member 27 rotates counterclockwise while deforming the elastic piece 27c, the shaft support pin 633 can be inserted into the support hook hole 20c. Then, when the shaft support pin 633 reaches the deepest portion of the support hook hole 20c, as shown in FIG. 16C, the shaft support pin 633 and the front end side surface of the stopper portion 27a do not come into contact with each other, so that the lock member 27 is elastic. It is urged by the elastic force of the piece 27c to rotate clockwise, and the stopper portion 27a of the lock member 27 returns to the normal state again to close the inlet portion of the support hook hole 20c, and at the same time, the tip portion of the stopper portion 27a. Is opposed to the shaft support pin 633 so that the shaft support pin 633 does not fall out of the support hook hole 20c.

Then, as shown in FIG. 16D, this state is maintained even when the main body frame 3 is completely closed or during the normal opening / closing operation of the main body frame 3. Next, in order to remove the shaft support pin 633 from the support hook hole 20c, as shown in FIG. 16E, a finger is inserted into the back surface of the support protrusion piece 20b and the operation portion 27b of the lock member 27 is turned counterclockwise. By rotating, the lock member 27 rotates against the elastic force of the elastic piece 27c, and the tip portion of the stopper portion 27a is in a state of being retracted from the support hook hole 20c, so that the shaft support pin 633 is supported by the support hook. It can be taken out from the hole 20c. After that, the main body frame 3 is lifted to disengage the main body frame shaft support hole formed in the main body frame shaft support metal fitting 644 from the support protrusion 21d of the lower support metal fitting 21, so that the main body frame 3 is attached to the outer frame 2. It can be removed from.

As described above, in the outer frame 2 of this example, the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 constituting the outer shell of the outer frame 2 are made of wood as in the conventional case, and the side frame plates 12 and 13 are made of lightweight metal ( For example, since it is an extruded material of aluminum alloy), when installing the pachinko machine 1 in the island equipment lined up in the amusement park, it is necessary to perform the work of fixing it at a predetermined angle to the vertical surface of the island. However, since such work is performed by driving nails to the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 and the island, it is possible to easily drive the nails, and the pachinko machine 1 can be installed in the existing island equipment without any problem. It can be installed. Further, since the side frame plates 12 and 13 are extruded materials of lightweight metal (for example, aluminum alloy), it is possible to form a thinner wall thickness while maintaining strength as compared with the conventional wooden outer frame. The left-right width when viewed from the front of the peripheral wall portion 605 (see FIG. 63, etc.) of the main body frame 3 adjacent to the inside of the side frame plates 12 and 13 can be widened, and the game board 4 having a large size in the left-right direction can be widened. Can be mounted on the main body frame 3, and at the same time, the game area 1100 of the game board 4 can be formed large.

Further, the upper frame plate 10, the lower frame plate 11, and the side frame plates 12 and 13 constituting the outer shell of the outer frame 2 are connected by the connecting member 14, and the connecting member 14 is connected to the side frame plates 12 and 13. Since it is fastened in close contact with the inner surface and is fastened in a state where the connecting member 14, the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 are engaged with each other, the assembling strength of the outer frame 2 can be increased and it is sturdy. It can be a rectangular framework. Further, after connecting the upper frame plate 10, the lower frame plate 11, and the side frame plates 12 and 13 by the connecting member 14, when the upper support metal fitting 20 is attached to a predetermined position, as shown in FIG. 10, each Since there is no member protruding outward from the outer surface (outer peripheral surface) of the frame plates 10, 11, 12, and 13, when the pachinko machine 1 is installed in an island facility in a game hall (not shown), an adjacent device (for example, for example). It can be installed in close contact with the adjacent ball lending machine).

[1-2. Overall configuration of door frame]
Next, the door frame 5 provided on the front side of the main body frame 3 so as to be openable and closable will be described with reference to FIGS. 17 to 23. 17 is a front view of the door frame, FIG. 18 is a rear view of the door frame, and FIG. 19 is a perspective view of the door frame as viewed from the front right. Further, FIG. 20 is a perspective view of the door frame viewed from the front left, and FIG. 21 is a perspective view of the door frame viewed from the rear right of the door frame. Further, FIG. 22 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame viewed from the front, and FIG. 23 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame viewed from the back surface.

As shown in the figure, the door frame 5 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment has a door frame having a game window 101 having an outer shape formed into a vertically long rectangular shape and an inner peripheral shape having a slightly vertically long circular shape (elliptical shape). The base unit 100, the right side decoration unit 200 attached to the right outer periphery of the game window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100, and the left side of the game window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100 facing the right side decoration unit 200. It includes a left side decorative unit 240 attached to the outer periphery, and an upper decorative unit 280 attached to the upper outer periphery of the game window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100.

Further, the door frame 5 penetrates the dish unit 300 attached to the lower part of the game window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100, the operation unit 400 attached to the center of the upper part of the dish unit 300, and the dish unit 300. A handle device 500 attached to the lower right corner of the frame base unit 100 for driving a game ball, and a rear surface of the door frame base unit 100 arranged behind the dish unit 300 with the door frame base unit 100 in between. The foul cover unit 540 attached to the foul cover unit 540, the ball feed unit 580 attached to the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100 on the right side of the foul cover unit 540, and the game window 101 attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100 so as to close. It is equipped with a glass unit 590 and a glass unit.

[1-2A. Door frame base unit]
Subsequently, the door frame base unit 100 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 24 to 28. FIG. 24A is a front perspective view of the door frame base unit in the door frame, and FIG. 24B is a rear perspective view of the door frame base unit in the door frame. Further, FIG. 25 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame base unit disassembled and viewed from the front, and FIG. 26 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame base unit disassembled and viewed from the rear. Further, FIG. 27 is a perspective view of the door frame base board cover and the wiring holding member in the door frame base unit as viewed from the rear, and FIG. 28 shows the wiring for electrically connecting the door frame and the main body frame. It is an enlarged perspective view.

As shown in the figure, the door frame base unit 100 of this example has a door having a game window 101 having an outer shape formed in a vertically long rectangular shape and a game window 101 penetrating in the front-rear direction and having an inner circumference formed in a vertically long substantially elliptical shape. The frame base main body 110, a pair of side speakers 130 arranged on both the lower left and right sides of the game window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base main body 110, and a speaker for fixing the side speakers 130 to the door frame base main body 110. It includes a bracket 132 and a handle bracket 140 attached to the lower right corner of the front view on the front surface of the door frame base main body 110 to support the handle device 500.

The door frame base unit 100 covers the side surface of the side speaker 130 and the front side of the wiring (not shown) connected to the right side decoration unit 200 and the like on the outside of the side speaker 130 on the right side when viewed from the front. A cover member 134 attached to the front surface of the door frame base main body 110 is further provided. The cover member 134 can guide the wiring along the outer circumference of the speaker mounting portion 111, and can hold the wiring so that the wiring does not get in the way when the side speaker 130 is attached or detached. It has become.

Further, the door frame base unit 100 covers the lower portion of the game window 101 with the metal frame-shaped reinforcing unit 150 fixed to the rear side of the door frame base main body 110 and the rear surface of the door frame base main body 110. The security cover 180 to be attached, the glass unit locking member 190 rotatably attached to a predetermined position on the outer periphery of the game window 101 on the rear surface of the door frame base main body 110, and the left side (open side) from the center in the left-right direction when viewed from the rear. ), And the launch cover 191 attached to the rear surface of the door frame base body 110 along the lower end of the game window 101, and the rotation position of the handle device 500 attached to the rear surface of the door frame base body 110 under the launch cover 191. The handle device relay board 192 that relays the connection between the detection sensor 512 and the main control board 4100, the handle device relay board cover 193 that covers the rear side of the handle device relay board 192, and the launch cover 191 that sandwiches the center in the left-right direction. Door frame base board 194 and door frame base that are arranged on the opposite side of the handle device relay board 192 (on the right side (shaft support side) from the center in the left-right direction in the rear view) and attached to the rear surface of the door frame base body 110. The door frame base board cover 195 that covers the rear side of the board 194, and the wiring cord 196 that is rotatably supported on the rear surface of the door frame base board cover 195 and connects the door frame 5 side and the main body frame 3 side (FIG. A wiring holding member 197, which holds a part of (see 28), is provided.

In the door frame base unit 100 of this example, the rigidity of the entire door frame base unit 100 is increased by fixing a reinforcing unit 150 obtained by assembling a metal sheet metal with rivets or the like to the rear side of a rectangular door frame base body 110 made of synthetic resin. In addition, it has enough strength to sufficiently support each of the decorative units 200, 240, 280, the dish unit 300, and the like.

The door frame base board 194 in the door frame base unit 100 is connected to the side speakers 130 and the upper speakers 222 and 262 of the left and right side decoration units 200 and 240, and is a peripheral control unit provided in the game board 4 described later. It is connected to 4140 and includes an amplifier circuit that amplifies the acoustic signal sent from the peripheral control unit 4140 and outputs it to each speaker 130, 222, 262. In this example, the decorative units 200, 240, 280, the decorative boards 430, 432 provided in the dish unit 300 and the operation unit 400, the dial drive motors 414 and the sensors 432a, 432b provided in the operation unit 400, The wiring code 196 that connects the 432c, the handle device relay board 192, the ball rental unit 360 of the dish unit 300, the payout control board 4110, the peripheral control unit 4140, etc. is on the right side (axis) of the door frame base board 194 when viewed from the rear. After being aggregated and bundled at the position of the support side), the details will be described later, but it is held by the wiring holding member 197 and extends backward, and the main relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral relay terminal plate of the main body frame 3 are used. It is designed to be connected to 882 (see FIGS. 1 and 28).

As shown in FIGS. 25 and 26, the door frame base main body 110 in the door frame base unit 100 of this example is formed in a vertically long frame shape by synthetic resin, and penetrates in the front-rear direction and has a vertically long inner shape. The game window 101 having a substantially elliptical shape is formed so as to be offset upward as a whole. As shown in the figure, in the game window 101, the left and right side and the upper inner peripheral edge are formed in a continuous smooth curved line, while the lower inner peripheral edge is formed in a straight line extending to the left and right. ing. Further, on the inner peripheral edge of the lower side of the game window 101 in the door frame base main body 110, a square notch 101a through which the first ball outlet 544a of the foul cover unit 540 can be inserted on the shaft support side (left side in front view). Is formed. In the door frame base main body 110, the widths of the upper side and the left and right side sides formed by the game window 101 are the upper reinforcing sheet metal 151, the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152, and the open side reinforcing sheet metal 153 of the reinforcing unit 150 described later. The width is substantially the same as the width of the game window 101, and the game window 101 is formed as large as possible with respect to the size of the door frame base main body 110 in the front view. Therefore, a wider range of the game board 4 arranged on the rear side of the door frame 5 can be visually recognized from the player side, and a game area 1100 wider than that of the conventional pachinko machine can be easily formed. It has become like.

In addition to the game window 101, the door frame base main body 110 is arranged on both the left and right outer sides of the lower side of the game window 101, and mounts and fixes a speaker mounting portion 111 for mounting and fixing the side speaker 130 and a ball feed unit 580. The ball feed unit mounting recess 112 (see FIG. 26) and the game ball that penetrates in the front-rear direction at a predetermined position of the ball feed unit mounting recess 112 and is stored in the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300 to the ball feed unit 580. A ball feed opening 113 for supplying and a handle mounting for mounting the handle bracket 140, which is arranged in the lower right corner when viewed from the front and is inclined diagonally so that the right (open side) end of the front surface that bulges forward is retracted. A cylindrical portion 114, a wiring passage port 115 that penetrates in the front-rear direction at a predetermined position of the handle mounting portion 114 and allows wiring from the handle device 500 to pass through, and a cylindrical shape that extends forward shortly on the upper side of the handle mounting portion 114. It is provided with a lock hole 116, which is formed and into which a cylinder lock 1010 described later can be inserted.

Further, as shown in FIG. 26, the door frame base main body 110 includes a relay board mounting portion 117 for mounting the handle device relay board 192 on the lower side in the ball feed unit mounting recess 112, and the door frame base main body 110 when viewed from the rear. The board mounting part 118 for mounting the door frame base board 194, which is arranged on the lower right side (shaft support side) of the game window 101, and the rear view left side (open side) of the lower end of the game window 101, which is located closer to the center than the speaker mounting part 111. It is provided with a security cover mounting portion 119 for mounting the elastic piece 185 of the security cover 180, which protrudes rearward from the door. Further, the door frame base main body 110 is recessed substantially along the inner circumference of the game window 101 to the front side, and the front outer peripheral edge of the glass unit 590 can be brought into contact with the glass unit support step portion 110a of the game window 101. It further includes two locking member mounting portions 110b that project rearward from a predetermined position on the outer periphery and rotatably support the glass unit locking member 190.

Further, the rear side of the door frame base main body 110 is provided with a door frame projecting piece 110c that protrudes rearward by a predetermined amount from the lower side thereof, and the door frame projecting piece 110c is provided with an engaging groove 603 of the main body frame 3 described later. It is designed to be inserted inside. As a result, the door frame 5 can be positioned and locked with respect to the main body frame 3, and an illegal tool such as a piano wire can be inserted into the pachinko machine 1 through the gap between the door frame 5 and the lower side of the main body frame 3. Even so, the door frame projecting piece 110c engaged with the engaging groove 603 can prevent the tool from entering, and the security function of the pachinko machine 1 is enhanced. Further, the rear side of the door frame base main body 110 is provided with a positioning protrusion 110d that protrudes rearward from a position slightly lower right than the lock hole 116 when viewed from the rear and fits with the fitting groove 612 of the main body frame 3. By fitting the positioning protrusion 110d with the fitting groove 612, the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 are positioned at the correct positions.

Further, as shown in FIG. 25, the door frame base main body 110 is provided with a plurality of mounting bosses 110e projecting forward for fixing the decorative units 200, 240, 280, the dish unit 300, and the like on the front surface thereof. At the same time, a large number of mounting holes for mounting the handle bracket 140 and the like are formed at appropriate positions. Further, the door frame base main body 110 has a mounting portion 110g for mounting the speaker bracket 132 for mounting the side speaker 130 and a mounting hole 110h (see FIG. 18 and the like) for mounting the side speaker cover 338, respectively, at appropriate positions. It is formed.

Further, in the door frame base main body 110, between the ball feed unit mounting recess 112 and the board mounting portion 118, the lower plate ball supply port 310 g in the plate unit base 310 of the plate unit 300 described later and the foul cover unit 540 are the first. A rectangular ball passage port 110f penetrating in the front-rear direction is provided at a position corresponding to the two-ball outlet 544b.

Further, the door frame base main body 110 is formed on the front side thereof on the upper side of the left and right speaker mounting portions 111, and is provided with a shallow dish-shaped security recess 120 that is recessed rearward in a substantially triangular shape. A security member 121 formed in a shallow box shape is inserted into the security recess 120 from the front side. The security member 121 is formed in a shallow box shape in which the front side is opened by bending a metal plate. As a result, in order to cheat the inside of the pachinko machine 1, for example, a hole is made from the joint portion between the side decoration units 200 and 240 and the dish unit 300 by a thin drill or the like, which is made of metal. It can be prevented by the crime prevention member 121, and it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts.

Further, although detailed illustration of the pair of side speakers 130 in the door frame base unit 100 is omitted, the intersection of the central axes thereof is a predetermined distance (for example, 0.2 m to 1) from the center of the game area 1100 to the front in front view. It is fixed diagonally so as to be at a position of .5 m), so that the sound reaches the player sitting in front of the pachinko machine 1 most efficiently. Further, the side speaker 130 is designed to mainly output sound in the mid-high range, and is arranged at a position as far as possible in the left-right direction with respect to the pachinko machine 1, so that the left and right side speakers 130 can be used. By outputting different related sounds from the side speaker 130, it is possible to output a sound with a high stereo feeling.

The outer periphery of these side speakers 130 is sandwiched between a substantially annular speaker bracket 132 arranged on the front side and a speaker mounting portion 111 of the door frame base main body 110 arranged on the rear side, whereby the door frame It can be attached to the base body 110. The speaker bracket 132 can be attached to the attachment portion 110g of the door frame base main body 110 from the front side by a predetermined screw.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 25 to 27, the door frame base board cover 195 in the door frame base unit 100 is formed in a thin box shape with the front side open, and is vertically oriented on the rear surface on the rear side. It is provided with a stepped portion 195a that is recessed forward at a position slightly lower than the center of the door. The wiring holding member 197 is rotatably attached to the step portion 195a of the door frame base board cover 195.

On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, the wiring holding member 197 in the door frame base unit 100 is formed in a plate shape extending in the lateral direction and has an I-shaped cross section. , It is made of a relatively hard synthetic resin. Further, as shown in the figure, the wiring holding member 197 is provided with a plurality of holding holes 197a (three in each of the upper and lower sides in this example) at predetermined intervals along the longitudinal direction at both upper and lower ends. In the wiring holding member 197, the end portion on the side where the door frame 5 is pivotally supported by the main body frame 3 in the state where the door frame 5 is assembled is vertically attached to the step portion 195a on the rear surface of the door frame base board cover 195. It is rotatably supported around the extended shaft, and although detailed illustration is omitted, the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 rotates toward the door frame base board cover 195 side, so that the wiring holding member 197 is rotatably supported. It can be accommodated in the step portion 195a of the door frame base board cover 195.

The wiring holding member 197 is bound to a predetermined binding hole 197a paired up and down with a wiring cord 196 for electrically connecting the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 along the rear surface side. The wiring cord 196 can be held by inserting the band 198 and tightening the wiring cord 196 together with the wiring holding member 197 by the binding band 198 (see FIGS. 1 and 28).

When the wiring holding member 197 of this example is rotated with respect to the main body frame 3 in the direction of closing the door frame 5, the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 extends from the free end side of the wiring cord 196 to the main body frame 3. It is pushed forward by the portion and rotates in a direction approaching the door frame base board cover 195 side. As a result, as the door frame 5 is closed, the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 approaches the door frame base board cover 195, and the wiring cord 196 extending from the free end of the wiring holding member 197 to the main body frame 3 side is free. The bend becomes large (sharp) near the edge. When the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the wiring cord 196 is folded in two in the lateral direction on the free end side of the wiring holding member 197.

On the other hand, when the closed door frame 5 is opened with respect to the main body frame 3, the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 are relatively far apart, so wiring is performed by the wiring cord 196 connected to the main body frame 3 side. The free end side of the holding member 197 is pulled backward, and the wiring holding member 197 rotates smoothly so that the free end side moves away from the door frame base board cover 195 (direction of the main body frame 3). As a result, the wiring cord 196 folded on the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 is expanded so as to extend straight, and the door frame 5 can be opened without being hindered by the wiring cord 196.

As described above, according to this example, the door frame base board cover 195 moves the end portion of the wiring holding member 197 on the same side as the side on which the door frame 5 is pivotally supported so that the free end side moves to the main body frame 3 side. The main body frame 3 is rotatably supported on the rear surface, and a part of the wiring cord 196 that electrically connects the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 is held so as not to move in the vertical direction. On the other hand, when opening and closing the door frame 5, the wiring cord 196 can be laterally folded and unfolded on the free end side of the wiring holding member 197, and the wiring cord 196 is caught when the door frame 5 is opened and closed. It is possible to prevent problems (disconnection of wiring cord 196, disconnection of connection connector, etc.) from occurring due to being pinched or pinched.

Further, according to this example, since the wiring holding member 197 is formed of a relatively hard and highly rigid synthetic resin, even if a force acts via the wiring cord 196 when opening and closing the door frame 5, the wiring holding member 197 may be formed. It is possible to prevent blurring in the vertical direction, and the wiring cord 196 can be reliably folded in the horizontal direction to prevent the occurrence of defects.

Further, as described above, when the door frame 5 is opened and closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the wiring holding member 197 makes it appear as if a bridge is built between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5, and the wiring code 196. Since a part of the wiring is bridged by the wiring holding member 197, it is possible to prevent the wiring cord 196 from hanging down even if the door frame 5 is opened and closed, and the wiring cord 196 hangs down to other members. It is possible to prevent problems such as being caught and broken or the door frame 5 being unable to be closed, and the main control board 4100, peripheral control unit 4140, payout control board 4110, etc. as the main body side electrical equipment, etc. Wiring to connect each decorative board 214,216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322, 430, 432, speaker 130, 222, 262, ball rental unit 360, handle device 500, etc. as door-side electrical equipment. It is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 capable of reducing the occurrence of defects in the code 196 as much as possible.

Further, a part of the wiring cord 196 is held by the rotatable wiring holding member 197, and even if the wiring cord 196 is forcibly pulled when the door frame 5 is opened, the wiring holding member 197 rotates. By doing so, the force can be released, so that the wiring cord 196 can be prevented from being pulled, and the wiring cord 196 is pulled to cause a problem such as disconnection or disconnection of the connection connector. Can be prevented. Further, since a part of the wiring cord 196 is held by the wiring holding member 197 and the wiring cord 196 is only partially bent with the rotation of the wiring holding member 197, the conventional one (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009). -No. 213675), the wiring cord 196 does not slide, and it is possible to prevent the wiring cord 196 from rubbing and causing problems such as electric leakage and disconnection.

Further, in the wiring holding member 197, the binding band 198 is inserted into the holding holes 197a which are arranged at predetermined intervals in the longitudinal direction, and the wiring cord 196 is held by the binding band 198. The binding band 198 holding the 196 can be prevented from moving (sliding) in the longitudinal direction of the wiring holding member 197 by the holding hole 197a, and the wiring cord 196 together with the binding band 198 can be prevented from falling off from the wiring holding member 197. It can be reliably prevented.

Further, even if the position where the wiring cord 196 extends from the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 is arranged at a position away from the side side supporting the door frame 5, as described above, the wiring cord is provided by the wiring holding member 197. Since the wiring cord 196 can be satisfactorily prevented from hanging when the door frame 5 is opened and closed by guiding the door frame 5, the strength and rigidity of the side side of the door frame 5 that is supported by the shaft are increased. The main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 can be used, and the pachinko machine 1 having high crime prevention against fraudulent acts can be used.

Further, since the wiring holding member 197 is provided with ridges protruding from both ends in the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction at least toward the side along which the wiring cord 196 is along, the pair of ridges and the plate surface of the wiring holding member 197 are used. The wiring cord 196 can be surrounded on three sides, and the wiring cord 196 can be easily held along the wiring holding member 197. Further, since the wiring holding member 197 is provided with a protrusion, the bending rigidity of the plate-shaped wiring holding member 197 can be increased, and the wiring holding member 197 is prevented from bending when the door frame 5 is opened and closed. The door frame 5 can be opened and closed in good condition.

Further, the length from the base end to the tip of the wiring holding member 197 is set to substantially the same length as the distance from the axis of the door frame 5 to the axis of the base end, and the main body frame 3 in the wiring cord 196 is extended. The predetermined position is set to the position on the axis side of the door frame 5 with respect to the tip of the wiring holding member 197 in a state where the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3. When opening and closing the door frame 5, a pantograph-shaped link is formed at the axis of the member 197, the tip of the wiring holding member 197, and the position where the wiring cord 196 extends in the main body frame 3. The movement of the wiring holding member 197, the wiring cord 196, etc. can be made smooth, and the opening / closing work can be easily performed. It is possible to prevent problems from occurring. Further, a pantograph-shaped link is formed, and when the door frame 5 is closed, the portion extending from the tip of the wiring holding member 197 in the wiring cord 196 is folded back on the tip side so as to be along the wiring holding member 197. Therefore, when the door frame 5 is closed, the wiring cord 196 can be folded and compactly assembled, and the space related to the wiring holding member 197 and the wiring cord 196 can be reduced.

Further, the door frame base board cover 195 of the door frame 5 on which the wiring holding member 197 is pivotally supported is recessed so as to open toward the main body frame 3 side with the door frame 5 closed to the main body frame 3. A step portion 195a capable of accommodating the wiring holding member 197 is provided, and when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the wiring holding member 197 is provided on the door frame base board cover 195. Since it is housed in the portion 195a, the protrusion of the wiring holding member 197 from the door frame 5 side to the main body frame 3 side can be almost eliminated, the door frame 5 can be easily closed, and the wiring holding member 197 and the wiring holding member 197 can be easily closed. The wiring cord 196 can be compactly assembled, and the wiring cord 196 can be prevented from being caught by other members to prevent a problem from occurring.

Further, the wiring cord 196 is held with respect to the main body frame 3 with the door frame 5 closed along the surface of the wiring holding member 197 facing the main body frame 3 side. When the door frame 5 is closed, the wiring holding member 197 can be brought as close as possible to the door frame 5 side (door frame base board cover 195 side). The protrusion of the wiring holding member 197 can be reduced, the door frame 5 can be easily closed, and the space related to the wiring holding member 197 and the wiring cord 196 can be made as small as possible.

Further, since the wiring holding member 197 is provided on the door frame 5 side for moving (opening / closing), the wiring holding member 197 can be easily rotated by an inertial force or an impact force for opening / closing the door frame 5, as described above. It is possible to surely play the effect. Further, since the wiring holding member 197 is provided in the door frame 5 and it is not necessary to secure a space for providing the wiring holding member 197 in the main body frame 3, a space for relatively holding the game board 4 in the main body frame 3 is provided. It is possible to make the pachinko machine 1 capable of holding a game board 4 having a larger game area 1100 by increasing the size, and having a large game board 4 and strongly attracting the attention of the player. can.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 25 and 26, the handle bracket 140 in the door frame base unit 100 has a cylindrical tubular portion 141 extending in the front-rear direction and a shaft of the tubular portion 141 from the rear end of the tubular portion 141. On the other hand, an annular flange portion 142 extending outward in the perpendicular direction and a plurality of (three in this example) ridges protruding into the cylinder portion 141 and arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction of the cylinder portion 141. 143 is provided with reinforcing ribs 144 that connect the outer peripheral surface of the cylinder portion 141 and the front surface of the flange portion 142 and are arranged in a plurality of directions in the circumferential direction of the cylinder portion 141. The handle bracket 140 is adapted to be attached to the handle mounting portion 114 by a predetermined screw in a state where the rear surface of the flange portion 142 is in contact with the front surface of the handle mounting portion 114 in the door frame base main body 110. Although not shown, the axis of the tubular portion 141 substantially coincides with the wiring passage port 115 in the state of being attached to the handle mounting portion 114.

The handle bracket 140 is provided with one ridge 143 on the upper side and two ridges 143 on the lower side in the tubular portion 141, and these ridges 143 are formed on the outer periphery of the cylindrical portion of the handle base 502 in the handle device 500. It is arranged and formed at a position corresponding to the three groove portions 502a. Then, the cylindrical portion of the handle device 500 can be inserted into the tubular portion 141 only when the three ridges 143 of the handle bracket 140 and the three groove portions 502a of the handle device 500 match. There is. Therefore, the handle base 502 of the handle device 500 inserted and supported by the handle bracket 140 is supported in a state in which it cannot rotate relative to the handle bracket 140.

By attaching the handle bracket 140 to the handle mounting portion 114 inclined at an angle, the handle bracket 140 is attached so that the axis of the tubular portion 141 extends toward the right side (open side) as it goes forward in front view. The axis of the handle device 500 supported by the handle bracket 140 in this state is also tilted at an angle.

Subsequently, the reinforcing unit 150 in the door frame base unit 100 includes an upper reinforcing sheet metal 151 attached along the back surface of the upper side of the door frame base main body 110 and a door frame base main body, mainly as shown in FIGS. 25 and 26. The shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 attached along the back surface of the shaft support side side portion 110, the open side reinforcing sheet metal 153 attached along the open side side portion back surface of the door frame base main body 110, and the door frame base main body 110. It is provided with a lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 attached along the lower back surface of the game window 101, and these are mutually fastened with screws, rivets, or the like to form a square shape.

As shown in FIG. 25, the reinforcing unit 150 has an upper shaft support portion 156 having a shaft pin 155 slidably provided on the upper surface thereof in the vertical direction at the upper and lower ends of the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152, and a lower surface thereof. It is integrally provided with a lower shaft branch 158 having a shaft pin 157 (see FIG. 18). Then, the upper and lower shaft pins 155 and 157 are pivotally supported by the upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 formed above and below the shaft support side of the main body frame 3, so that the door frame 5 is pivotally supported with respect to the main body frame 3. It is designed to be freely opened and closed.

Further, the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 of the reinforcing unit 150 has a predetermined width and is formed to have substantially the same length as the width dimension of the door frame base main body 110, and is formed on the lower long side edge of the long side edges thereof. A lower bent projectile 159 bent forward and an upper bent projectile 160 bent forward toward the right side (open side) of the upper long side edge in front view. , A vertically bent projectile 161 that is bent rearward and extended in the vertical direction at the central portion of the upper long side edge. The strength of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 is increased by the lower bent projectile piece 159, the upper bent projectile piece 160, and the like. Further, the vertically bent projecting piece 161 of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 is formed so as to engage and lock with the locking piece 592b formed at the lower end of the unit frame 592 of the glass unit 590, which will be described later. When the unit 590 is fixed to the back surface side of the door frame 5, the vertically bent projecting piece 161 locks the locking piece 592b of the unit frame 592 in the glass unit 590, so that the lower end of the glass unit 590 moves in the left-right direction. It is possible to regulate the movement to the rear. The lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 is formed with a notch portion 162 substantially corresponding to the notch portion 101a of the door frame base main body 110.

Further, the open side reinforcing sheet metal 153 of the reinforcing unit 150 includes an open side outer bending protrusion 163 bent rearward on both sides of the long side between the upper reinforcing sheet metal 151 and the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154. It is provided with an open side inner bent projectile 164, and as shown in the figure, the open side inner bent projectile 164 is formed so as to extend backward longer than the open side outer bent projectile 163. ing. Further, a hook cover 165 that comes into contact with the door frame hook portion 1041 of the lock device 1000, which will be described later, is provided in the lower rear portion of the open side reinforcing sheet metal 153. Further, the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is provided with a U-shaped shaft support side U-shaped protrusion 166 that extends rearward to the outer end of the long side thereof and is open to the outside of the shaft support side (FIG. FIG. 108). Further, the upper reinforcing sheet metal 151 is provided with bent projectiles 167 bent rearward on both sides of the long side thereof.

Since the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 of the reinforcing unit 150 is mounted and supported only at two points above and below the upper shaft support portion 156 and the lower shaft support portion 158 with respect to the main body frame 3, the shaft support side If an illegal tool such as a screwdriver or a crowbar is inserted between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3, the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is deformed and the gap between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 becomes large and illegal. Although there is a risk that the action may be facilitated, the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 of this example is provided with the shaft support side U-shaped protrusion 166, so that the strength of the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is further increased. , The shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is difficult to bend. Further, in the shaft support side U-shaped protrusion 166 of the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152, the front end piece 952b of the side security plate 950 in the main body frame 3 described later is inserted into the U-shape (FIG. FIG. (Refer to 108), the insertion of the tool can be prevented, and only the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 can be prevented from bending, so that the crime prevention function of the pachinko machine 1 can be enhanced.

Next, the security cover 180 of the door frame base unit 100 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 25 and 26. The security cover 180 has a security function of covering the lower back surface of the glass unit 590 to prevent unauthorized tools from entering the game board 4, and as shown in the figure, the left and right sides are made of transparent synthetic resin. It is formed in a flat plate shape so as to cover the lower portion of the glass unit 590 arranged between the reinforcing sheets 152 and 153 of the above, and the upper side portion thereof is formed in an arc shape substantially along the lower arc surface of the inner rail 1112 of the game board 4. It includes a formed contact recess 181 and a crime prevention rear projection piece 182 that projects rearward along the upper end of the contact recess 181. Further, the left and right ends of the security cover 180 are each provided with a security rear end projecting piece 183 that projects rearward along the shape of the end. It should be noted that the security rear end projecting piece 183 on the right side (shaft support side) in the rear view is in a form of extending backward longer than the security rear end projecting piece 183 on the opposite side (open side). On the other hand, on the front surface of the security cover 180, the security front projection piece 184 projecting along the downward shape of the unit frame 592 in the glass unit 590 with the security cover 180 attached, and the left and right outside the security front projection piece 184. A U-shaped mounting elastic piece 185 that projects forward is provided at the lower end of the.

In this security cover 180, the mounting elastic piece 185 on the right side (open side) is mounted on the security cover mounting portion 119 of the door frame base unit 100 when viewed from the front, and the mounting elastic piece 185 on the opposite side (shaft support side) is mounted on the dish. By attaching it to the security cover mounting portion 364 of the unit 300, it can be detachably attached to the back surface side of the door frame 5. In the state where the security cover 180 is attached to the door frame 5, although detailed illustration is omitted, the security front projection piece 184 is adapted to fit with the lower outer periphery of the unit frame 592 of the glass unit 590, and also. The rear surface of the lower end portion of the unit frame 592 comes into contact with the vertically bent projecting piece 161. Further, when the door frame 5 is closed, the crime prevention rear projection piece 182 projecting rearward is inserted into the lower side surface of the inner rail 1112 whose shaft support side half is fixed to the game board 4, and the open side half is front. It is in a state of being inserted into the rail security groove 1118 of the inner rail 1112 in the component member 1110. As a result, even if an unauthorized tool is to be intruded into the game area 1100 of the game board 4, the intrusion can be prevented by the crime prevention rear projection piece 182 inserted under the inner rail 1112. ..

Since the security cover 180 can cover the lower front portion of the ball hitting guide passage formed by the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 with the door frame 5 closed by the back surface thereof. , It is possible to prevent the hit ball from colliding with the glass plate 594 that is sent or returned from the guide passage portion.

As a result, in this example, the security cover 180 covers the outer periphery of the lower rear side of the glass unit 590 (game window 101) in the door frame 5, so that the game window 101 and the glass unit 590 are displayed from the front side of the door frame 5. Even if you try to cheat inside the pachinko machine 1 (inside the game area 1100) by inserting a highly flexible tool between the windows, the security cover 180 can prevent the tool from entering, and cheating. It has become possible to make the pachinko machine 1 with higher safety against the above.

Subsequently, the four glass unit locking members 190 in the door frame base unit 100 are rotatably fitted to the locking member mounting portion 110b protruding rearward from the door frame base main body 110 with the fitting portion 190a. A locking piece 190b for locking the stop piece 592a of the glass unit 590 extending in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the fitting portion 190a is provided. In this glass unit locking member 190, a retaining screw is fixed to the tip of the locking member mounting portion 110b in a state where the locking member mounting portion 110b of the door frame base main body 110 penetrates the fitting portion 190a. By doing so, it is rotatably supported by the locking member mounting portion 110b.

Although detailed illustration is omitted, the locking piece 190b of the glass unit locking member 190 has a ridge protruding rearward, and the ridge rotates when the glass unit 590 is attached or detached. It is a finger hook when operating.

Further, the launch cover 191 in the door frame base unit 100 is fixed to the rear side of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 in the reinforcing unit 150. Further, the handle device relay board cover 193 and the door frame base board cover 195 are fixed at predetermined positions on the rear side of the door frame base 110, respectively. When the launch cover 191 and the handle device relay board cover 193 and the ball feed unit 580 are attached to the door frame unit base 100, their rear surfaces are substantially identical to each other. The front surface of the hitting ball launching device 650 attached to the main body frame 3 can be covered.

[1-2B. Right side decoration unit]
Subsequently, the right side decorative unit 200 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 29 to 31. 29 (A) is a front perspective view of the right side decorative unit in the door frame, and FIG. 29 (B) is a rear perspective view of the right side decorative unit in the door frame. Further, FIG. 30 is an exploded perspective view of the right side decorative unit disassembled and viewed from the front. Further, FIG. 31 is an exploded perspective view of the right side decorative unit as viewed after being disassembled.

As shown in the figure, the right side decoration unit 200 of the door frame 5 in the present embodiment decorates the right half of the front outer circumference of the game window 101 except the lower part in front view, and the inside is the game window 101. It is formed in an arc shape along the outside, and the outside is formed in a straight line along the outer circumference of the door frame base unit 100. The right side decoration unit 200 includes a side lens 210 that forms an outer surface of the right side decoration unit 200 and has a plurality of substantially spindle-shaped curved surfaces, and a side inner lens 212 arranged behind the side lens 210. The decorative substrate 214 on the right side, which is arranged from the substantially center to the upper side in the vertical direction on the rear side of the side inner lens 212 and has a plurality of LEDs 214a (full color LED) and 214b (white LED) mounted on the surface, and the side inner on the lower side. The lower right side decorative substrate 216 and the rear side of the upper right side decorative substrate 214, which are arranged from substantially the center to the lower side of the lens 212 in the vertical direction and have a plurality of LEDs 216a (full color LED) and 216b (white LED) mounted on the surface. The right side upper decorative board cover 218 attached to the side inner lens 212 so as to sandwich the right side upper decorative board 214, and the side so as to cover the rear side of the right side lower decorative board 216 and sandwich the right side lower decorative board 216. It includes a lens 210 and a decorative substrate cover 220 on the lower right side that is attached to the side decorative frame 202.

Further, the right side decorative unit 200 is arranged with a side outer cover 202 attached to the upper right corner of the side lens 210, in front of the side lens 210 and at predetermined intervals in the circumferential direction of the game window 101, and is an abbreviation for the game window 101. A plurality of side flash lenses 204 extending radially around the center, a side upper inner lens 206 arranged between the upper left portion of the side inner lens 212 and the side lens 210, and a side upper inner lens 206 are side inner lenses. It includes an inner lens bracket 208 for attaching to the 212, and an upper right speaker 222 attached to the upper side inner lens 206.

In the right side decorative unit 200, a side outer cover 202, a side flash lens 204, a side upper inner lens 205, an inner lens bracket 208, a side lens 210, and a side inner lens 212 are formed of a translucent member. The side outer cover 202, the side upper inner lens 205, the inner lens bracket 208, the side lens 210, and the side inner lens 212 are substantially colorless and transparent, and the side flash lens 204 is colored and transparent (red in this example).

Although detailed illustration is omitted, a plurality of small-diameter lenses are formed on the surfaces of the side inner lens 212 and the side upper inner lens 206 so that light can be diffusely refracted. Therefore, the LEDs 214a and 214b mounted on the surface (front surface) of the right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 arranged behind the side lens 210, the side inner lens 212, and the upper side inner lens 206. The 216a, 216b, etc. cannot be clearly seen from the player side. Further, the front surface of the right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 is white, and the right side decorative unit 200 is efficiently emitted and decorated by the light of the mounted LEDs 214a, 214b, 216a, 216b and the like. In addition to being able to do this, the decorative substrates 214 and 216 are inconspicuous when the LEDs 214a, 214b, 216a and 216b are not lit. The upper right side decorative substrate 214 and the lower right decorative substrate 216 are connected to the peripheral control unit 4140, respectively, and the LEDs 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a are driven by the drive signal (light emission drive signal) from the peripheral control unit 4140. , 216b can be appropriately made to emit light to make the right side decoration unit 200 emit light.

As shown in the figure, the side lens 210 in the right side decoration unit 200 of this example has the right end and the upper end formed in a straight line along the outer circumference of the door frame base main body 110, and the left end is the game window 101. It is formed in a curved shape along the outer circumference on the right side of the. The side lens 210 includes a peripheral lens portion 210a composed of a plurality of substantially spindle-shaped curved surfaces, and a plurality of peripheral lens portions 210a that are divided into a plurality of parts in the circumferential direction of the game window 101 and extend substantially concentrically with the game window 101. It is provided with a radiation lens portion 210b made of a prism surface of the above. As shown in the figure, the plurality of radial lens portions 210b in the side lens 210 are formed so as to extend above the radiation centered on the lower center of the game window 101 in front view, and are formed from the front surface of the peripheral lens portion 210a. Is also formed in a state of being recessed rearward, and the side flash lens 204 is inserted into the recess.

Further, the side lens 210 is provided with a side diffusion lens portion 210c extending in the front-rear direction and arranged in the vertical direction on the right side surface. The side diffusion lens portion 210c allows the light from the upper right side decorative substrate 214 and the lower right side decorative substrate 216 to be widely diffused in the right direction and the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 1. Although detailed illustration is omitted, a plurality of through holes are formed in the portion corresponding to the lower side of the upper right speaker 222 in the side lens 210, and the sound from the upper right speaker 222 is sent to the player side. It can be transmitted well.

The side inner lens 212 is substantially colorless and transparent and is inserted and fitted into the inside of the side lens 210 from the rear side. As shown in the figure, a portion of the side lens 210 corresponding to the peripheral lens portion 210a is formed in a wrinkle shape. In addition, the portion corresponding to the radiation lens portion 210b is formed in a flat surface shape. Further, although detailed illustration is omitted, in the side inner lens 212, a plurality of small-diameter lenses are formed in a mountain portion protruding forward in a wrinkled portion corresponding to the peripheral lens portion 210a of the side lens 210. The side inner lens 212 can diffusely refract and diffusely reflect light by a wrinkled portion and a plurality of small-diameter lenses, and cooperates with the side lens 210 arranged on the front side to glitter the appearance of the right side decoration unit 200. At the same time, the perspective can be made to look unclear and mysterious.

The right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 of the right side decorative unit 200 have a plurality of high-brightness color LEDs mounted on the surface thereof, and are arranged at positions corresponding to the peripheral lens portion 210a of the side lens 210. The LEDs 214a and 216a used have a relatively wide irradiation angle (for example, 60 ° to 180 °), and the LEDs 214b and 216b arranged at positions corresponding to the radiation lens portion 210b of the side lens 210 are relatively irradiated. A lens with a narrow angle (for example, 15 ° to 60 °) is used. The LED 214c of the decorative substrate 214 on the right side is a red and green LED in this example.

Like the side speaker 130, the upper right speaker 222 of the right side decorative unit 200 outputs sound in the mid-high range, and can be attached to a predetermined position by a side upper inner lens 206 in a predetermined direction. ing. The side upper inner lens 206 that supports the upper right speaker 222 is provided with a cylindrical horn portion that extends diagonally forward and downward at the center of the left and right sides of the pachinko machine 1 when viewed from the front, and is provided on the back side of the upper end of the horn portion. The upper right speaker 222 is fixed so that the upper right speaker 222 cannot be seen from the player side when viewed from the front.

The upper right speaker 222 of this example is emitted from the upper part of the pachinko machine 1 toward the player below by the horn part of the inner lens 206 on the upper side of the side, and is caused by noise to other pachinko machines. It has become difficult to do. Similar to the side inner lens 212, the front surface of the side upper inner lens 206 is also formed in a wrinkled shape, and a plurality of small diameter lenses are formed in a mountain portion protruding forward in the wrinkled portion. The wrinkled portion and a plurality of small-diameter lenses allow light to be diffusely refracted and diffusely reflected.

The side flash lens 204 of the right side decoration unit 200 is inserted and arranged on the front side of the radiation lens portion 210b recessed to the rear of the side lens 210, and imitates a rugged rocky area by a plurality of spindle-shaped curved surfaces. It is possible to add an accent to the side lens 210. Further, the side flash lens 204 can produce a radial light emission effect by emitting light from the LEDs 214b and 216a of the right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 arranged on the rear side, and the peripheral lens portion 210a. Can be divided in the circumferential direction of the game window 101 to emphasize each of them.

[1-2C. Left side decoration unit]
Subsequently, the left side decorative unit 240 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 32 to 36. 32 (A) is a front perspective view of the left side decoration unit in the door frame, and FIG. 32 (B) is a rear perspective view of the left side decoration unit in the door frame. Further, FIG. 33 is an exploded perspective view of the left side decorative unit disassembled and viewed from the front. Further, FIG. 34 is an exploded perspective view of the left side decorative unit as viewed after being disassembled. Further, FIG. 35 is a cross-sectional view of the left side decorative unit, and FIG. 36 is an explanatory view showing a photographic mode of light emission of the left side decorative unit.

As shown in the figure, the left side decoration unit 240 of the door frame 5 in the present embodiment decorates the left half of the front outer circumference of the game window 101 except the lower part in front view, and the right side is the game window 101. Along with the arc shape, the left side and the upper side are formed linearly along the outer circumference of the door frame base unit 100, and are asymmetrically formed with the right side decoration unit 200. The left side decoration unit 240 has a width substantially the same as the width of the right side decoration unit 200, and has an elliptical shape arranged between a plurality of large window frames 242a extending in the circumferential direction of the game window 101 and between the large window frames 242a. A frame-shaped lower side decorative frame 242 having a small window frame 242b, two large window frames 244a continuously extending in the circumferential direction of the game window 101 on the upper side of the lower side decorative frame 242, and a large window frame 244a. It is provided with a frame-shaped side top decorative frame 244 having one elliptical small window frame 244b arranged between the window frames 244a.

Further, the left side decorative unit 240 has a side flash lens 246 fitted from the rear side with respect to the small window frames 242b and 244b of the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244, and the side flash lens 246 on the rear side. A transparent side lens 250 having a plurality of peripheral lens portions 250a fitted from the rear side with respect to the large window frames 242a and 244a of the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244, and the side lens 250. An inner decorative member 251 arranged on the rear side of the peripheral lens portion 250a and having a plurality of slits 251a extending in the circumferential direction of the game window 101 and having a plating layer having a metallic luster on the surface, and the rear side of the inner decorative member 251. It is provided with a side inner lens 252 having a diffuser portion 252a formed by a plurality of band-shaped lenses extending radially around the lower left and right center of the game window 101.

Further, the left side decoration unit 240 is arranged on the rear side of the side inner lens 252 from substantially the center to the upper side in the vertical direction, and a plurality of LEDs 254a (full color LED) and 254b (white LED) are mounted on the surface of the left side decoration unit 240. A substrate 254 and a decorative substrate 256 on the lower left side, which is arranged on the lower side from substantially the center of the side inner lens 252 in the vertical direction and has a plurality of LEDs 256a (full-color LED) and 256b (white LED) mounted on the surface. The left side upper decorative board cover 258 that covers the rear side of the left side upper decorative board 254 and is attached to the side inner lens 252 so as to sandwich the left side upper decorative board 254, and the left side that covers the rear side of the left side lower decorative board 256. It is provided with a left side lower decorative board cover 260 attached to the side lens 250 so as to sandwich the lower decorative board 256.

Further, the left side decorative unit 240 is a transparent unit that supports the upper left speaker 262 arranged on the front side of the side inner lens 252 and on the upper right portion of the front view and the upper left speaker 262 and is attached to the front upper right portion of the side inner lens 252. A diffuser formed by a plurality of band-shaped lenses attached to the front surface of the upper speaker bracket 264 and the upper speaker bracket 264, inserted from the rear side into the inner decorative member 251 at the upper right of the front view, and extending radially around the lower left and right centers. It is equipped with an upper right inner lens 266 having 266a. The upper left speaker 262 is attached to the upper speaker bracket 264 so as to sandwich a protective plate 268 made of a metal plate capable of transmitting sound.

In the left side decorative unit 240, the lower side decorative frame 242, the upper side decorative frame 244, the upper left side decorative board cover 258, and the lower left side decorative board cover 260 are formed of a translucent member, and the inner is formed. The surface of the decorative member 251 is provided with a plating layer of a predetermined color (silver in this example). Further, the side flash lens 246 has a translucent property and is entirely made of a milky white synthetic resin. Further, the side lens 250, the side inner lens 252, the upper speaker bracket 264, and the upper right inner lens 266 are formed of a substantially colorless and transparent synthetic resin.

In this example, both sides of the small window frames 242b and 244b in the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 (small windows with respect to the radial axis direction centered on the lower left and right center of the game window 101). Opening frames 242c and 244c that penetrate the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 in a notched state are formed on both sides of the frames 242b and 244b, and the small window frames 242b and 244b and the small window frames 242b and 244b are formed. The opening frames 242c and 244c on both sides are closed by the side flash lens 246 from the rear side. Therefore, from the player side, the rear side of the small window frames 242b, 244b and the opening frames 242c, 244c in the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 cannot be visually recognized by the milky white side flash lens 246. ..

On the other hand, the peripheral lens portion 250a of the transparent side lens 250 is inserted from the rear side into the large window frames 242a and 244a of the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 to be closed, and the transparent peripheral lens portion is closed. The inner decorative member 251 arranged on the rear side through the 250a can be visually recognized from the player side. A diffuser portion 252a of the side inner lens 252 is located on the rear side of the inner decorative member 251. Light is diffusely refracted by the diffuser portion 252a to pass through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251 and behind the side inner lens 252. The side cannot be clearly seen. That is, the LEDs 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b mounted on the surface (front surface) of the left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 arranged behind the side inner lens 252 through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251. Etc. cannot be clearly seen from the player side.

Further, the front surface of the left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 is white, and the left side decorative unit 240 is efficiently emitted and decorated by the mounted LEDs such as 254a, 254b, 256a, and 256b. In addition to being able to do this, the decorative substrates 254 and 256 are inconspicuous when the LEDs 254a, 254b, 256a and 256b are not lit. The upper left side decorative substrate 254 and the lower left side decorative substrate 256 are connected to the peripheral control unit 4140, respectively, and the LEDs 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b are driven by the drive signal (light emission drive signal) from the peripheral control unit 4140. Can be appropriately emitted to emit light to decorate the left side decoration unit 240.

The lower side decorative frame 242 in the left side decorative unit 240 of this example has a form extending in the vertical direction along the left outer circumference of the game window 101, and is formed in a U-shaped cross section with the rear side open. The side lower decorative frame 242 is a small oval shape that is arranged between the large window frames 242a extending in the front-rear direction along the outer periphery of the game window 101 and penetrating in the front-rear direction and penetrating in the front-rear direction. It is provided with a window frame 242b and an opening frame 242c arranged on both sides of the small window frame 242b (on the side of the game window 101 and outside the pachinko machine 1) and penetrating in the front-rear direction and notched to the side surface, and is made of synthetic resin. It is formed.

In the side lower decorative frame 242, the peripheral lens portion 250a corresponding to the side lens 250 is fitted into the large window frame 242a from the rear side, and the side flash lens 246 corresponding to the small window frame 242b and the opening frame 242c. Is fitted from the rear side. That is, the side lower decorative frame 242 can form the peripheral lens portion 250a of the corresponding side lens 250 and the outer peripheral frame of the side flash lens 246, respectively.

Further, the side upper decorative frame 244 in the left side decorative unit 240 has a substantially triangular shape in front view extending from the upper left outer circumference to the upper outer circumference of the game window 101 continuously to the upper end of the side lower decorative frame 242. It is formed in a U-shaped cross section with the side open. The decorative frame 244 on the side has two large window frames 244a extending along the game window 101 and penetrating in the front-rear direction, and a small window frame having a substantially elliptical shape arranged between the large window frames 244a and penetrating in the front-rear direction. It is provided with 244b and an opening frame 244c arranged on both sides of the small window frame 244b (on the side of the game window 101 and outside of the pachinko machine 1), penetrating in the front-rear direction and notched to the side surface, and is formed of synthetic resin. ing.

The decorative frame 244 on the side is such that the peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250 is fitted into the large window frame 244a from the rear side, and the side flash lens corresponding to the small window frame 244b and the opening frame 244c. The 246 is fitted from the rear side. That is, the decorative frame 244 on the side can form the peripheral frame of the peripheral lens portion 250a of the corresponding side lens 250 and the outer peripheral frame of the side flash lens 246, respectively. The upper side decorative frame 244 forms a continuous design with the lower side decorative frame 242 when assembled as the left side decorative unit 240.

In this example, the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 are colored black, and the side lenses facing from the large window frames 242a and 244a, the small window frames 242b and 244b, and the opening frames 242c and 244c. The 250 and the side flash lens 246 are emphasized and visible.

Further, the side lens 250 in the left side decoration unit 240 has a size obtained by combining the side lower decoration frame 242 and the side upper decoration frame 244, and has a size extending to the left side of the center on the left side and the upper side of the game window 101. There is. The side lens 250 has a shape in which the peripheral lens portion 250a fitted from the rear side into the large window frames 242a and 244a of the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 and the peripheral lens portion 250a are recessed to the rear side. It is provided with a radiation lens portion 250b formed on the front side and a side flash lens 246 is arranged on the front side. The side lens 250 is formed by one curved surface in which the peripheral lens portion 250a is smoothly curved, and the radial lens portion 250b is formed by a substantially flat surface. Further, the side lens 250 is made of a transparent synthetic resin so that the rear side can be visually recognized.

Further, the inner decorative member 251 in the left side decorative unit 240 is arranged behind each peripheral lens portion 250a in the side lens 250, and includes a plurality of slits 251a extending along the outer periphery of the game window 101 and penetrating in the front-rear direction. ing. As shown in the figure, the inner decorative member 251 also has a plurality of slits 251a extending along the outer periphery of the game window 101 and concentrically centered on the center of the game window 101 in the width direction thereof. There are multiple. Further, in the inner decorative member 251, the front surface on which the plurality of slits 251a are formed is formed in a curved shape substantially along the inner surface of the peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250. The inner decorative member 251 of this example has a plating layer having a silver metallic luster on its surface, and can be visually recognized from the player side through the peripheral lens portion 250a of the transparent side lens 250. ..

Further, the side inner lens 252 in the left side decorative unit 240 is arranged on the rear side of the inner decorative member 251 and has substantially the same size and outer shape as the side lens 250, and is formed of a substantially colorless and transparent synthetic resin. There is. The side inner lens 252 is formed with a diffused portion 252a that bulges forward so that a portion corresponding to the inner decorative member 251 is inserted into the inside of each inner decorative member 251 from the rear side. The diffused portion 252a of the side inner lens 252 is formed with a plurality of strip-shaped lenses extending radially around the lower center in the left-right direction of the game window 101 on the front surface, and the extending direction of the strip-shaped lens is arranged on the front side. It intersects (substantially orthogonally) with respect to the extending direction of the slit 251a of the decorative member 251.

In the side inner lens 252, the diffuser portion 252a is visible from the player side through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251. However, the light is diffusely refracted by the plurality of band-shaped lenses formed in the diffuser portion 252a, so that the diffuser portion 252a is diffused. The rear side is not clearly visible through the portion 252a. Further, as shown in the figure, the side inner lens 252 has a substantially flat surface between the diffusion portions 252a, and the light from the left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 arranged on the rear side. Can be transmitted forward without being diffused or refracted.

Further, the left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 of the left side decorative unit 240 have a plurality of high-brightness color LEDs mounted on the surface thereof, and the large side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 are mounted. The LEDs 254a and 256a arranged at positions corresponding to the window frames 242a and 244a (peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250) have a relatively wide irradiation angle (for example, 60 ° to 180 °) and are used on the side. The LEDs 254b arranged at positions corresponding to the small window frames 242b, 244b and the opening frames 242c, 244c (radiating lens portion 250b of the side lens 250, that is, the side flash lens 246) of the lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244. As 256b, a lens having a relatively narrow irradiation angle (for example, 15 ° to 60 °) is used.

The upper left speaker 262 of the left side decoration unit 240 outputs sound in the mid-high range like the side speaker 130, and can be attached to a predetermined position in a predetermined direction by the upper speaker bracket 264. There is. The upper speaker bracket 264 that supports the upper left speaker 262 includes a cylindrical horn portion (not shown) that projects diagonally forward and downward at the center of the left and right sides of the pachinko machine 1 when viewed from the front. The upper left speaker 262 is fixed to the back side of the upper end of the horn portion of the upper speaker bracket 264 via the protective plate 268 so that the upper left speaker 262 cannot be seen from the player side in the front view. It has become. Further, the protective plate 268 made of a metal plate can prevent mischief from being mischievous by the upper left speaker 262 or breaking the cone of the upper left speaker 262 and inserting an unauthorized tool into the pachinko machine 1. It has become. The upper left speaker 262 of this example is designed to be emitted from the upper part of the pachinko machine 1 toward the lower player, and is less likely to make noise than other pachinko machines.

Next, a characteristic light emitting effect in the left side decorative unit 240 of this example will be described. As described above, the left side decorative unit 240 has a side lens 250 having a transparent peripheral lens portion 250a forming and curved an outer surface of the left side decorative unit 240, and a side lens 250 arranged behind the peripheral lens portion 250a on the surface. An inner decorative member 251 having a metallic gloss plating layer and having a plurality of slits 251a penetrating in the front-rear direction, and an inner decorative member 251 arranged behind the inner decorative member 251 and extending in a direction intersecting the extending direction of the slit 251a. A side inner lens 252 having a diffuser portion 252a composed of a plurality of band-shaped lenses, a left side upper decorative substrate 254 and a left side lower decorative substrate 256 arranged behind the side inner lens 252 and mounted with a plurality of LEDs 254a and 256a. And (see FIG. 35 and the like). As a result, in the left side decoration unit 240, when the LEDs 254a and 256a are made to emit light, the light emitted forward is diffused by the diffuser portion 252a of the side inner lens 252 and then passes through the slit 251a of the inner decoration member 251. The peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250 is irradiated to the player side, and the peripheral lens portion 250a of the left side decoration unit 240 can be light-emitting and decorated.

By the way, the light radiated to the front (side lens 250 side) through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251 passes through the peripheral lens portion 250a of the transparent side lens 250 and is radiated to the player side. At the same time, the remaining light is reflected on the inner surface of the peripheral lens portion 250a to illuminate the front surface of the inner decorative member 251. Since the inner decorative member 251 is provided with a plating layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface, the light reflected from the inner surface of the peripheral lens portion 250a toward the inner decorative member 251 is the surface of the inner decorative member 251. It will be reflected to the peripheral lens portion 250a side at (front surface), and a part of the light reflected on the surface of the inner decorative member 251 will pass through the peripheral lens portion 250a and be irradiated to the player side.

At this time, in this example, as shown in FIG. 35, the peripheral lens portion 250a, the front surface of the inner decorative member 251 and the diffusion portion 252a of the side inner lens 252 are each smoothly curved, so that the inner surface side ( The light reflected on the rear surface side) converges and the light reflected on the outer surface side (front surface side) is diffused. The indirect light reflected by the front surface of the lens portion 250a and the inner decorative member 251 is irradiated to the shifted positions. Further, the light passing through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251 is diffused and intersected in a striped manner with respect to the extending direction of the slit 251a by the diffusing portion 252a formed by the plurality of band-shaped lenses in the side inner lens 252. It is diffused in the direction (almost orthogonal). Therefore, the peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250 extends in a direction intersecting the extending direction of the slit 251a, which is longer than the width of the slit 251a, and is irradiated (projected) with a plurality of striped light having different shades. As a result, it is possible to make a fantastic luminescent decoration with a sense of perspective (see FIG. 36).

[1-2D. Top decoration unit]
Subsequently, the upper decorative unit 280 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 37 to 40. FIG. 37 is a front perspective view of the upper decorative unit in the door frame, and FIG. 38 is a rear perspective view of the upper decorative unit in the door frame. Further, FIG. 39 is an exploded perspective view of the upper decorative unit disassembled and viewed from the front, and FIG. 40 is an exploded perspective view of the upper decorative unit disassembled and viewed from the rear.

As shown in FIG. 17, the upper decorative unit 280 in the door frame 5 of the present embodiment has the upper end edges on the center side of the right side decorative unit 200 and the left side decorative unit 240 at the upper center of the front surface of the door frame 5. It is attached between them and decorates between them. As shown in the figure, the upper decorative unit 280 has an annular central frame 281a penetrating in the front-rear direction, a frame-shaped upper extending frame 281b that extends from the upper part of the central frame 281a to the left and right and becomes thinner toward the tip. A front decorative member 281 having a frame-shaped lower extending frame 281c that extends from the lower part of the central frame 281a to the left and right toward the tip, and an upper extending frame 281b and a lower portion arranged behind the front decorative member 281. A translucent upper lens 282 having a through hole 282a having a diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the central frame 281a while closing the inside of the extension frame 281c, and a tubular shape inserted into the through hole 282a of the upper lens 282. A central sleeve 283, an upper central lens 284 inserted into the central sleeve 283 and bulging forward, and a plate-shaped diffuser lens 285 arranged behind the upper central lens 284 and having a plurality of fine prisms formed on the surface. An annular lens support member 286 that holds the outer periphery of the diffuser lens 285 and is supported on the rear side of the upper lens 282, and a cylinder that is arranged on the rear side of the lens support member 286 and has substantially the same diameter as the inner diameter of the lens support member 286. A light-shielding member 287 having a portion 287a, a plurality of LEDs 288a arranged at positions corresponding to the inside of the cylinder portion 287a of the light-shielding member 287 arranged behind the light-shielding member 287, and a position corresponding to the outside of the cylinder portion 287a. A plurality of LEDs 288b arranged in the above are provided with an upper central decorative substrate 288 mounted on the front surface.

Further, the upper decorative unit 280 includes a unit base 289 that supports the front decorative member 281, the upper lens 282, the light shielding member 287, and the upper central decorative substrate 288 from the rear side, and a plurality of upper decorative units 280 arranged on the rear side of the unit base 289 and on the front surface. The upper side decorative board 290 on which the LED 290a is mounted, the board cover 291 that covers the rear surface of the upper side decorative board 290 and is attached to the rear side of the unit base 289, and the board cover 291 that is attached to the lower part of the rear surface of the board cover 291 and extends rearward. The mounting bracket 292, the upper lower cover 293 mounted on the lower side of the mounting bracket 292 and extending rearward from the lower rear end of the front decorative member 281, and the lower side of the upper lower cover 293 are covered and have translucency and are predetermined. It is provided with a top and bottom decorative cover 294 shaped into the shape.

Further, the upper decorative unit 280 is attached to the substrate cover 291 and extends rearward from the upper rear end of the front decorative member 281 in a plate shape, and has a notch 295a whose rear end side is open in the center in the left-right direction. It includes a cover 295, a plate-shaped lid member 296 that closes the notch 295a of the upper upper cover 295, and a decorative member 297 that is attached to the right side surface of the unit base 289 and shaped into a predetermined shape. ..

In the upper decorative unit 280 of this example, a plating layer having a silver metallic luster is formed on the surface of the front decorative member 281 so that the front decorative member 281 shines with light from the outside. Further, the upper lens 282 is formed of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin, and has a central ring lens portion 282b facing into the central frame 281a of the front decorative member 281 at the outer periphery of the through hole 282a and an upper extension of the front decorative member 281. The frame 281b and the extension frame lens portion 282c facing the frame of the lower extension frame 281c are provided. In the upper lens 282, a plurality of band-shaped lenses extending radially on the rear surface of the central ring lens portion 282b are arranged in a row in the circumferential direction, and the axial core of the through hole 282a is centered on the front surface of the extension frame lens portion 282c. A plurality of prisms extending concentrically are formed. As a result, the light can be diffusely refracted by the plurality of prisms and band-shaped lenses of the upper lens 282, and the rear side of the upper lens 282 cannot be clearly seen.

The upper center lens 284 of the upper decorative unit 280 is made of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin. The upper center lens 284 has a smooth spindle shape on the front side, whereas a plurality of lenses concentric on the rear side are formed, and light can be diffusely refracted, so that the rear side is clear. It is invisible to the lens.

Further, in the upper central decorative substrate 288 of the upper decorative unit 280, a plurality of LEDs 288a and 288b mounted on the front surface are each full-color LEDs, and within the frame of the central frame 281a in the upper center lens 284 and the front decorative member 281. The outer periphery of the upper center lens 284 can be individually illuminated and decorated. Further, in the upper side decorative substrate 290 of the upper decorative unit 280, a plurality of LEDs 290a mounted on the front surface are each full-color LEDs, and these LEDs 290a are the upper extension frame 281b and the lower extension frame 281c in the front decoration member 281. It is arranged in the position corresponding to each of the frames. The upper side decorative substrate 290 can be decorated with light emission of the upper extension frame 281b and the lower extension frame 281c of the front decoration member 281 by appropriately emitting light from the LED 290a.

[1-2E. Dish unit]
Subsequently, the dish unit 300 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 41 to 45. 41 is a front perspective view of the dish unit in the door frame, and FIG. 42 is a rear perspective view of the dish unit in the door frame. Further, FIG. 43 is an exploded perspective view of the dish unit disassembled and viewed from the front, and FIG. 44 is an exploded perspective view of the dish unit disassembled and viewed from the rear. FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view cut at a portion of the ball rental unit of the dish unit in the door frame.

The plate unit 300 in the door frame 5 of the present embodiment includes an upper plate 301 and a lower plate 302 for storing the game balls paid out from the prize ball device 740 described later, and the game stored in the upper plate 301. The ball can be supplied to the hitting ball launching device 650, which will be described later, via the ball feeding unit 580. As shown in FIGS. 43 and 44, the dish unit 300 of this example includes a substantially plate-shaped dish unit base 310 extending in the left-right direction fixed to the lower front surface of the door frame base unit 100, and a dish unit base 310. When the upper and rear sides of the dish-shaped upper plate body 312, which is fixed to the center of the front surface and the upper and rear sides are opened and the left side (shaft support side) of the front view bulges forward greatly, and the upper outer circumference of the upper plate body 312 are covered, the front end is the front. The upper plate upper panel 314 formed in a curved shape so that the center in the left-right direction protrudes forward in the visual direction, the upper plate front decorative member 316 attached to the upper front end edge of the upper plate upper panel 314, and the upper plate front portion. The upper plate upper inner decorative member 318 arranged between the decorative member 316 and the upper plate upper panel 314 is continuous with the right side portion of the upper plate front decorative member 316 and covers the upper right side of the upper plate upper panel 314. The upper right decorative member 319 of the upper plate is provided.

Further, the plate unit 300 is attached to the lower surface of the upper plate upper panel 314 from the center on the left and right to the right side, and is attached to the lower side of the plate-shaped substrate mounting base 320 having a plurality of fine prisms formed on the surface and the substrate mounting base 320. It is provided with an upper plate decorative substrate 322 on which a plurality of LEDs 322a are mounted on the upper surface thereof. By appropriately causing the LED 322a of the upper plate decorative substrate 322 to emit light, a part of the upper plate front decorative member 316 and the upper right decorative member 319 of the upper plate can be light-emittingly decorated.

Further, the plate unit 300 is fixed to the front surface of the plate unit base 310 on the lower side of the upper plate body 312, and the upper side and the rear side are opened. A dish-shaped lower plate body 324 formed so as to become lower toward the bottom, and a dish-shaped lower plate body 324 fixed to the upper part of the lower plate body 324 in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. A plate-shaped lower plate top plate 326 curved so as to become higher toward the center, and a cylinder lock 1010 of the lock device 1000, which will be described later, are located at a portion that covers the front end of the lower side of the lower plate body 324 and extends to the right in front view. The lower plate cover 328 having a facing lock hole 328a, and the upper opening 330a formed coaxially with the lock hole 328a of the lower plate cover 328 by decorating the right side from the position on the left and right center left side of the lower end of the lower plate cover 328. It includes a lower plate right side cover 330 having a lower opening 330b that opens below the upper opening 330a and into which the handle device 500 is inserted from the front.

Further, the plate unit 300 is arranged at the lower end of the lower plate upper left side cover 332 and the lower plate upper left side cover 332 that extend diagonally to cover the left front end of the lower plate main body 324 and the left front end of the lower plate top plate 326. The lower left side cover 334 of the lower plate having an opening 334a penetrating in the direction, and the protective cover 336 made of a metal plate that closes the opening 334a of the lower left side cover 334 of the lower plate from the rear side to allow sound to pass through, and protection. It is provided with a frame-shaped holding member 337 that holds the outer periphery of the cover 336 and is attached to the rear surface of the lower left side cover 334 of the lower plate. The right front end of the lower plate top plate 326 is covered with the upper plate front decorative member 316.

Further, the plate unit 300 is attached to the upper left and right ends of the plate unit base 310, and the lower ends of the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 and the upper ends of the lower plate side cover 330 and the lower plate upper left cover 332 are designed. A side speaker cover 338 having an opening 338a formed in a continuous shape and penetrating in the front-rear direction at a position corresponding to the side speaker 130 attached to the door frame base unit 100, and an opening of the side speaker cover 338. It is provided with a cover body 339 having a plurality of holes in a disk shape that is gently curved so as to close the 338a from the rear side and bulge toward the front side.

In this example, since the cover body 339 is formed of a predetermined punching metal, it is difficult to be deformed even if it is pushed or hit from the front side, and the side speaker 130 is possible. It can be protected as long as possible. Further, the side speaker cover 338 has a plating layer having a silver metallic luster formed on the surface thereof. The cover body 339 is colored black.

Further, the plate unit 300 includes an upper plate ball removing mechanism 340 for pulling out a game ball attached to the plate unit base 310 and the upper plate main body 312 and stored in the upper plate 301 to the lower plate 302, and a lower plate main body 324. The lower plate ball pulling mechanism 350 attached to the lower surface and for pulling out the game ball stored in the lower plate 302 downward, and the lower plate unit base 310 attached to the upper left side of the plate unit base 310 and installed adjacent to the pachinko machine 1. It is equipped with a ball lending unit 360 that operates a ball lending machine (also referred to as a CR unit, not shown).

The plate unit 300 of this example constitutes an upper plate 301 capable of storing game balls by a part of the plate unit base 310, an upper plate main body 312, an upper plate upper panel 314, and the like. Further, the plate unit 300 constitutes a lower plate 302 capable of storing game balls by a part of the plate unit base 310, a lower plate main body 324, a lower plate top plate 326, a lower plate cover 328, and the like.

As shown in FIG. 43, the dish unit base 310 in the dish unit 300 is formed in a substantially plate shape extending in the left-right direction, and a decorative portion 310a having a predetermined shape is formed on the upper end edge extending to the left and right. It is prepared. A ball-renting unit mounting portion 310b for mounting the ball-renting unit 360 is formed at the left end of the decorative portion 310a so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction. The plate unit base 310 is arranged below the ball rental unit mounting portion 310b (near the upper left corner when viewed from the front), has a horizontally long rectangular shape and penetrates in the front-rear direction, and an upper plate ball supply port 310c and an upper plate ball supply. An upper plate ball discharge port 310d that penetrates in the front-rear direction and extends in the vertical direction to the lower side near the right end of the decorative portion 310a on the lower side of the mouth 310c (substantially in the middle of the plate unit base 310 in the height direction), and the upper plate. It is provided with a pair of lower plate support portions 310e arranged directly below the ball discharge port 310d and the upper plate ball supply port 310c and projecting forward and having the same upper surface. The upper plate ball discharge port 310d is continuously formed up to an intermediate position in the front-rear direction on the upper surface of the lower plate support portion 310e arranged directly below.

Further, the plate unit 300 is arranged between the pair of lower plate support portions 310e, and is fitted with the lower plate main body 324 and the rear end of the lower plate top plate 326 to form a horizontally long rectangular annular shape in front view. It is provided with a groove 310f and a rectangular lower plate ball supply port 310g arranged in the lower part on the right side of the center of the portion surrounded by the lower plate support groove 310f and penetrating in the front-rear direction. Further, as shown in FIG. 44, the dish unit base 310 has a lower dish ball supply gutter 310h extending rearward in a cylindrical shape so as to be continuous with the lower dish ball supply port 310g, and an open side of the lower dish ball supply gutter 310h. It is provided with a notch 310i formed on the side surface and having a size through which a game ball can pass.

The upper plate ball supply port 310c of the plate unit base 310 is a foul cover attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit via the notches 101a and 162 of the door frame base main body 110 and the reinforcing unit 150 in the door frame base unit 100. It communicates with the first ball outlet 544a of the unit 540. The front end of the upper plate ball supply port 310c is provided with an induction recess 310j that extends long to the right in the front view and is recessed rearward. The guide recess 310j is inclined so that the right end side in the front view is slightly lower in the left-right direction, and is inclined so that the front end side is lower in the front-rear direction. As a result, the height difference between the front end of the guide recess 310j and the bottom surface of the upper plate body 312 becomes higher toward the right end of the guide recess 310j, and the right end of the guide recess 310j is with the bottom surface of the upper plate body 312. The height difference is slightly higher than the outer diameter of the game ball.

Therefore, in this example, when the front side of the upper plate ball supply port 310c is closed by the game ball stored in the upper plate 301, the game ball discharged from the prize ball device 740 via the foul cover unit 540 is Since it becomes impossible to linearly exit into the upper plate 301 in front of the upper plate ball supply port 310c, the dispensed game ball abuts on the game ball with the front side of the upper plate ball supply port 310c closed and rolls. The direction changes, and it is guided to roll in the guide recess 310j to the right in the front view, and is discharged from the vicinity of the right end of the guide recess 310j to the upper side of the game ball stored in the upper plate 301. Become. As a result, the game balls can be automatically stored in the upper and lower two stages in the upper plate 301, so that the player does not pull the game balls by hand when the game balls block the front of the upper plate ball supply port 310c. However, it is possible to continue to supply (release) the paid-out game balls into the upper plate 301, and it is possible to prevent the player from feeling annoyed by the storage of the game balls in the upper plate 301. It is possible to prevent the player from deteriorating the interest in the game by devoting himself to the operation of driving the game ball and the game by the driven game ball, and to increase the storage amount of the game ball in the upper plate 301. Can be done.

The upper plate ball discharge port 310d of the plate unit base 310 has an opening 344a of the upper plate ball removal base 344 in the upper plate ball removal mechanism 340 and a ball feed opening 113 of the door frame base main body 110 in the door frame base unit 100. It communicates with the entrance 581a of the ball feed unit 580 attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100 via the door frame base unit 100. Further, in the lower plate ball supply port 310 g, the lower plate ball supply trough 310h extending rearward from the rear side penetrates the ball passage port 110f of the door frame base main body 110 in the door frame base unit 100 and extends rearward. Above, the notch 310i of the lower plate ball supply gutter 310h is connected to the second ball outlet 544b of the foul cover unit 540 attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100, and the notch 310i of the lower plate ball supply gutter 310h is in the upper plate ball removal mechanism 340. It is connected to the ball removal flow path 344c of the precision ball removal base 344.

In this example, as shown in the figure, the front end of the lower plate ball supply port 310g is provided with an opening portion 310k that expands to the left in front view, and the lower plate ball supply port is provided by the expansion portion 310k. The front end of 310 g is in a state of spreading in the left-right direction. As a result, it is possible to prevent early ball clogging at the lower plate ball supply port 310 g due to the game balls in the lower plate 302 accumulated on the front side of the lower plate ball supply port 310 g, and more games can be played. The ball can be supplied into the lower plate 302.

The upper plate body 312 of the plate unit 300 is formed so that the left side (shaft support side) of the plate unit 300 bulges forward from the center and the bottom surface is generally lower on the left end side (open side) and the rear end side. There is. The bottom surface of the upper plate body 312 has a rear end on the shaft support side near the bottom of the upper plate ball supply port 310c in the plate unit base 310, and a rear end on the open side of the upper plate ball discharge port 310d in the plate unit base 310. The game balls are formed so as to be located near the intermediate positions in the vertical direction, and the game balls supplied from the upper plate ball supply port 310c to the upper plate main body 312 (upper plate 301) are guided to the upper plate ball discharge port 310d. It has become so.

A metal upper plate rail 313 that can come into contact with the game ball is attached to the upper plate main body 312 from the center in the left-right direction to the open side at the rear end of the bottom surface. Although not shown, the precision rail 313 is electrically grounded so that static electricity charged on the game ball can be removed.

The upper plate upper panel 314 of the plate unit 300 extends in a curved shape so that the center of the door frame 5 in the left-right direction protrudes forward from the upper end of the upper plate body 312, and is outside the open side of the upper plate body 312. A mounting hole 314a is formed so as to penetrate in the vertical direction and to which the upper plate ball removal button 341 of the upper plate ball removal mechanism 340 described later is attached. The upper plate upper panel 314 is formed in a stepped shape at the front end one step lower than the upper front end of the upper plate main body 312, and is a decorative mounting portion 314b for attaching the upper plate front decorative member 316 and the upper plate upper inner decorative member 318. And an operation unit mounting portion 314c for mounting the operation unit 400, which will be described later, is formed in a stepped shape at the center in the left-right direction in front of the upper plate main body 312 and further lowered from the decorative mounting portion 314b. There is.

The upper plate front decorative member 316 is formed of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin in a shape extending in a curved shape in the left-right direction along the front end of the upper plate upper panel 314. The upper plate front decorative member 316 is formed in a smooth shape on the left side from the position on the right side of the center in the left-right direction, while the right side is formed by a plurality of curved surfaces curved in a spindle shape. It is formed in such a rugged shape. Further, although detailed illustration of the upper plate front decorative member 316 is omitted, a plurality of small-diameter lenses are formed on the rear surface on the right side formed by a plurality of curved surfaces, and light can be diffusely refracted. The rear side cannot be clearly seen from the player side. The upper plate upper inner decorative member 318 is arranged behind the smoothly formed portion on the left side of the upper plate front decorative member 316, and is provided with a plating layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface. ing. As a result, in the assembled state of the upper plate upper inner decorative member 318, the portion that can be seen through the left side of the upper plate front decorative member 316 is clearly visible from the player side, whereas the right side of the upper plate front decorative member 316 is visible. The part that can be seen through is unclear from the player's side, and the sense of distance is uncertain.

Further, the upper right decorative member 319 of the upper plate is formed of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin. The surface of the upper right decorative member 319 of the upper plate is formed by a plurality of curved surfaces curved in a spindle shape, similar to the portion on the right side of the front decorative member 316 of the upper plate. It is formed in an integral shape with the right side portion, and the upper right end side is formed so as to decorate the outer periphery of the upper plate ball removal button 341 of the upper plate ball removal mechanism 340 described later. Further, the upper right decorative member 319 of the upper plate has a plurality of small-diameter lenses formed on the back surface (lower surface), so that light can be diffusely refracted and the lower side cannot be clearly seen from the player side. There is. The upper plate decorative substrate 322 is arranged on the rear side of the right side portion of the upper plate front decorative member 316 and on the lower side of the upper plate upper right decorative member 319, and the LED 322a of the upper plate decorative substrate 322 is arranged. By appropriately emitting light, the upper plate front decorative member 316 and the upper plate upper right decorative member 319 can be appropriately emitted.

The lower plate body 324 of the plate unit 300 has a bottom plate 324a formed so as to spread forward in a fan shape in a plan view and a rear end formed in a straight line in the left-right direction so that the substantially center of the upper surface is the lowest, and the center of the bottom plate 324a. It is provided with a lower plate ball punching hole 324b formed so as to penetrate in the vertical direction, and a side plate 324c rising upward from the front end and the side end excluding the rear end of the bottom plate 324a. The side plate 324c of the lower plate main body 324 is formed in a curved shape so that the upper end rising upward from the side end of the bottom plate 324a is the lowest on the front side and becomes higher toward the rear side, and the bottom plate 324a. The upper end rising upward from the side end is formed in a straight line, and the left and right ends of the lower plate top plate 326 are placed and connected to the linear portion of the upper end.

The lower plate main body 324 is configured such that the rear ends of the bottom plate 324a and the side plate 324c are inserted and supported in the lower plate support groove 310f formed on the front surface of the plate unit base 310. Further, the lower plate ball removing hole 324b of the lower plate main body 324 is closed by the opening / closing shutter 352 of the lower plate ball removing mechanism 350 arranged on the back surface side of the bottom plate 324a.

The lower plate cover 328 is made of black synthetic resin. On the other hand, the lower plate side cover 330 is provided with a plating layer which is formed of a predetermined synthetic resin and has a silvery and metallic feeling (a matte state as if sandblasted instead of a mirror surface) on the surface. The lower plate side cover 330 includes a plate-shaped portion that forms a part of the bottom surface of the plate unit 300 that extends rearward from the lower end. The lock hole 328a of the lower plate cover 328 and the upper opening 330a of the lower plate side cover 330 are formed at positions corresponding to the cylinder lock 1010 of the locking device 1000 attached to the main body frame 3, and are formed in the main body frame 3. On the other hand, when the door frame 5 is closed, the lock hole of the cylinder lock 1010 faces from the lock hole 328a and the upper opening 330a.

Further, the lower upper left cover 332 is formed of a predetermined synthetic resin and is provided with a plating layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface thereof. Further, the lower left cover 334 of the lower plate is formed of a predetermined synthetic resin and has a plating layer having a red metallic luster on the surface thereof, and is a part of the bottom surface of the plate unit 300 extending rearward from the lower end. It has a plate-shaped part that forms a. The opening 334a of the lower left cover 334 of the lower plate is formed at a position corresponding to the front surface of the speaker 821 provided in the main body frame 3 described later, so that the sound from the speaker 821 can be transmitted to the player side. It has become. The protective cover 336 that closes the opening 334a of the lower left cover 334 of the lower plate is made of punching metal having a plurality of holes formed in the metal plate, and prevents unauthorized tools from being inserted inside.

In the plate unit 300 of this example, the bottom surface excluding the center in the left-right direction is closed by the lower plate side cover 330 and the lower plate left lower cover 334, and the lower plate side cover 330 and the lower plate left lower cover 334 are closed. The bottom surface between the two is closed by the lower plate ball removing mechanism 340 described later.

The upper plate ball removal mechanism 340 in the plate unit 300 is for operating the upper plate ball removal button 341 and the upper plate ball removal button 341 that are vertically attached to the mounting hole 314a of the upper plate upper panel 314. The operating piece 342, which moves up and down more than the vertical movement of the upper plate ball removal button 341 and is supported on the front side of the plate unit base 310, and the operating piece 342 are operably supported and the plate unit base 310. A contact piece that slides in the vertical direction due to the vertical movement of the mounting base 346 mounted on the front surface of the mounting base 346 and the operating piece 342 supported by the mounting base 346, and comes into contact with the operating rod 583c of the ball removing member 583 in the ball feeding unit 580 described later. The upper plate ball removal slider 343 provided with 343a and arranged on the rear side of the plate unit base 310 and the upper plate ball removal slider 343 are slidably supported in the vertical direction and attached to the rear side of the plate unit base 310. It is equipped with a punching base 344.

Although detailed illustration is omitted, the upper plate ball removal mechanism 340 has an operating piece 342 that moves up and down together with the upper plate ball removal button 341 so that the upper plate ball removal button 341 is located at the upper moving end. It is urged upward by a coil spring. Further, the upper plate ball removal slider 343 is in a state of being urged upward by a coil spring provided between the upper plate ball removal slider 343 and the upper plate ball removal base 344.

The upper plate ball removal base 344 of the upper plate ball removal mechanism 340 closes the upper plate ball discharge port 310d of the plate unit base 310 and at the same time communicates with the upper plate ball discharge port 310d and opens forward 344a (FIG. (See 43) and the ball guidance flow path 344b (FIGS. 42 and FIG. (See 44) and, after extending downward from the lower side of the ball guide flow path 344b, extending substantially along the lower side of the upper plate ball removing base 344 toward the right end (shaft support side) in rear view. It is provided with a ball removal flow path 344c, which allows the game ball to be distributed.

In the upper plate ball removal base 344, the opening 344a communicates with the upper plate ball discharge port 310d, and the lower end of the ball guide flow path 344b communicating with the opening 344a is the ball of the door frame base main body 110 in the door frame base unit 100. The game ball stored in the upper plate 301 is communicated with the entrance 581a of the ball feed unit 580 attached to the rear side of the door frame base main body 110 via the feed opening 113, and the ball feed unit 580 is used. Can be supplied to.

Further, in the ball pulling flow path 344c of the upper plate ball pulling base 344, the upper end adjacent to the ball guiding flow path 344b communicates with the ball feeding port 581b of the ball feeding unit 580 via the ball feeding opening 113 of the door frame base main body 110. At the same time, the lower end extending to the shaft support side communicates with the notch 310i of the lower plate ball supply gutter 310h in the plate unit base 310, and the game ball discharged from the ball outlet 581b of the ball feed unit 580 is inserted. It can be guided to the lower plate 302. The lower part of the rear end of the ball removal flow path 344c is closed by the upper plate ball removal flow path cover 345.

When the upper plate ball removal mechanism 340 presses the upper plate ball removal button 341 downward against the urging force of the coil spring, the upper plate ball removal slider 343 slides downward and also the contact piece 343a protruding rearward. Move down. Then, in the operating rod 583c of the ball pulling member 583 in the ball feeding unit 580 that comes into contact with the upper surface of the contact piece 343a, the partition portion 583a of the ball pulling member 583 rotates in a predetermined direction as the contact piece 343a moves downward. It moves, and the partition between the entrance 581a and the ball outlet 581b partitioned by the partition portion 583a is released, and the entrance 581a and the ball outlet 581b are in communication with each other. As a result, the game ball stored in the upper plate 301 is sent from the upper plate ball discharge port 310d to the entrance 581a of the ball feed unit 580 via the opening 344a of the upper plate ball removal base 344 and the ball guidance flow path 344b. After entering, it is discharged from the ball extraction port 581b to the ball extraction flow path 344c of the upper plate ball extraction base 344, and is discharged from the lower plate ball supply port 310g to the lower plate 302 via the lower plate ball supply trough 310h of the plate unit base 310. It can be discharged to.

Since the ball pulling member 583 of the ball feeding unit 580 is in contact with the upper surface of the contact piece 343a in the upper plate ball pulling slider 343 whose operating rod 583c is urged upward by the coil spring, the ball pulling member 583 Even if the game ball is vigorously supplied onto the partition portion 581a, the impact can be absorbed by the coil spring that urges the precision ball pulling slider 343 via the operating rod 583c, and the ball pulling member 583 and the like can be absorbed. It is possible to prevent the game ball from being damaged and to prevent the game ball from bouncing off at the partition portion 583a.

The lower plate ball removing mechanism 350 in the plate unit 300 is arranged between the lower plate side cover 330 and the lower left lower cover 334 of the lower plate on the lower side of the lower plate main body 324, and forms the central portion of the bottom surface of the plate unit 300. Rotate the plate-shaped open / close shutter 352 and the open / close shutter 352 that are rotatably supported on the upper surface of the punch base 351 and the lower dish ball punch base 351 and can open and close the lower dish ball punch hole 324b of the lower dish body 324. The lower plate ball removal slider 353 is supported on the upper surface of the lower plate ball removal base 351 so as to be slidable in the front-rear direction, and the lower plate ball removal button 354 attached to the front end of the lower plate ball removal slider 353. There is.

The lower plate ball removing base 351 is provided with a base ball removing hole 351a penetrating in the vertical direction at a position facing the lower plate ball removing hole 324b of the lower plate main body 324. Further, the opening / closing shutter 352 has a closing portion 352a capable of closing the lower plate ball extraction hole 324b, and a shutter ball extraction hole arranged in front of the closing portion 352a and penetrating in the vertical direction substantially coincident with the lower plate ball extraction hole 324b. 352b, and is urged by a coil spring 356 between the lower plate ball extraction base 351 and the closing portion 352a so as to close the lower plate ball extraction hole 324b and the base ball extraction hole 351a. ..

Although detailed illustration is omitted, the open / close shutter 352 is provided with a contact pin capable of contacting the lower plate ball removal slider 353, and the contact pin abuts on the lower plate ball removal slider 353. The closing portion 352a and the shutter ball removing hole 352b are rotated by the lower plate ball removing slider 353 so as to move backward, and the lower plate ball removing slider 353 is slid forward by the urging force of the coil spring 356. You can do it.

Further, in the lower plate ball removing mechanism 350, the shutter ball removing hole 352b of the opening / closing shutter 352 substantially coincides with the lower plate ball removing hole 324b of the lower plate main body 324 and the base ball removing hole 351a of the lower plate ball removing base 351. In order to hold the lower plate ball removal slider 353 in the moving position, a holding mechanism 355 for holding the lower plate ball removing slider 353 in a predetermined position is further provided.

The lower plate ball removing mechanism 350 is in a closed state in which the lower plate ball removing button 354 is moved to the front end in a state where the surface shape of the lower plate ball removing button 354 is continuous with the surface shape of the lower plate cover 328 or the like. There is a state in which the lower plate ball extraction hole 324b of the lower plate main body 324 is closed by the closing portion 352a of the opening / closing shutter 352. In this state, the game ball can be stored in the lower plate main body 324 (lower plate 302). When the lower plate ball removal button 354 in the closed state is pressed backward, the lower plate ball removal button 354 and the lower plate ball removal slider 353 slide backward, and the lower plate ball removal slider 353 slides backward to open and close. The shutter 352 rotates against the urging force of the coil spring 356 so that the closed portion 352a and the shutter ball extraction hole 352b move backward.

Then, as the opening / closing shutter 352 rotates backward, the shutter ball extraction hole 352b overlaps with the lower plate ball extraction hole 324b and the base ball extraction hole 351a, and eventually the shutter ball extraction hole 352b and the lower plate ball extraction hole Matching with 324b, the game ball stored in the lower plate 302 can be discharged to the lower side of the plate unit 300 through the lower plate ball extraction hole 324b. When the lower plate ball removal slider 353 moves rearward to a position where the shutter ball removal hole 352b and the lower plate ball removal hole 324b substantially coincide with each other, the lower plate ball removal slider 353 is held by the holding mechanism 355. By locking (holding) the slide of the lower plate ball removal slider 353, the lower plate ball removal button 354 remains in the open state retracted rearward, and the shutter ball removal hole 352b is the lower plate ball. It is held in a state of being aligned with the withdrawal hole 3324b, and the game ball stored in the lower plate 302 can be ejected downward even if the lower plate ball extraction button 354 is not held down.

On the other hand, when closing the lower plate ball removal hole 324b, when the retracted open lower plate ball removal button 354 is further pressed backward, the holding of the lower plate ball removal slide 353 by the holding mechanism 355 is released, and the lower plate is released. The ball pulling slide 353 can slide, and the closing portion 352a is urged by the coil spring in the direction of closing the lower plate ball pulling hole 324b, and the closing portion 352a is urged by the urging force to close the lower plate. It will rotate in the direction of moving in the direction (forward) of the ball punching hole 324b. Then, as the opening / closing shutter 352 rotates forward, the lower plate ball removing slide 353 slides forward, the lower plate ball removing hole 324b is closed by the closing portion 352a, and the lower plate ball removing button 354 is lowered. It returns to the closed position substantially coincided with the front surface of the plate cover 328 and the like, and the game ball can be stored in the lower plate 302.

The holding mechanism 355 of the lower plate ball removing mechanism 350 uses a known technique having the above-mentioned function, and the detailed mechanism thereof will be omitted.

The ball lending unit 360 in the plate unit 300 includes a ball lending button 361 and a return button 362 that can be pressed backward, and also has a lending balance display unit 363 between the ball lending button 361 and the return button 362. When the ball lending unit 360 inserts cash or a prepaid card into the ball lending machine provided adjacent to the pachinko machine 1 and then presses the ball lending button 361, a predetermined number of game balls are thrown into the dish unit 300. You can lend (pay out) into the upper plate 301, and when you press the return button 362, the balance of cash and prepaid cards that you put in after deducting the rest of the loaned amount will be returned. There is. In addition, the remaining loan balance display unit 363 displays the remaining number of cash and prepaid cards inserted into the ball lending machine.

The ball rental unit 360 is adapted to be attached from the rear side to the ball rental unit mounting portion 310b formed on the decorative portion 310a at the upper end of the dish unit base 310. Further, the ball rental unit 360 is provided with a security cover mounting portion 364 that projects rearward from the rear surface and mounts and locks the mounting elastic piece 185 on the shaft support side (left side in front view) of the security cover 180.

More specifically, the ball rental unit 360 has a transparent front cover 365 that covers the front side of the loan balance display unit 363, and is arranged behind the front cover 365 to which the loan balance display unit 363 is attached and the ball rental button 361. And the rear side of the ball rental unit board 366 (see FIG. 45) to which the switch operated by the operation of the return button 362 is mounted, and the ball rental unit mounting portion 310b of the dish unit base 310 that covers the rear side of the ball rental unit board 366. The rear cover 367, which is attached to the rear cover 367, is provided. The security cover mounting portion 364 is provided on the rear surface of the rear cover 364.

The ball-renting unit mounting portion 310b of the dish unit base 310 to which the ball-renting unit 360 is mounted is formed between the circular button opening 310m on which the ball-renting button 361 and the return button 362 face and the button openings 310m. A transparent front cover 365 comprising a rectangular display opening 310n closed by the cover 365, a protrusion 310o formed on the outer periphery of each of the two button openings 310m and projecting forward, and closing the display opening 310n. The loan balance display unit 363 arranged on the rear side can be seen from the player side. Further, as shown in FIG. 45, the protruding portion 310o of the dish unit base 310 has a rounded front end.

In the ball rental unit 360 of this example, as shown in the figure, the ball rental unit mounting portion 310b of the plate unit base 310 is arranged above the upper plate 301 and directly above the upper plate ball supply port 310c, and is in front of the plate unit. It is arranged so as to face. Further, in the ball rental unit 360, the return button 362 is arranged at a position closer to the center in the left-right direction than the ball rental button 361. In this example, the ball rental button 361 and the return button 362 are colored in a color different from that of the dish unit base 310 (ball rental unit mounting portion 310b). This makes it easier for the player to recognize the ball lending button 361 and the return button 362.

Further, the ball lending unit 360 is provided with a protruding portion 310o protruding forward (on the player side) from the outer circumference of the ball lending button 361 and the return button 362, and when the player inserts his / her hand into the upper plate 301. Since the hand touches the protrusion 310o before touching the ball lending button 361 or the return button 362, the player can be made aware of the existence of the ball lending button 361 or the return button 362, and the ball lending button can be noticed. It is possible to prevent erroneous operation of the 361, the return button 362, and the like.

The plate unit 300 of this example is provided with an upper plate 301 and a lower plate 302, and can be a pachinko machine 1 having a feeling similar to that of a conventional pachinko machine equipped with two storage plates. The machine can be reminiscent of the machine, and even with the new pachinko machine 1 (new model pachinko machine), the feeling of anxiety given to the player can be reduced and the pachinko machine 1 can be easily selected as a pachinko machine for playing. It has become.

[1-2F. Operation unit]
Next, the operation unit 400 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 46 to 50. FIG. 46 (A) is a front perspective view of the operation unit in the door frame, and FIG. 46 (B) is a rear perspective view of the operation unit in the door frame. Further, FIG. 47 is an exploded perspective view of the operating unit disassembled and viewed from the upper right front, and FIG. 48 is an exploded perspective view of the operating unit disassembled and viewed from the lower right front. Further, FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional view of the operation unit, and FIG. 50 is a cross-sectional view showing a pressed operation unit in the operation unit in a pressed state.

The operation unit 400 in the door frame 5 of the present embodiment is arranged on the front surface of the upper plate 301 at substantially the center in the left-right direction of the front view, and the dial operation unit 401 that the player can rotate and operate, and the press that the player can press. The operation unit 405 is provided, and the player's operation can be received according to the game state, and the dial operation unit 401 can be moved. , It is intended to be able to participate in the production during the game.

The operation unit 400 is an annular dial operation unit 401, a cylindrical pressing operation unit 405 inserted in the ring of the dial operation unit 401, and an annular driven operation unit connected to the lower end of the dial operation unit 405. A gear 410, a disk-shaped drive gear 412 that meshes with the driven gear 410, a dial drive motor 414 in which the drive gear 412 is fixed to a rotating shaft, an annular gear rail 416a that rotatably supports the driven gear 410, and an annular gear rail 416a. An operation unit holding member 416 having a cylindrical button support cylinder 416b that slidably supports the pressing operation unit 405 in the vertical direction, and a pressing operation unit 405 arranged in the button support cylinder 416b of the operation unit holding member 416. A base member having an upward urging spring 418, an opening 420a through which the gear rail 416a of the operation unit holding member 416 and the button support cylinder 416b can pass, and the operation unit holding member 416 and the dial drive motor 414 fixed to the lower surface. The base is mounted so as to sandwich the base member 420 under the upper cover 422 and the upper cover 422 having an opening 422a that covers the upper surface of the base member 420 and allows the inner cylinder portion 401a of the dial operation portion 401 to pass through. It mainly includes a lower cover 424 that covers the lower surface of the member 420 and the dial drive motor 414.

Further, the operation unit 400 is fixed to the base member 420 so as to cover the upper side of the upper cover 422 and extends outward from both the left and right sides of the opening 426a through which the inner cylinder portion 401a of the dial operation portion 401 can pass and the opening 426a. A cover main body 426 having a fixing portion 426b for fixing to the operation unit mounting portion 314c in the dish unit 300, and a plating having a silver metallic luster on the surface while being arranged on the upper side of the cover main body 426 and formed into a predetermined shape. It includes an inner cover 427 provided with a layer and a transparent surface cover 428 that covers the upper surface of the inner cover 427. The inner cover 427 and the surface cover 428 are formed with circular openings through which the outer cylinder portion 401c of the dial operation portion 401 can pass.

Further, the operation unit 400 has an opening 430a attached to the upper surface of the base member 420 and through which the button support cylinder 416b of the operation unit holding member 416 and the inner cylinder portion 401a of the dial operation unit 401 can pass through, and the dial operation unit 401 on the upper surface. A pair of rotation detection sensors 432a, which are fixed to the lower side of the operation unit holding member 416 and detect the rotation of the dial operation unit 401, and the dial decorative substrate 430 on which a plurality of color LEDs 430b are mounted at positions corresponding to the annulus. It includes a 432b, a pressing detection sensor 432c for detecting the operation of the pressing operation unit 405, and a button decorative substrate 432 having a color LED 432d mounted on the upper surface directly below the pressing operation unit 405. The button decorative substrate 432 is locked and held on the lower surface of the operation unit holding member 416 by the substrate holding claw 416g of the operation unit holding member 416.

The dial operation unit 401 in the operation unit 400 of this example is made of a translucent material, and has a cylindrical inner cylinder portion 401a extending in the vertical direction and the inner cylinder portion 401a from the upper end to the outside. An annular top plate 401b with a predetermined decoration on the extension surface, an outer cylinder 401c shorter than the inner cylinder 401a that extends downward from the outer peripheral end of the top plate 401b, and an outer cylinder. It mainly includes a flange portion 401d extending outward from the lower end of the portion 401c in a ring shape. The outer diameter of the flange portion 401d of the dial operation portion 401 is larger than the inner diameter of the opening 422a of the upper cover 422. Further, the dial operation unit 401 is provided with a connection locking portion 401e (see FIG. 48) at the lower end of the inner cylinder portion 401a, and the connection locking claw 410b of the driven gear 410 is locked to operate the dial. The portion 401 and the driven gear 410 can be connected to each other.

Further, the dial operation unit 401 is further provided with a projecting portion 401f protruding toward the center from the inner wall of the inner cylinder portion 401a at a position lowered by a predetermined distance from the upper end. The protruding portion 401f of the dial operating portion 401 is formed in an annular shape along the inner circumference of the inner cylinder portion 401a. Although the details of the protruding portion 401f will be described later, the protruding portion 401f can come into contact with the stepped portion 407a of the button cap 407 in the pressing operation portion 405, and the stepped portion 407a of the button cap 407 protrudes from the dial operating portion 401. By abutting on the portion 401f, it is possible to prevent the button cap 407 (pressing operation portion 405) from further immersing in the inner cylinder portion 401a (see FIG. 50).

As shown in the figure, the protruding portion 401f of the dial operation unit 401 and the step portion 407a of the button cap 407 in the pressing operation unit 405 are lowered so that their contact surfaces become lower toward the center of the dial operation unit 401. It is an inclined surface, and the contact area when they come into contact with each other becomes large. As a result, the load from the pressing operation unit 405 can be more dispersed (released) to the dial operation unit 401 side, and the vibration from the dial operation unit 401 can be easily transmitted to the pressing operation unit 405 side. It has become.

Further, the pressing operation unit 405 in the operation unit 400 is formed in a cylindrical shape with the upper end closed, and has a bottomed cylindrical button body 406, a button cap 407 that closes the upper end of the button body 406, and a button cap. It is provided with a cap inner 408 that is arranged inside the 407 and is sandwiched between the upper end of the button body 406 and the button cap 407. The button body 406 of the pressing operation unit 405 has a truncated cone shape in which the lower surface of the bottom portion narrows downward, and the upper end of the coiled spring 418 is inserted into the lower surface of the truncated cone shape. In addition, a through hole 406a penetrating in the vertical direction is provided in the center of the lower end surface of the truncated cone shape, and light from the LED 432d of the button decorative substrate 432 is irradiated to the button cap 407 and the cap inner 408 through the through hole 406a. It has become like.

Further, the button body 406 has a pair of locking claws 406b whose lower end extends downward from the lower part of the outer circumference and protrudes outward in the direction perpendicular to the axis, and the locking claws 406b are the operating portion holding member 416. By locking with the locking convex portion 416f (see FIGS. 49 and 50) formed in the button support cylinder 416b, the upward moving end is moved so that the button body 406 does not come off from the button support portion 416b. It can be regulated. Further, although detailed illustration is omitted, the button support cylinder 416b in the operation unit holding member 416 is provided with a contact portion for preventing the locking claw 406b of the button body 406 from moving in the circumferential direction. The button body 406 (pressing operation unit 405) does not rotate in the button support cylinder 416b. A predetermined amount of gap is formed in the circumferential direction between the locking claw 406b of the button body 406 and the abutting portion in the button support cylinder 416b, and the gap causes the button body 406 to have a predetermined angle. It can rotate within the range.

Further, the button body 406 includes a press detection piece 406c that can be detected by the press detection sensor 432c of the button decorative substrate 432 that extends downward from a position different from that of the locking claw 406b. When the button body 406 (pressing operation unit 405) moves downward against the urging force of the spring 418, the pressing detection piece 406c is detected by the pressing detection sensor 432c.

Further, as shown in the figure, the button cap 407 of the pressing operation unit 405 has an outer diameter lower than the substantially center in the vertical direction and a smaller diameter than the upper side, and the step portion 407a is located between the upper side and the lower side. Is formed. The button cap 407 (pressing operation unit 405) has a diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the protruding portion 401f in the dial operation unit 401 on the lower side of the step portion 407a, and the dial operation unit is on the upper side of the step portion 407a. The diameter is smaller than the inner diameter of the inner cylinder portion 401a of the 401 and larger than the inner diameter of the protruding portion 401f. As a result, when the button cap 407 (pressing operation unit 405) is inserted into the inner cylinder portion 401a from the upper side of the dial operation unit 401, the step portion 407a of the button cap 407 comes into contact with the protruding portion 401f of the dial operation unit 401. , The button cap 407 (pressing operation unit 405) can no longer be immersed in the inner cylinder portion 401a (see FIG. 50).

Further, the button cap 407 and the cap inner 408 of the pressing operation unit 405 are formed of a material having a translucent ring. The characters "Push" are displayed on the upper surface of the cap inner 408, and the characters can be visually recognized from the outside through the button cap 407.

The driven gear 410 in the operation unit 400 is provided with a plurality of gear teeth that mesh with the drive gear 412 on the outer circumference of the annular shape. The inner diameter of the driven gear 410 is slightly larger than the outer diameter of the button support cylinder 416b in the operation unit holding member 416, and the annular slide that abuts on the lower surface of the operation unit holding member 416 with the gear rail 416a. It has a moving surface 410a. By inserting the sliding gear 410 into the button support cylinder 416b and bringing the sliding surface 410a into contact with the gear rail 416a, the sliding gear 410 can slide and rotate substantially concentrically with the button support cylinder 416b. You can do it.

Further, the driven gear 410 includes a pair of connection locking claws 410b that extend upward from the opposite positions of the upper ends and then project inward, and the connection locking claws 410b are used in the dial operation unit 401. By locking the inner cylinder portion 401a with the connection locking portion 401e, the driven gear 410 and the dial operation portion 401 are integrally rotatably connected.

Further, the driven gear 410 includes a plurality of rotation detection pieces 410c protruding downward from the lower end and arranged in a row at regular intervals in the circumferential direction. These rotation detection pieces 410c are detected by a pair of rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b attached to the button decorative substrate 432, and a slit formed between the rotation detection pieces 410c and the rotation detection pieces 410c. According to the 410d, the rotation direction of the driven gear 410, that is, the dial operation unit 401 can be detected by the detection pattern of the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b for the rotation detection piece 410c. In this example, the rotation detection piece 410c and the slit 410d have substantially the same length in the circumferential direction.

Further, as shown in the figure, the drive gear 412 in the operation unit 400 is a spur gear that meshes with the driven gear 410, and is fixed so as to be integrally rotatable with the rotating shaft of the dial drive motor 414. Further, the dial drive motor 414 is a known stepping motor capable of arbitrarily controlling the rotation direction, rotation speed, and rotation angle, and the dial drive motor 414 rotates and drives the drive gear 412 via the rotation shaft. The dial operation unit 401 can be rotated via the driven gear 410. Further, the dial operation unit 401 can be vibrated by repeatedly rotating the drive gear 412 (rotation axis) in small steps by the dial drive motor 414. Further, by stopping the rotation of the dial drive motor 414 for a short time at each predetermined rotation angle based on the detection signals from the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b, the rotation operation of the dial operation unit 401 is clicked. It is possible to give a feeling.

Further, the operation unit holding member 416 in the operation unit 400 has an annular gear rail 416a that rotatably supports the driven gear 410, and a button body 406 of the operation unit 405 that protrudes upward from the inside of the gear rail 416a in a tubular shape and presses inside. A button support cylinder 416b that slidably supports the button in the vertical direction, and a locking convex portion 416f that is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the button support cylinder 416b near the bottom and can be locked with the locking claw 406b of the button body 406. (See FIGS. 49 and 50) and a through hole 416c that penetrates the center of the bottom of the button support cylinder 416b and sends light from the LED 432d mounted on the button decorative substrate 432 into the button support cylinder 416b (pressing operation unit 405). The opening 416d that penetrates the bottom outside the button support cylinder 416b in the vertical direction and allows the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b attached to the button decorative substrate 432 to pass through, and the bottom in the button support cylinder 416b in the vertical direction. A pair of substrate holding claws 416g for locking and holding the button decorative substrate 432 extending downward from the lower surface and the opening 416e through which the press detection sensor 432c attached to the button decorative substrate 432 faces from above. I have.

Further, although detailed illustration is omitted, the operation unit holding member 416 is arranged in the button support cylinder 416b, and forms a predetermined amount of gap in the circumferential direction with respect to the locking claw 406b of the button main body 406 and is locked. It is further provided with a plurality of contact portions capable of contacting the claw 406b. By this contact portion, the button main body 406 (pressing operation portion 405) can be rotated within a predetermined angle range and does not rotate around in the button support cylinder 416b. Further, although detailed description of the operation unit holding member 416 is omitted, a screw hole for fixing to the base member 420, a positioning boss for positioning with the base member 420 and the button decorative substrate 432, and the like are appropriately positioned. Be prepared for.

The operation unit holding member 416 slides the driven gear 410 (dial operation unit 401) around a predetermined rotation axis by inserting the driven gear 410 on the outer circumference of the button support cylinder 416b and mounting it on the gear rail 416a. It can be supported so that it can move and rotate. Further, by inserting the button body 406 of the pressing operation unit 405 into the button support cylinder 416b, the pressing operation unit 405 can be slidably supported in the vertical direction via the button body 406. .. A coil-shaped spring 418 is arranged between the bottom of the button support cylinder 416b and the bottom of the button body 406 in a truncated cone shape. The spring 418 causes the button body 406 (pressing operation unit). 405) is in a state of being urged upward.

The base member 420 in the operation unit 400 is made of a metal such as an aluminum alloy, so that the operation unit 400 is not easily damaged even if the dial operation unit 401 or the pressing operation unit 405 is strongly hit. The base member 420 penetrates the lower recess 420b, which is recessed upward so that the outer periphery of the operation holding member 416 can be fitted, and the bottom portion (ceiling portion) of the lower recess 420b in the vertical direction, and the operation portion holding member 416. An opening 420a having an internal shape through which the gear rail 416a can pass, and an upper recess 420c arranged on the opposite side of the opening 420a from the lower recess 420b and recessed downward to accommodate at least the driven gear 410. I have. Further, as shown in FIG. 48, the base member 420 is opened downward to the outside of the lower recess 420b to mount the dial drive motor 414, and the motor mounting portion 420d and the lower recess 420b from the outside to the bottom. It is provided with a plurality of (four in this example) leg portions 420e protruding by a predetermined amount, and a positioning hole 420f that opens downward at the lower end of each leg portion 420e.

Further, the base member 420 has a plurality of cover fixing portions 420g for fixing the cover main body 426 arranged above the outer side of the upper recess 420c, and the cover fixing portion 420g is upward from different positions on the outside of the upper recess 420c. It is provided with a plurality of board mounting bosses 420h for mounting the dial decorative board 430. Further, although detailed description is omitted, the base member 420 is formed with positioning bosses, mounting holes, and the like for positioning each member at appropriate positions on the upper surface and the lower surface thereof.

The base member 420 has a predetermined screw after fitting and inserting the operation portion holding member 416 into the lower recess 420b so that the button support cylinder 416b and the gear rail 416a pass from the lower side with respect to the central opening 420a. Is screwed into the operation unit holding member 416 from the upper side through the ceiling portion of the lower recess 420b, so that the operation unit holding member 416 can be supported. Although detailed illustration of the base member 420 is omitted, when the operation unit holding member 416 is supported, the upper end of the gear rail 416a is slightly above the upper surface of the ceiling portion of the lower recess 420b, that is, the bottom surface of the upper recess 420c. The driven gear 410 mounted on the gear rail 416a can slide and rotate in the upper recess 420c without any problem.

Further, the leg portion 420e of the base member 420 has a positioning hole 420f formed at the lower end thereof so as to be fitted with a positioning protrusion 424a formed on the upper surface of the bottom portion of the lower cover 424 described later. The 420 and the lower cover 424 can be positioned at positions determined to each other. Further, the board mounting boss 420h of the base member 420 projects to a position above the driven gear 410 housed and arranged in the upper recess 420c, and the dial decorative board 430 mounted on the board mounting boss 420h is driven. It is designed so that it does not come into contact with the gear 410.

Further, the base member 420 comes into contact with the upper surface of the dial drive motor 414 on the surface by attaching the dial drive motor 414 to the motor mounting portion 420d, and the heat from the dial drive motor 414 is transferred to the base member 420 side. The heat of the dial drive motor 414 can be sufficiently transferred to the base member 420, and the heat of the dial drive motor 414 can be dissipated by the base member 420. As a result, overheating of the dial drive motor 414 can be suppressed, and it is possible to prevent problems from occurring in the dial drive motor 414 and the like due to overheating.

The upper cover 422 of the operation unit 400 has a box shape with an open bottom, and has an inner diameter opening 422a through which the outer cylinder portion 401c of the dial operation portion 401 can pass through and the flange portion 401d cannot pass through. ing. The upper cover 422 has a long direction (left-right direction in the pachinko machine 1) connecting the axis of the pressing operation unit 405 (driven gear 410) and the axis of the dial drive motor 414 (drive gear 412) in a plan view. It is formed so as to extend, and is provided with engaging claws 422b protruding downward at both ends in the longitudinal direction thereof. By engaging the engaging claws 422b with the engaging portion 424b of the lower cover 424, the upper portion is formed. The cover 422 and the lower cover 424 can be assembled.

Further, the upper cover 422 extends downward from the outer circumference of one side (front side in the pachinko machine 1) in the short axis direction (front-back direction in the pachinko machine 1), and the lower end protrudes outward in a claw-shaped locking piece 422c. It is equipped with. The locking piece 422c can be locked to the upper plate front decorative member 316 of the plate unit 300, and by locking the locking piece 422c to the upper plate front decorative member 316, the locking piece 422c can be engaged with the upper plate front decorative member 316. It is possible to prevent the operation unit 400 from coming out of the operation unit mounting portion 314c upward.

The upper cover 422 has the dial operation unit 401 from below with respect to the opening 422a in a state where the operation unit holding member 416, the driven gear 410, the dial decorative substrate 430, the dial member 401, and the like are attached to the base member 420. By covering the upper part of the base member 420 so as to pass through, it is possible to prevent the dial operation unit 401 from coming out upward by the opening 422a.

On the other hand, the lower cover 424 of the operation unit 400 has a box shape with an open upper portion, and the outer peripheral shape has a shape substantially matching the outer peripheral shape of the upper cover 422. It is provided with a positioning protrusion 424a that can be fitted with the positioning hole 420f at the lower end of the 420d. The lower cover 424 is provided with an engaging portion 424b capable of engaging with the engaging claw 422b of the upper cover 422 at the upper portions of both ends in the long axis direction (left-right direction in the pachinko machine 1), and the engaging portion 424b is provided with the engaging portion 424b. By engaging the engaging claw 422b, the upper cover 422 can be attached to the lower cover 424.

As shown in the figure, the cover body 426 of the operation unit 400 has an opening 426a that penetrates vertically in the center and allows the upper cover 422 to pass through, and an operation unit mounting of the dish unit 300 that extends outward from both the left and right sides of the opening 426a. It includes a fixing portion 426b fixed to the portion 314c, and a fixing boss 426c extending downward from the lower outer peripheral surface of the opening 426a and fixed to the cover fixing portion 420g of the base member 420.

The operation unit 400 of this example is attached to the dish unit 300 via the fixing portion 426b of the cover main body 426, and although detailed illustration is omitted, it is attached to the operation unit mounting portion 314c of the dish unit 300. In the state, the lower surface of the operation unit 400 (lower cover 424) is slightly above the upper surface of the operation unit mounting portion 314c (for example, 0.5 mm to 2.0 mm) so that the operation unit 400 can be mounted. When the cover body 426 is elastically deformed or hit, the cover body 426 can be elastically deformed to alleviate the impact.

In the operation unit 400, with the inner cover 427 and the surface cover 428 removed, the fixing portion 426b of the cover main body 426 is attached to the operation unit attachment portion 314c of the dish unit 300 with a predetermined screw, and then the operation unit 400 is attached. The structure is such that the inner cover 427 and the surface cover 428 are attached to the upper surface of the cover main body 426.

In the operation unit 400 of the present embodiment, the rotation detection piece 410c of the driven gear 410 that rotates together with the dial operation unit 401 has the length in the circumferential direction in the slit between the adjacent rotation detection pieces 410c and the circumference of the rotation detection piece 410c. The lengths in the directions are the same. Further, in the pair of rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b mounted on the button decorative substrate 432, the circumferential distance corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 is 2.5 times the length in the circumferential direction of the rotation detection piece 410. It is said that. As a result, when the player rotates the dial operation unit 401, a time lag occurs in the detection / non-detection of the rotation detection piece 410c by the pair of rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b, and the rotation by the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b. From the detection pattern of the detection piece 410c, it is possible to detect in which direction the dial operation unit 401 is rotating.

Further, the operation unit 400 of this example can rotate the dial operation unit 401 in the clockwise direction or the counterclockwise direction by the driving force of the dial drive motor 414. Further, the operation unit 400 rotates the dial operation unit 401 step by step by the driving force of the dial drive motor 414 using the stepping motor, or when the player rotates the dial operation unit 401, the operation unit 400 rotates. It is possible to assist the rotation, prevent it from rotating intentionally, and give a click feeling to the rotation. Further, the operation unit 400 can vibrate the dial operation unit 401 by repeatedly rotating the dial drive motor 414 in the forward and reverse directions in small steps.

Further, in the operation unit 400 of this example, as shown in FIG. 50, when the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed downward, the step portion 407a of the button cap 407 comes into contact with the protruding portion 401f of the dial operation unit 401, and the button cap Since the 407 (pressing operation unit 405) can no longer be immersed in the inner cylinder portion 401a, the load applied to the pressing operation unit 405 is dialed via the step portion 407a and the projecting portion 401f. It can be dispersed to the operation unit 401 side, and the pressing operation unit 405 (operation unit 400) is not easily broken.

Further, in the operation unit 400 of this example, the dial drive motor 414 is moved in small steps in a state where the step portion 407a of the button cap 407 and the protruding portion 401f of the dial operation unit 401 are in contact with each other by pressing the pressing operation unit 405. By repeating rolling and reversing, the pressing operation unit 405 can be vibrated together with the dial operation unit 401, and the vibration of the pressing operation unit 405 can surprise the player and entertain the game and the production. It has become.

According to the operation unit 400 of this example, the dial operation unit 401 that can be rotated and operated by the player and the pressing operation unit 405 that can be pressed are supported by the metal base member 420, and the operation unit 400 is supported by the metal base member 420. Since the strength can be increased, it is possible to prevent the operation unit 400 from being damaged even if the player or the like strongly hits the operation units 401 and 405, and the operation units 401 and 405 can be freely used by the player. In addition to being able to operate, the operability of the operation units 401 and 405 can be improved, and the production using the operation units 401 and 405 can be enjoyed and the player's interest in the game can be suppressed from being lowered. can.

Further, the pressing operation unit 405 is arranged at the center of the annular dial operation unit 401, and when the pressing operation unit 405 is strongly hit, the dial operation unit 401 is also likely to be hit, and the operation unit The force of hitting 401 and 405 can be distributed to the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405, suppressing the concentration of the hitting impact and preventing the operation unit 400 and the dish unit 300 from being damaged. Therefore, it is possible to make the operation units 401 and 405 of the operation unit 400 able to withstand a bang, and the player can freely operate the operation units 401 and 405, and the operation unit 401 and 405 can be freely operated. The operability of the 405 can be improved, and the production using the operation units 401 and 405 can be enjoyed, and it is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest in the game.

Further, the base member 420 of the operation unit 400 and the like are housed in the recessed operation unit mounting portion 314c of the dish unit 300, and a predetermined amount of gap is formed between the lower end of the base member 420 and the bottom surface of the operation unit mounting portion 314c. As described above, when the cover body 426 attached to the base member 420 is fixed to the upper surface of the dish unit 300 and the operation units 401 and 405 of the operation unit 400 are hit to give an impact or a load is applied. Until the lower end of the operation unit 400 comes into contact with the bottom surface of the operation unit mounting portion 314c, the impact and load can be absorbed by the elastic deformation of the cover body 426, and the lower end of the operation unit 400 is with the bottom surface of the operation unit mounting portion 314c. After the contact, the bottom portion (dish unit 300) of the operation unit mounting portion 314c can receive an impact or a load, so that the impact or the like from the operation units 401 or 405 is dispersed to prevent the impact or the like from concentrating. It is possible to improve the impact resistance and load resistance of the operation unit 400 and the dish unit 300.

Further, the base member 420 is provided with a plurality of leg portions 420e protruding downward from positions supporting the operation portions 401 and 405, and the leg portions 420e of the base member 420 are the operation unit in the dish unit 300. Even if the base member 420 receives an impact from the operation units 401 and 405 in contact with the bottom surface of the mounting portion 314c, the leg portions 420e are not arranged directly under the impact, so that the operation units 401 and 405 of the base member 420 The portion that supports the plate bends due to the impact, and the base member 420 bends (elastically deforms), so that the impact from the operating units 401 and 405 can be absorbed to some extent, and the base member 420 applies to the dish unit 300. The impact can be reduced to prevent the dish unit 300 from being damaged.

Further, the dial operation unit 401 is held by the operation unit holding member 416 attached to the base member 420 from below so that a part of the dial operation unit 401 overlaps with the base member 420 in a plan view. When the operation unit 401 is struck from above, even if the operation unit holding member 416 holding the dial operation unit 401 deviates from the base member 420 and moves downward, the dial operation unit 401 abuts on the upper surface of the base member 420. The base member 420 can restrict the downward movement of the dial operation unit 401, and can satisfactorily prevent the dial operation unit 401 from falling.

Further, since the dial operation unit 401 having the pressing operation unit 405 arranged in the center is rotated by the dial drive motor 414 according to the gaming state, the dial operation unit 401 that rotates freely (rotational drive including vibration). As a result, the player can be surprised to pay attention to the effect of the operation units 401 and 405, and the player can be entertained. At the same time, the dial operation unit 401 is appropriately driven by the dial drive motor 414 to appropriately drive the dial operation unit. It is possible to make the production using the 401 (pressing operation unit 405) more diverse and less likely to get tired of it, and it is possible to suppress a decrease in the player's interest in the game.

Further, the dial operation unit 401 is rotated by the dial drive motor 414 via the driven gear 410 and the drive gear 412, and the position of the rotation shaft of the dial drive motor 414 is probably set to the dial operation unit 401 (driven gear). Since the position can be eccentric with respect to the position of the rotation shaft of 410), even if the dial operation unit 401 or the pressing operation unit 405 is strongly hit, the impact is transmitted through the rotation shaft of the dial operation unit 401. It is possible to prevent the dial drive motor 414 from being directly engaged with the dial drive motor 414, and it is possible to prevent the dial drive motor 414 (operation unit 400) from being damaged.

Further, the opening 420a of the base member 420 has a smaller diameter than the dial operation unit 401, and the dial operation unit 401 is supported by the gear rail 416a of the operation unit holding member 416 through the opening 420a. Even if the gear rail 416a (operation unit holding member 416) moves downward due to an impact or load from the 401, the dial operation unit 401 can abut on the upper surface of the opening 420a of the base member 420, and the dial operation unit 401 is the base member. It is possible to surely prevent it from being depressed more than 420. Further, since the dial operation unit 401 is supported by the annular gear rail 416a, the contact area between the dial operation unit 401 and the operation unit holding member 416 (gear rail 416a) can be increased, and the dial operation unit 401 can be increased. It is possible to prevent the operation unit holding member 416 from being damaged by dispersing the impact and the load from the operation unit.

Further, since the dial drive motor 414 for rotationally driving the dial operation unit 401 is attached to the metal base member 420, the dial operation unit 401 is frequently rotationally driven by the dial drive motor 414, or the dial drive motor 414 is used. Even if the amount of heat generated increases due to an excessive load on the dial drive motor 414 due to the player forcibly stopping the rotation of the dial operation unit 401 even though the dial operation unit 401 is rotationally driven by the above. The heat generated from the dial drive motor 414 can be satisfactorily dissipated and dissipated through the base member 420, it is possible to prevent the dial drive means 414 from malfunctioning due to overheating, and the dial drive means 414 can be used. With the pachinko machine 1 that can withstand a high load, can fully embody the effect of the dial operation unit 401 using the dial drive means 414 as described above, and entertain the player. can do.

Further, the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b for detecting the rotation of the dial operation unit 401 and the press detection sensor 432c for detecting the press of the press operation unit 405 are provided, and the dial operation unit 401 and the press operation unit 405 are provided. Since it is possible to detect the rotation operation and the pressing operation of the above, it is possible to perform an effect according to the operation of the player based on the detection signal, which is more suitable for the player who operates the operation units 401 and 405. It is possible to provide a sensational effect, entertain the player, and suppress a decrease in the interest in the game. Further, the operation units 401 and 405 are provided with a dial decoration board 430 and a button decoration board 432 for light emission decoration, and the operation units 401 and 405 can be light emission decoration, so that the operation units 401 and 405 emit light. By doing so, the player's interest can be attracted to the operation units 401 and 405, and the player can easily operate the operation units 401 and 405.

Further, when the pressing operation unit 405 of the operation unit 400 is pressed, the step portion 407a of the pressing operation unit 405 and the protruding portion 401f of the dial operation unit 401 come into contact with each other, so that the player can press the pressing operation unit 405. When the dial drive motor 414 is pressed, the dial operation unit 401 is repeatedly rotated forward and reverse within a predetermined angle range to vibrate, thereby vibrating the dial operation unit 401 via the step portion 407a in contact with the protruding portion 401f of the dial operation unit 401. The pressing operation unit 405 can also be vibrated. Therefore, even if a vibrator or the like for vibrating the pressing operation unit 405 is not separately provided, the player can be given an operation feeling for the pressing operation 405, so that the effect using the operation unit 400 can be enjoyed. It is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest in the game. In addition, since the pressing operation unit 405 vibrates when the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed, the pressing operation unit 405, which was thought not to move without permission, can greatly surprise the player, which is good. It is possible to make people think that there may be something, and it is possible to raise expectations for the game and suppress the decline in interest. Therefore, unlike the conventional operation unit, the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 can move freely to attract the player's attention to the operation unit 400, and the player can participate in the production using the operation unit 400. In addition to making it easier, the operation unit 400 can be positively operated by the player, and the operation of the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 of the operation unit 400 is enjoyed, and the interest in the game is reduced. Can be suppressed.

Further, since the pressing operation unit 405 and the dial operation unit 401 are brought into contact with each other when the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed, the force from the pressing operation unit 405 can be transmitted to the dial operation unit 401 side. Even if the pressing operation unit 405 is struck, the load and impact applied to the pressing operation unit 405 can be distributed to the dial operation unit 401 side as well, and the load resistance and impact resistance to the pressing operation unit 405 can be distributed. Can be enhanced. Therefore, even if the pressing operation unit 405 is struck, it is possible to prevent the pressing operation unit 405 from being damaged, so that the game is prevented from being interrupted due to the damage of the pressing operation unit 405 (operation unit 400). It is possible to prevent the player's interest in the game from being lowered due to the interruption of the game.

Further, the pressing operation unit 405 is rotatably supported only within a predetermined angle range with respect to the circumference of the axis extending in the vertical direction, and when the player presses the pressing operation unit 405, the dial is driven. Even if the dial operation unit 401 is rotationally driven by the motor 414, it is possible to prevent the pressing operation unit 405 from trying to rotate together with the dial operation unit 401, so that the player can operate the dial in the operation unit 400. The roles of the unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 can be reliably recognized, and the player can easily enjoy the effect using the operation unit 400, and the guide to the upper surface of the pressing operation unit 405. The characters "PUSH" can be easily read from the player side without turning or being greatly tilted, and the player can be surely recognized that the pressing operation unit 405 is to perform the pressing operation. be able to.

Further, the dial operation unit 401 is provided with a projecting portion 401f protruding from the inner circumference of the inner cylinder portion 401a toward the axial center, and the outer peripheral surface of the pressing operation unit 405 has a diameter smaller than a predetermined position in the vertical direction. Since the step portion 407a formed by the above is provided, the inner peripheral surface of the inner cylinder portion 401a of the dial operation portion 401 and the outer peripheral surface of the pressing operation portion 405 can be brought as close as possible to each other at the upper end of the operation unit 400. The gap between the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 can be made as small as possible to improve the appearance, and the inside of the operation unit 400 can be obtained through the gap between the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405. It is possible to make it difficult for foreign matter such as dust and dirt to enter, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of problems such as the dial operation unit 401 becoming difficult to rotate or the pressing operation unit 405 becoming difficult to press due to the intrusion of foreign matter. be able to.

Further, the contact portion between the pressing operation unit 405 and the dial operation unit 401 in the operation unit 400 is formed in an annular shape, and when the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed, the circumferential direction with respect to the dial operation unit 401 is formed. Since the contact can be made even at the position, even if the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed (pressing a position deviated to the outer periphery from the center of the pressing operation unit 405), it is surely brought into contact with the dial operation unit 401. The rotation drive from the dial drive motor 414 can be reliably transmitted to the pressing operation unit 405 via the dial operation unit 401. Further, since the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 come into contact with each other in an annular shape, the load from the pressing operation unit 405 can be widely distributed to the dial operation unit 401 side, and the load resistance to the pressing operation unit 405 can be improved. Impact resistance can be further improved.

Further, since the contact portion between the pressing operation unit 405 and the dial operation unit 401 in the operation unit 400 is inclined so as to be lowered toward the rotation axis of the dial operation unit 401, it may not be inclined. In comparison, the contact area can be relatively increased, and the driving force from the dial drive motor 414 can be easily transmitted to the pressing operation unit 405 side via the dial operation unit 401. Further, the load from the pressing operation unit 405 can be radially distributed in the outward direction in the direction perpendicular to the extending direction of the rotation axis, preventing the load from concentrating, and the resistance in the operation unit 400. The load resistance and impact resistance can be surely improved, the durability of the operation unit 400 can be improved, the occurrence of defects during the game can be reduced as much as possible, and the interest of the player is reduced. Can be suppressed.

Further, since the dial drive motor 414 of the operation unit 400 is a stepping motor capable of forward rotation and reverse rotation, the dial operation unit 401 is not only simply rotated, but can be easily stopped at a predetermined position, and forward rotation and reverse rotation can be performed. It can be easily vibrated by repetition, and the operation unit 400 (pachinko machine 1) that exerts the above-mentioned action and effect can be surely embodied.

Further, since the operation unit 400 is supported by the plate unit 300 provided with the upper plate 301 for storing the game balls, the strength and rigidity of the plate unit 300 is high in order to store a large number of game balls. Therefore, it is possible to sufficiently cope with a bang on the operation unit 400 (pressing operation unit 405), and it is possible to easily enjoy the production using the operation unit 400.

[1-2G. Handle device]
Next, the handle device 500 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 51. FIG. 51 (A) is an exploded perspective view of the handle device in the door frame disassembled and viewed from the front, and FIG. 51 (B) is an exploded perspective view of the handle device disassembled and viewed from the rear. As shown in the figure, the handle device 500 of the present embodiment is attached to a handle bracket 140 attached to the front surface of the door frame base main body 110 of the door frame base unit 100 through the lower opening 330b of the lower plate side cover 330 of the plate unit 300. On the front of the handle base 502, which is fixed and cylindrical and whose front end bulges roundly in the direction perpendicular to the axis, the handle body 504 which is arranged on the front side of the handle base 502 so as to be rotatable relative to the handle base 502, and the front surface of the handle body 504. It is provided with a front end cover 506 that is arranged and fixed to the handle base 502 and rotatably supports the handle body 504 in cooperation with the handle base 502.

Further, in the handle device 500, the rear end and the front end are rotatably supported by the inner base 508 attached to the front surface of the handle base 502 on the rear side of the handle body 504, the inner base 508 and the front end cover 506, and the handle body. A shaft member 510 that is integrally rotatable with the 504 and has a drive gear portion 510a on the outer periphery, a transmission gear 511 that meshes with the drive gear portion 510a of the shaft member 510, and a detection shaft portion 512a that can rotate integrally with the transmission gear 511. It is equipped with a rotation position detection sensor 512 sandwiched between the inner base 508 and the handle base 502.

Further, in the handle device 500, one end side is attached to the inner base 508 and the other end side is attached to the transmission gear 511, and the detection shaft portion 512a of the rotation position detection sensor 512 is viewed clockwise from the front view via the transmission gear 511. For the auxiliary spring 514 to be urged, the touch sensor 516 attached to the rear side of the inner base 508, the launch stop switch 518 attached to different positions on the rear surface of the inner base 508, and the inner base 508. A single-shot button 520 that is rotatably supported to operate the launch stop switch 518, one end side is attached to the handle base 502 and the other end side is attached to the handle body 504, and the handle body 504 is placed in the initial rotation position (counterclockwise when viewed from the front). It is provided with a handle return spring 522 that is urged to return to the rotation end in the direction of the above.

As shown in the figure, the handle base 502 of the handle device 500 of this example has a form having a rear end portion that is cylindrically extended rearward from a front end portion that is open on the front side and bulges rearward. Three groove portions 502a extending in the axial direction are formed on the outer periphery of the cylindrical shape of the above. The three grooves 502a of the handle base 502 are one on the upper side, two on the lower side, and unequally spaced with respect to the circumferential direction so as to correspond to the three ridges 143 in the tubular portion 141 of the handle bracket 140. Have been placed. The handle base 502 is supported in a non-rotatable state by being inserted into the tubular portion 141 of the handle bracket 140 so that the groove portion 502a fits with the ridge 143.

In the handle device 500, an arc-shaped slit 504a arranged concentrically with the rotation axis thereof is formed in the handle main body 504, and three mounting bosses 506a projecting rearward are formed in the front end cover 506. These mounting bosses 506a are fixed to the front surface of the handle base 502 through the slit 504a of the handle body 504. As a result, the circumferential end of the slit 504a in the handle body 504 comes into contact with the mounting boss 506a of the front end cover 506, so that the rotation range of the handle body 504 is restricted.

Further, in the handle device 500, a locking protrusion 504b projecting rearward is formed on the handle main body 504, and the other end side (front end side) of the coiled handle return spring 522 is formed on the locking protrusion 504b. By being locked, one end side is urged by the handle return spring 522 attached to the handle base 502 so that the handle body 504 rotates counterclockwise in front view.

The handle device 500 of this example is adapted to be attached to the handle attachment portion 114 of the door frame base main body 110 via the handle bracket 140. Since the mounting surface of the handle mounting portion 114 of the door frame base main body 110 is inclined so as to face the outside (open side) in a plan view seen from above, the handle mounted via the handle bracket 140 The device 500 is also tilted outward in a plan view (in other words, its tip is tilted toward the outside of the pachinko machine 1 with respect to a line orthogonal to the front vertical plane of the pachinko machine 1) and the door frame. It is designed to be attached and fixed to 5. As a result, the player can easily grip the handle device 500, and the rotation operation can be easily performed without any discomfort in the rotation operation.

Further, in the handle device 500, the rotation position detection sensor 512 is a variable resistor, and when the handle body 504 (handle device 500) is rotated, the rotation position detection sensor 512 is connected via the shaft member 510 and the transmission gear 511. The detection shaft portion 512a will rotate. Then, the internal resistance of the rotation position detection sensor 512 changes according to the rotation angle of the detection shaft portion 512a, and the driving force of the firing solenoid 654 in the ball launching device 650 described later changes according to the internal resistance of the rotation position detection sensor 512. Then, the game ball is driven into the game area 1100 with a strength corresponding to the rotation angle of the handle device 500.

The outer peripheral surfaces of the handle body 504 and the front end cover 508 are plated with conductivity, and the touch sensor 516 detects the contact when the player comes into contact with the handle body 504 or the like. Then, when the handle body 504 rotates while the touch sensor 516 detects the contact of the player, the rotation drive of the firing solenoid 654 is controlled by the strength corresponding to the rotation, and the game ball is driven. Can be done. That is, even if the player tries to drive the game ball by rotating the handle device 500 in some way without touching the handle device 500, the launch solenoid 654 is not driven and the game ball cannot be driven. It is possible to prevent the player from playing a game different from the original one and reduce the load (burden) on the game hall in which the pachinko machine 1 is installed.

Further, when the player presses the single-shot button 520 while the handle device 500 is being rotated, the firing stop switch 518 detects the operation of the single-shot button 520, and the firing control unit 4120 (see FIG. 153) controls the firing solenoid 654. The rotary drive can be stopped. As a result, it is possible to temporarily stop the firing of the game ball without returning the rotation operation of the handle device 500, and by releasing the pressing operation of the single-shot button 520, before operating the single-shot button 520. It is possible to launch a game ball with the driving strength.

In the handle device 500 of this example, the rotation operation of the handle body 504 is electrically detected by the rotation position detection sensor 512, and then the firing control unit 4120 detects the rotation position from the rotation position detection sensor 512. Since the rotational drive strength of the firing solenoid 654 is controlled, the handle device 500 provided in the door frame 5 and the hitting ball launching device 650 provided in the main body frame 3 are doord like a conventional pachinko machine. It is not necessary to provide a mechanical (for example, a joint unit) mechanism so that the frame 5 is linked to each other when the frame 5 is closed and the link is released when the door frame 5 is opened, so that the configuration of the pachinko machine 1 can be simplified. At the same time, it is possible to eliminate the occurrence of defects in the joint unit, and it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the player's interest due to the malfunction of the game ball.

[1-2H. Foul cover unit]
Next, the foul cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 52 and 53. FIG. 52 (A) is an exploded perspective view of the foul cover unit in the door frame disassembled and viewed from the front, and FIG. 52 (B) is an exploded perspective view of the foul cover unit disassembled and viewed from the rear. Further, FIG. 53 is a front view showing a state in which the front cover of the foul cover unit is removed.

The foul cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 is attached to the rear surface below the game window 101 in the door frame base unit 100, and is launched by a game ball paid out from the prize ball unit 700, which will be described later, or a hit ball launching device 650. Despite this, the game ball (foul ball) that has not reached the game area 1100 is guided to the upper plate 301 and the lower plate 302 of the plate unit 300. The foul cover unit 540 of this example includes a cover base 542 whose front side is open and has a plurality of game ball flow paths inside, and a front cover 544 that closes the front end of the cover base 542.

As shown in FIG. 52B, the cover base 542 of the foul cover unit 540 is arranged in the upper right corner in the rear view and is a cover that communicates with the first ball inlet 542a and the first ball inlet 542a that penetrate in the front-rear direction. The first ball passage 542b that expands to the right side of the front view toward the front end of the base 542, and the second ball entrance 542c that is located outside the first ball entrance 542a (on the right side in the rear view) and is larger than the first ball entrance 542a. And, inside the cover base 542 that communicates with the second ball entrance 542c, the second ball passage 542d that extends downward and is inclined so as to be lowered toward the lower right corner of the front view is provided. The first ball inlet 542a and the second ball inlet 542c have the normal ball outlet 774 and the full tank outlet 77 of the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 in a state where the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3. They are formed at positions facing each other. As shown in the figure, the height of the portion of the cover base 542 extending in the left-right direction along the lower end of the second ball passage 542d is about three times as high as the outer diameter of the game ball. , A storage space 546 that can accommodate a predetermined amount of game balls is formed.

Further, the cover base 542 can guide the game ball to the upper part near the downstream side of the second ball passage 542d by communicating with the foul ball entrance 542e, which is arranged in the upper center in the left-right direction and opens upward, and the foul ball entrance 542e. It is equipped with a foul ball passage 542f. Further, the cover base 542 is provided with an opening / closing actuating piece 542g for operating the opening / closing shutter 792 of the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 on the lower rear surface of the second ball inlet 542c. When the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the opening / closing actuating piece 542g abuts on the spherical contact portion 793d of the opening / closing crank 793 in the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 to rotate the opening / closing crank 793. The open / close shutter 792 can be opened.

The front cover 544 of the foul cover unit 540 is formed in a substantially plate shape that closes the front surface of the cover base 540, is arranged in the upper left corner of the front view, communicates with the first ball passage 542b of the cover base 540, and penetrates in the front-rear direction. The first ball outlet 544a is provided, and the second ball outlet 544b, which is arranged in the lower right corner of the front view and communicates with the downstream end of the second ball passage of the cover base 540 and penetrates in the front-rear direction. The first ball outlet 544a of the front cover 544 is connected to the upper dish ball supply port 310c of the dish unit 300 through the notch 101a of the door frame base unit 100. Further, the second ball outlet 544b is connected to the rear end of the lower plate ball supply gutter 310h in the plate unit 300 through the ball passage port 110f of the door frame base main body 110.

In the foul cover unit 540 of this example, the game ball supplied from the normal ball outlet 774 of the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 to the first ball inlet 542a is passed through the first ball passage 542b to the first ball outlet. It is possible to supply from 544a to the upper plate 301 via the upper plate ball supply port 310c of the plate unit 300. Further, the foul cover unit 540 allows the game ball supplied from the full tank outlet 767 of the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 to the second ball inlet 542c to pass through the second ball passage 542d to the second ball exit. It is possible to supply from 544b to the lower plate 302 via the lower plate ball supply gutter 310h and the lower plate ball supply port 310 g of the plate unit 300 (see FIG. 82).

Further, although the details of the foul cover unit 540 will be described later, when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the foul ball entrance 542e is located at the lower part of the foul space 626 of the main body frame 3. When the game ball launched by the hit ball launching device 650 does not reach the inside of the game area 1100 but becomes a foul ball and falls in the foul space 626, it is received by the foul ball entrance 542e. Then, the foul cover unit 540 discharges (supplies) the game ball received at the foul ball inlet 542e from the second ball outlet 544b to the lower plate 302 of the dish unit 300 through the foul ball passage 542f and the second ball passage 542d. ) Can be done.

Further, the foul cover unit 540 of this example forms a side surface on the upstream side (left side in front view) of the accommodation space 546 in the second ball passage 542d and can be swung by the game ball stored in the accommodation space 546. A swing member 548 pivotally supported by the swing member 548, a full tank detection sensor 550 that detects the swing of the swing member 548, and a spring that urges the swing member 548 in a direction in which the full tank detection sensor 550 is in a non-detection state. It is equipped with 552. As shown in FIG. 53, the lower end of the swing member 548 is rotatably supported with respect to the cover base 542, and the upper end of the swing member 548 rotates to the left side in the front view, and is substantially vertical. The left side wall of the accommodation space 546 is formed in such a state. Further, the swing member 548 is urged to a position where it is in a substantially vertical state by a spring 552. Further, the rocking member 548 is formed with a detection piece 548a projecting outward on the side surface opposite to the accommodation space 546 side, and the detection piece 548a is detected by the full tank detection sensor 550. ..

Further, the foul cover unit 540 includes an earth rail 554 arranged at the bottom of the accommodation space 546 in the second ball passage 542d, and a plate-shaped earth metal fitting 556 that covers the right end and the left end of the cover base 542 when viewed from the rear. , And can remove static electricity generated by rolling resistance due to the circulation of game balls.

In this example, the game ball paid out from the prize ball unit 700 is supplied from the normal ball outlet 774 of the full tank branch unit 770 to the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300 via the foul cover unit 540. When the game ball is further discharged from the prize ball unit 700 while the upper plate 301 is full, it stays in the first ball passage 542b of the foul cover unit 540, and further, the normal ball exit 774 in the full tank branch unit 770. When the inside of the normal passage 773 upstream of the above is also full, the game ball will be distributed to the full tank passage 775 side through the branch space 772 of the full tank branch unit 770 (see FIG. 79), and the full tank branch unit 770. The foul ball outlet 776 is supplied to the lower plate 302 of the plate unit 300 via the second ball inlet 542c, the second ball passage 542d, and the second ball outlet 544b of the foul cover unit 540.

Then, when the lower plate 302 of the plate unit 300 was filled with the game balls, the game balls could not be discharged from the second ball outlet 544b of the foul cover unit 540, and the game balls stayed in the accommodation space 546 in the second ball passage 542d. The game ball will be stored. Further, as the game balls are discharged from the prize ball unit 700 and a large number of game balls are stored in the accommodation space 546, the storage pressure of the game balls acts on the swing member 548 to resist the urging force of the spring 552. The upper end of the swing member 548 will move to the left. Then, when the detection piece 548a of the rocking member 548 is detected by the full tank detection sensor 550, the payout control board 4110 (see FIG. 153) stops the payout of the game ball from the prize ball unit 700, and the game is played. The person is notified to urge the player to discharge the game ball in the plate unit 300 to the outside.

When the game ball in the accommodation space 546 (lower plate 302) is discharged and the swing member 548 returns to a substantially vertical state by the urging force of the spring 552, the detection piece 548a is detected by the full tank detection sensor 550. It is not detected, and the payout of the game ball from the prize ball unit 700 is restarted.

[1-2I. Ball feed unit]
Subsequently, the ball feed unit 580 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 54 to 57. FIG. 54 (A) is a front perspective view of the ball feed unit in the door frame, and FIG. 54 (B) is a rear perspective view of the ball feed unit. Further, FIG. 55 is a rear view of the ball feed unit. Further, FIG. 56 (A) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feed unit disassembled and viewed from the front, and FIG. 56 (B) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feed unit after removing the rear case. Further, FIG. 57A is a plan view of the fraud prevention member in the ball feed unit, FIG. 57B is a front view of the fraud prevention member, and FIG. 57C is a perspective view of the fraud prevention member as viewed from the front. , (D) are explanatory views showing the operation of the fraud prevention member. The ball feed unit 580 in the door frame 5 can supply the game balls supplied from the upper plate 301 in the plate unit 300 to the hitting ball launching device 650 one by one, and the game balls stored in the upper plate 301 can be supplied. The upper plate ball removal mechanism 340 can be removed to the lower plate 302 by operating the upper plate ball removal button 341.

In the ball feed unit 580, the game balls stored in the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300 are supplied through the upper plate ball discharge port 310d of the plate unit base 310 and the ball feed opening 113 of the door frame base main body 110 in the front-rear direction. A box-shaped front cover 581 having a penetrating entrance 581a and a ball outlet 581b that opens below the entrance 581a and having an open rear, and a box-shaped front cover 581 that closes the rear end of the front cover 581 and opens the front. A rear cover 582, a rear cover 582, and a front cover having a ball feeding port 582a for supplying a game ball that penetrates in the front-rear direction and enters from the entrance 581a of the front cover 581 to the ball launching device 650. With a ball pulling member 583 having a partition portion 583a rotatably supported around an axis extending in the front-rear direction between 581 and partitioning between the entrance 581a and the ball pulling port 581b on the rear side of the front cover 581. , The game balls on the partition portion 583a of the ball removing member 583 are fed one by one to the hit ball supply port 582a of the rear cover, and are rotatably supported around the axis extending in the vertical direction between the front cover 581 and the rear cover 582. The ball feed member 584 is provided with a ball feed member 584 and a ball feed solenoid 585 that rotates the ball feed member 584. In this example, as shown in the figure, the ball feed member 584 is arranged on the right side of the entrance 581a in front view, the ball feed member 583 is on the left side of the ball feed member 584, and the ball feed solenoid 585 is on the right side. Have been placed.

The front cover 581 of the ball feed unit 580 is provided with an arcuate slit 581c formed concentrically with respect to the rotation center of the ball extraction member 583 on the left side of the ball extraction port 581b when viewed from the front. From 581c, the operating rod 583c of the ball removing member 583, which will be described later, extends forward. Further, the front cover 581 extends upward from the upper edge of the entrance 581a, and when assembled to the door frame base unit 100, the rear end opening of the ball guide flow path 344b in the upper plate ball removing base 344. Is formed to close.

Further, the ball pulling member 583 has a partition portion 583a and a partition portion 583a whose upper surface is lowered toward the ball feeding member 584 by partitioning between the entrance 581a and the ball pulling port 581b below the entrance 581a. Around the axis that extends downward from the end opposite to the ball feed member 584 and bends in a dogleg shape from the vicinity of the middle in the vertical direction toward the lower center of the ball ejection port 581b, and the lower end extends in the front-rear direction. A rotating rod portion 583b that is rotatably supported, a rod-shaped operating rod 583c that protrudes forward from the upper end of the rotating rod portion 583b, and a rotating rod portion 583b that is below the operating rod 583c. It is provided with a weight portion 583d protruding from the side surface to the side opposite to the partition portion 583a. The actuating rod 583c of the ball removing member 583 is formed so as to project forward through an arcuate slit 581c formed in the front cover 581 (see FIG. 54), and the ball feed opening of the door frame base main body 110. It comes into contact with the upper end of the contact piece 343a of the upper plate ball removal slider 343 in the upper plate ball removal mechanism 340 of the plate unit 300 via 113.

Further, the ball feed member 584 has a fan-shaped cutoff portion 584a and a cutoff portion 584a centered on a rotation axis extending in the vertical direction toward the partition portion 583a of the entrance entrance 581a and the ball removal member 583. It is provided with a ball holding portion 584b recessed in an arc shape from the rear end toward the center of rotation, and a rod-shaped rod-shaped rod portion 584c extending downward from the rear end of the ball holding portion 584b. The blocking portion 584a and the ball holding portion 584b of the ball feeding member 54 are each formed within an angle range of about 90 ° about the center of rotation axis. Further, the ball holding portion 584b of the ball feeding member 584 has a size capable of holding one game ball. The ball feed member 584 rotates around the rotation shaft core by moving the rod portion 584c arranged at a position eccentric to the rotation shaft core in the left-right direction by driving the ball feed solenoid 585. ing.

The ball feeding member 584 has a supply position in which the blocking portion 584a faces the direction of the partition portion 583a and at the same time the ball holding portion 584b faces the direction in which the ball holding portion 584b communicates with the hit ball supply port 582a, and the ball holding portion 584b faces the partition portion 583a. It is designed to rotate between the holding position and the facing position. When the ball feed member 584 is in the supply position, the game ball held by the ball holding portion 584b is supplied to the hitting ball launching device 650 from the hitting ball supply port 582a, and the game enters the partition portion 583a from the entrance 581a. The ball is blocked from moving toward the ball holding portion 584b (ball hitting supply port 582a) by the blocking portion 584a, and stays on the partition portion 583a. On the other hand, when the ball feed member 584 rotates to the holding position, the ball holding portion 584b faces the direction of the partition portion 583a, and the end portion of the ball holding portion 584b on the rod portion 584c side closes the ball hitting supply port 582a. , Only one game ball on the partition portion 583a is held in the ball holding portion 584b.

Further, the ball feed unit 580 has a ball feed operating rod 586 whose tip swings in the vertical direction by driving (energization) of the ball feed solenoid 585 and a ball feed operating rod 586 which moves back and forth by the movement of the tip swinging in the vertical direction. It is provided with a ball feed crank 587 that rotates around an axis extending in a direction and rotates a ball feed member 584 around an axis extending in the vertical direction. The ball feed crank 587 has an engaging portion 587a extending in the left-right direction so as to be engageable with the vertically moving tip of the ball feed operating rod 586, and a side of the engaging portion 587a that engages with the ball feed operating rod 586. Is arranged on the opposite side and is rotatably supported around an axis extending in the front-rear direction between the front cover 581 and the rear cover 582. It is provided with a transmission portion 587c that engages with a rod-shaped rod-shaped rod portion 584c (see FIG. 56) that protrudes downward from a position eccentric with respect to the rotation center in the above.

In the ball feed unit 580 of this example, the ball feed operation rod 586 and the ball feed crank 587 transmit the movement of the ball feed operation rod 586 that swings by the drive of the ball feed solenoid 585 that moves up and down in the vertical direction to transmit the ball feed member. The 584 can be rotated. When the ball feed solenoid 585 is not driven (normal time), the tip of the ball feed operating rod 586 swinging away from the lower end of the ball feed solenoid 585 is positioned downward. In the state, the ball feed member 584 is located at the supply position. Further, when the ball feed solenoid 585 is driven, the ball feed operating rod 586 is attracted to the lower end of the ball feed solenoid 585 and the swinging tip is positioned upward so that the ball feed member 584 rotates to the holding position. It has become. That is, when the ball feed solenoid 585 is driven (ON state), the ball feed member 584 receives one game ball, and when the drive of the ball feed solenoid 585 is released (OFF state), the ball feed member 584 receives one. The game ball is sent (supplied) to the hit ball launching device 650 side. The drive of the ball feed solenoid 585 in the ball feed unit 580 is controlled by the launch control unit 4120 in synchronization with the drive control of the launch solenoid 654.

Further, the ball pulling member 583 rotatably supported by the ball feed unit 580 of this example is adapted to be subjected to a moment such that it rotates in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the front by the weight portion 583c. The rotation of the working rod 583c protruding forward is restricted by abutting with the upper end of the contact piece 343a of the upper plate ball removal slider 343 in the upper plate ball removal mechanism 340 of the plate unit 300. In the normal state, the partition portion 583a of the ball pulling member 583 partitions between the entrance 581a and the ball pulling port 581b so that the game ball does not enter the ball pulling port 581b side. Then, when the player presses the upper plate ball removal button 341 of the upper plate ball removal mechanism 340 in the plate unit 300 downward, the upper plate ball removal slider 343 slides downward together with the contact piece 343a to abut. As the piece 343a moves downward, the working rod 583c also moves relatively downward.

In this way, by moving the operating rod 583c downward together with the contact piece 343a of the upper plate ball removing mechanism 340, the ball removing member 583 rotates in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the front, and the entrance by the partition portion 583a. The partition between the 381a and the ball ejection port 381b is released, and the game ball that has entered from the entrance 381a is discharged from the ball ejection port 381b to the ball ejection flow path 344c of the upper plate ball extraction base 344 of the dish unit 300. , It is designed to be discharged (supplied) to the lower plate 302.

Since the contact piece 343a of the upper plate ball pulling slider 343 with which the operating rod 583c of the ball pulling member 583 abuts is urged upward by the coil spring, the game ball is vigorously supplied onto the partition portion 581a. However, the impact can be absorbed by the coil spring that urges the precision ball removing slider 343 via the operating rod 583c, and the ball removing member 583 and the like can be prevented from being damaged, and the game ball can be moved. The partition portion 583a can prevent it from bouncing back.

Further, the ball feed unit 580 of this example is formed with a rectangular mounting recess 582b (see FIG. 56B and the like) recessed forward in the upper right corner when viewed from the rear of the ball hitting supply port 582a in the rear cover 582. At the same time, the fraud prevention member 588 is mounted in the mounting recess 582b. The fraud prevention member 588 of the ball feed unit 580 is formed of a hard metal plate such as tool steel or stainless steel, and is detachably attached to the inside of the mounting recess 582a of the rear cover 582 from the rear side. As shown in FIG. 55 and the like, the fraud prevention member 588 has a horizontally long rectangular shape as a whole in the rear view, and is located on the opposite side from the substantially center in the vertical direction at the tip on the left side in the rear view. The upper piece portion 588b and the lower piece portion 588c and the tips of the upper piece portion 588b and the lower piece portion 588c are vertically divided with the dividing line 588a extending to the base end side (right side side) as a boundary. A V-shape formed between the upper piece 588b and the lower piece 588c by bending the base end side of the upper piece 588b in the direction perpendicular to the general surface of the fraud prevention member 588 (rearward) so as to move away. It is provided with a cut portion 588d and an inclined portion 588e formed at the tips of the upper piece portion 588b and the lower piece portion 588c and inclined toward the cut portion 588d.

As shown in the figure, the fraud prevention member 588 has a cut portion 588d by bending the base end side of the upper piece portion 588b so that the tip end (left end side in the rear view) of the upper piece portion 588b moves rearward. It is formed in a V shape in a plan view, and the wire rod Iw attached to the illegal game ball I is inserted into the V shape. The cut portion 588d of the fraud prevention member 588 has a state in which the lower side of the upper piece portion 588b and the upper side of the lower piece portion 588c intersect at a predetermined angle in a plan view, and the gap becomes narrower toward the base end side. It is formed like this.

Further, the inclined portion 588e of the fraud prevention member 588 is formed at the tip of the cutting portion 588d, and the wire rod Iw attached to the illegal game ball I can be guided and guided into the cutting portion 588d by the inclined portion 588e. It has become like. In the ball feed unit 580 of this example, the fraud prevention member 588 is mounted from the rear side in the mounting recess 582b of the rear cover 582, and the cutting portion 588d in the mounting recess 582b of the rear cover 582. The portion corresponding to the portion where the ball is formed penetrates in the front-rear direction, and at the same time, is formed in a form of communicating with the hit ball supply port 582a. In other words, the rear cover 582 is formed in a shape in which the hit ball supply port 582a extends into the mounting recess 582b.

According to the fraud prevention member 588, the fraudulent game ball I to which the wire rod Iw is attached is supplied from the ball feed unit 580 to the hitting ball launching device 650, and the fraudulent game ball I is supplied to the gaming area of the game board 4 by the hitting ball launching device 650. When the ball is driven into the 1100, the illegal game ball I launched by the hitting ball launching device 650 moves diagonally to the upper left along the launch rail 660 in front view, and is between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112. Attempts to enter the game area 1100 through. At this time, the wire rod Iw attached to the illegal game ball I is pulled by the momentum of the hit game ball I, and the wire rod Iw is different from the movement trajectory of the illegal game ball I, and the passage of the game ball. It will move along the route connecting at the shortest distance within. Therefore, the wire rod Iw extending from the plate unit 300 to the hitting ball launching device 650 side through the hitting ball supply port 582a of the ball feeding unit 580 causes the game ball I to move in the upper left direction (upper right direction in the rear view). Then, in order to move on the shortest route, the ball is pulled toward the upper right corner of the rear view of the hit ball supply port 582a, and moves into the mounting recess 582b formed in the upper right corner of the rear view of the hit ball supply port 582a. Then, the wire rod Iw that has moved to the portion (inside the mounting recess 582b) extending to the right in the rear view of the hit ball supply port 582a is cut by the pair of inclined portions 588e of the fraud prevention member 588 arranged at the position. After being guided into 588d, it is further pulled to the right in the back view by the momentum of the illegal game ball I.

As a result, the wire rod Iw attached to the fraudulent game ball I is pulled by the momentum of the fraudulent game ball I in the direction in which the gap is narrowed (to the left in front view) at the cut portion 588d of the fraud prevention member 588. In this state, friction and shearing force act on the cut portion 588d to cut the wire rod Iw (see FIG. 57 (D)). At this time, since the momentum of the illegal game ball I with the wire Iw is attenuated by the friction acting on the wire Iw, the force is attenuated between the outer rail 1111 and the launch rail 660 without invading the game area 1100. It will be discharged through.

Therefore, since the wire rod Iw attached to the fraudulent game ball I can be cut by the cutting portion 588d of the fraud prevention member 588, the fraudulent act is performed by the fraudulent game ball I with the wire rod Iw in the game area 605. It is designed to prevent it from being damaged. Even if the illegal game ball I invades the game area 1100, the wire rod Iw can be cut by the fraud prevention member 588 as described above, so that the fraudulent act cannot be performed. Further, even if the wire rod Iw cannot be cut by the fraud prevention member 588, the wire rod Iw bites into the V-shaped cutting portion 588d to attenuate the momentum of the illegal game ball I and the game area 1100. Since it can be prevented from invading the inside, it is possible to prevent cheating.

As described above, according to this example, after storing the game balls in the upper plate 301 and supplying the game balls to the ball feed unit 580, the player uses the handle device 500 provided on the front surface of the door frame 5. When operated, the game ball is sent to the hit ball launching device 650 by the drive of the ball feed solenoid 585 of the ball feed unit 580, and the game ball is driven into the game area 1100 by the ball feed launcher 650, so that the game window 101 of the door frame 5 The game will be played in the game area 1100 that can be visually recognized via the door frame base unit 100, and the player can be entertained. Etc.) and a ball feed unit 580 equipped with a discharge mechanism (ball pulling member 583), so that not only the ball feeding member 584 and the ball pulling member 583 but also the ball feeding member 584 and the ball launching device 650 are possible. The number of game balls remaining on the ball feed member 584 side can be reduced as much as possible when the game balls in the upper plate 301 are ejected by operating the upper plate ball removal button 341. It is possible to prevent the player from feeling lost and to prevent the player from losing interest.

Further, since the ball feed unit 580 provided with the ball pulling member 583 is arranged on the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100, it is possible to increase the capacity of the upper plate 301 in the plate unit 300, and it is possible to drive a game ball. It is possible to prevent the game ball in the upper plate 301 from disappearing at an early stage or the inside of the upper plate 301 from becoming full with the game ball at an early stage by the operation. It is possible to reduce the annoyance of the player and suppress the deterioration of the interest, and the plate unit 300 can be miniaturized while maintaining the capacity of the upper plate 301, so that the game can be relatively played. The area 1100 can be made large (wide) to be a pachinko machine 1 that strongly attracts the attention of the player.

Further, since the ball feeding unit 580 is provided with the ball feeding member 583, the ball feeding member can be compared with the ball feeding member 584 and the ball pulling member 583 separately by simply attaching the ball feeding unit 580. The 584 and the ball pulling member 583 can be attached, the labor involved in assembling can be simplified, the feed unit 580 can be easily replaced, and problems occur in the ball feeding member 584 and the ball pulling member 583. Even so, the problem can be easily solved by replacing the ball feed unit 580.

Further, since the ball feed unit 580 is arranged on the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100 in the door frame 5, the upper plate ball is compared with the one in which the ball feed unit 580 is provided on the main body frame 3 side. It is not necessary to configure the transmission mechanism (upper plate ball pulling mechanism 340) for transmitting the operation of the pulling button 341 to the ball pulling member 584 of the ball feed unit 580 so as to straddle the openable door frame 5 and the main body frame 3. The configuration of the transmission mechanism can be simplified. Further, since the ball feed unit 580 is provided on the door frame 5 side, the transmission mechanism (as compared with the case where the ball feed unit 580 is provided on the main body frame 3 side) is provided every time the door frame 5 is opened. By shutting off the precision ball removing mechanism 340), it is possible to avoid the possibility that the transmission mechanism will be consumed early and malfunction or be damaged, and the reliability of the operation of the transmission mechanism, the ball feed unit 580, etc. can be avoided. And durability can be increased.

Further, since the upper plate ball removal button 341 is pressed downward, the game ball can be ejected from the upper plate 301 to the lower plate 302 simply by pressing the upper plate ball removal button 341 downward, or the upper plate 301. It is possible to stop the ejection of the game ball from the plate, and the player can easily operate the ball removal operation in the upper plate 301 by the upper plate ball removal button 341.

Further, the partition portion 583a of the ball removing member 583 is moved by the movement of the upper plate ball removing slider 343 that slides in the vertical direction in response to the operation of the upper plate ball removing button 341. At the same time, since the partition portion 583a is also movable in the vertical direction, it is possible to reduce the horizontal movement range of the upper plate ball removing slider 343 and the partition portion 583a as much as possible, and the upper plate ball removing mechanism 340 and the ball feed. The unit 580 can be miniaturized, and the pachinko machine 1 can reliably exert the above-mentioned effects.

Further, the upper plate ball removal slider 343 is urged upward, and when the upper plate ball removal slider 343 is in the raised position, the partition portion 583a of the ball removal member 583 communicates the entrance 581a and the hit ball supply port 582a. Therefore, even if the game ball vigorously contacts the partition portion 583a from the upper plate 301, the impact can be alleviated by the urging force acting on the upper plate ball removing slider 343, and the partition portion 583a (ball removing member) can be relaxed. The durability of 583) can be increased. Further, since the impact on the partition portion 583a can be alleviated by the urging force acting on the upper plate ball removing slider 343, even if the game ball collides with the partition portion 583a, it can be made difficult to repel, and the game ball can be repelled. As a result, it is possible to prevent the ball feed unit 580 and the like from being damaged and causing problems.

Further, since the partition portion 583a is rotated, it is related to the movement of the partition portion 583a when the load of the game ball is applied to the partition portion 583a as compared with the case where the partition portion 583a is slid. Friction loss can be reduced, the operation of the countersunk ball removal button 341 can be lightened to improve operability, and the moving range of the partition portion 583a can be reduced in plane projection, as described above. It is possible to exert the action effect of.

Further, since the partition portion 583a is rotated in the direction in which the entrance 581a and the ball ejection port 581b are communicated with each other by its own weight, if a problem occurs in the partition portion 583a or the upper plate ball extraction mechanism 340, the partition portion 583a is rotated. Rotates due to its own weight, so that the entrance 581a and the ball ejection port 581b are communicated with each other, and the game ball in the upper plate 301 launches a ball even though the upper plate ball extraction button 341 is not operated. Since it is discharged to the player side without being sent to the device 650 side, it is possible to make the player recognize that the pachinko machine 1 has a problem, and the pachinko machine 1 has no problem. It can be moved to prevent the decline in interest.

Further, since the partition portion 583a is rotated via the bent rotating rod portion 583b in the ball removing member 583, when the game ball collides with the partition portion 583a, the impact is bent and the rotating rod portion is bent. By dispersing by 583b or by absorbing by bending of the rotating rod portion 583b, it is possible to prevent the impact from being linearly transmitted to the rotating shaft, and the durability of the ball pulling member 583 can be improved. Can be enhanced.

Further, since the ball outlet 581b is arranged directly under the entrance 581a communicating with the upper plate 301 side, the left and right of the game ball in the ball feed unit 580 when the game ball in the upper plate 301 is discharged. The movement in the direction can be minimized, the passage of the game ball in the ball feed unit 580 is improved, and the game ball can be discharged satisfactorily. Further, since the ball ejection port 581b is arranged directly below the entrance 581a, the ejection path of the game ball in the ball feeding unit 580 can be shortened as much as possible, and the ball feeding unit 580 can be used as an ejection mechanism. Even if the ball removing member 583 is provided, it is possible to prevent the ball feeding unit 580 from becoming unnecessarily large.

Further, the fraud prevention member 588 is mounted in the mounting recess 582b on the rear side of the rear cover 582, and the fraud prevention member 588 (cut portion 588d) is arranged at a position as close as possible to the ball launching device 650. Therefore, the wire rod Iw attached to the illegal game ball I in the fastest (momentum) state immediately after being launched by the hitting ball launching device 650 comes into contact with the cutting portion 588d, and the cutting portion 588d. By pulling the wire Iw quickly (strongly) with respect to the above, the wire Iw can be surely cut, and the momentum of the illegal game ball I is attenuated to prevent the wire Iw from entering the game area 1100. It is possible to reliably prevent fraudulent acts by the fraudulent game ball I.

Further, since the fraud prevention member 588 provided with the cutting portion 588d is mounted in the mounting recess 582b recessed from the rear surface of the rear cover 582 toward the front, in order to form the V-shaped cutting portion 588d. The rear-bent upper piece 588b can be prevented from protruding rearward from the rear end surface of the rear cover 582, and the upper piece 588b of the fraud prevention member 588 injures the operator during assembly or the like. It can be prevented from being injured.

Further, in the fraud prevention member 588 capable of cutting the wire rod Iw attached to the fraudulent game ball I, the upper upper piece portion 588b is bent rearward across the dividing wire 588a extending from the right end of the metal plate material. As a result, since the V-shaped cutting portion 588d is formed, the cutting portion 588d capable of exerting a shearing force can be easily formed (processed), and the cost of the pachinko machine 1 is reduced. It can be suppressed from increasing.

[1-2J. Glass unit]
Next, the glass unit 590 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 22 and 23. The glass unit 590 has an opening of substantially the same size as the game window 101, and is an annular and vertically long octagonal unit frame 592 molded from synthetic resin, and two pieces that close the front and rear ends of the opening of the unit frame 592, respectively. It comprises a transparent glass plate 594 (see FIG. 108). The unit frame 592 of the glass unit 590 has two stopper pieces 592a arranged in the upper parts on both the left and right sides and extending outward in a plate shape, and a plate-shaped engagement piece extending in the left-right direction along the lower end and extending downward. It is provided with a piece 592b.

The glass unit 590 engages the locking piece 592b at the lower end with the vertically bent projecting piece 161 of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 in the reinforcing unit 150 of the door frame base unit 100 so as to engage from the rear upper side. Then, the outer peripheral edge of the unit frame 592 is fitted into the glass unit support step portion 110a of the door frame base main body 110, and the stop piece 592a of the unit frame 592 is locked by the glass unit locking member 190 to lock the door frame. It is designed to be detachably attached to the base unit 100 (see FIG. 21 and the like).

[1-2K. Modeling decoration on the door frame]
Next, the modeling decoration in the door frame 5, that is, the shape decoration will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 17, 19, 20, and 58. FIG. 58 is a cross-sectional view showing the door frame cut at substantially the center in the vertical direction. In the door frame 5 of the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, as shown in the figure, the upper plate 301 and the lower plate 302 for storing the game balls are arranged vertically on the lower side of the vertically elongated elliptical game window 101. On the right side of the front view of the lower plate 302, the game ball stored in the upper plate 301 is driven into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 arranged behind the transparent glass unit 590 that closes the game window 101. The handle device 500 is arranged. Further, in the door frame 5, the right side decoration unit 200, the left side decoration unit 240, and the upper decoration unit 280 are arranged so as to surround the left, right, upper side of the game window 101, and surround the lower side of the game window 101. The dish unit 300 is arranged in such a manner.

The appearance of the door frame 5 on both sides of the game window 101 is significantly different, and the right side has a rugged natural rock-like appearance due to the side lens 210 forming the outer surface of the right side decoration unit 200. On the other hand, the left side has a metallic sharp and artificial appearance due to the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 that can be seen from the peripheral lens portion 250a of the transparent side lens 250 of the left side decorative unit 240. ing.

Further, as shown in FIG. 58, the door frame 5 has a different amount of protrusion to the front between the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240, and the right side decoration unit 200 is the left side decoration unit. It protrudes forward more than 240. Further, the front end of the right side decoration unit 200 is formed in a shape that is pointed forward, whereas the front end of the left side decoration unit 240 is formed in a gently curved flat shape.

As a result, in the door frame 5 of this example, the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 look similar to each other when viewed from the right front (see FIG. 19), whereas the left front When viewed from above, the right side decoration unit 200 looks larger than the left side decoration unit 240, and the decoration of the left side decoration unit 240 is almost invisible, which can give a different impression depending on the position of the player with respect to the pachinko machine 1. It has become like. That is, the appearance of the pachinko machine 1 changes depending on the position of the player with respect to the pachinko machine 1, and the illusion of a different model of the pachinko machine can be obtained. It is possible to increase the appealing power to the pachinko machine 1 and make it a pachinko machine 1 that strongly attracts the attention of the player.

Further, since the front appearance of the door frame 5 is asymmetrical, for example, when a plurality of pachinko machines 1 are arranged in a row in the left-right direction in the island equipment of the game hall, the appearance of the entire island equipment feels flat and solid. The right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 of different forms are arranged alternately to give a rhythmic impression and give the player an exciting appearance (atmosphere). It is possible to increase the appeal to the player and strongly attract the player's interest.

Further, the door frame 5 emits light from the LEDs mounted on the decorative substrates 214, 216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322, etc. provided in the units 200, 240, 280, 300, etc., so that the game window 101 emits light. It is possible to decorate the door with any light emitting color so as to surround it. Further, among the LEDs mounted on the decorative substrates 214,216, 254, 256 provided in the right side decorative unit 200 and the left side decorative unit 240, the LEDs 214b, 216b arranged behind the side flash lenses 204, 246. , 254b, 256 can be turned on and off to change the mode of the light emitting decoration surrounding the game window 101.

[1-2L. Luminous decoration on the door frame]
Subsequently, the light emitting decoration in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 59 and 60. FIG. 59 is a front view showing the arrangement of LEDs for light emitting decoration in the door frame. Further, FIG. 60 is a front view showing a system of LEDs for light emitting decoration in a door frame. In the door frame 5 of the present embodiment, the outer periphery of the game window 101 substantially corresponding to the game area 1100 of the game board 4 by the right side decoration unit 200, the left side decoration unit 240, the upper decoration unit 280, and the plate unit 300 is substantially annular. It is formed so as to surround it. Each of these units 200, 240, 280, 300 is provided with decorative substrates 214,216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322 on which LEDs are mounted, and by appropriately emitting light from each LED, the game window 101 The outer circumference of the window can be decorated with light emission.

As described above, the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 of the door frame 5 are formed so as to surround most of the outer periphery excluding the lower side of the game window 101, and have a plurality of circumferences of the side lenses 210 and 250. The lens portions 210a and 250a are arranged along the outer periphery of the game window 101, and the side flash lenses 204 and 246 extend along a radial axis centered on the vicinity of the lower center in the left-right direction of the game window 101. It is arranged between the peripheral lens portions 210a and 250a adjacent to each other.

In the door frame 5 of this example, the peripheral lens portion 210 a of the side lens 210 in the right side decorative unit 200 is formed by a plurality of substantially spindle-shaped curved surfaces, whereas the side lens 250 in the left side decorative unit 240 is formed. The peripheral lens portion 250a of the above is formed by one smooth and loosely curved surface. Further, in the door frame 5, side inner lenses 212 and 252 capable of diffusing light are arranged on the rear side of the side lenses 210 and 250 in the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240. In the left side decoration unit 240, an inner decoration member 251 having a plurality of slits 251a is arranged between the peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250 and the side inner lens 252.

Further, the door frame 5 has a right side upper decorative substrate 214, a right side lower decorative substrate 216, and a left side upper decorative substrate 254 on the rear side of the side inner lenses 212 and 252 in the right side decorative unit 200 and the left side decorative unit 240. , And the lower left side decorative substrate 256 is arranged, and a plurality of LEDs 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b are mounted on the front surface of each decorative substrate 214,216, 254, 256. ing.

The right side upper decorative substrate 214, the right side lower decorative substrate 216, the left side upper decorative substrate 254, and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 arranged on the rear side of the side inner lenses 212 and 252 have peripheral lens portions 210a and 250a. It includes LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a arranged at corresponding positions, and LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, 256b arranged at positions corresponding to the radiation lens portions 210b, 250b (side flash lenses 204, 246). .. In this example, the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a corresponding to the peripheral lens portions 210a, 250a are full-color LEDs, and the LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, 256b corresponding to the radial lens portions 210b, 250b have relatively high brightness. It is said to be an LED. Further, the two LEDs 214c arranged at the upper right end of the decorative substrate 214 on the right side are a green LED and a red LED.

In this example, the surfaces of the right side upper decorative substrate 214, the right side lower decorative substrate 216, the left side upper decorative substrate 254, and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 are white photoresist and white printing (for example, silk printing). ), White paint, etc. make it white. As a result, the reflectance of the decorative substrates 214, 216, 254, 256 can be increased, so that the light from the player side is reflected by the decorative substrates 214, 216, 254, 256 when the LEDs 210a, 210b, etc. are not lit. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the side lenses 210 and 250 from becoming too dark and unsightly, and by reflecting the light from the light emitting LEDs 210a, 210b and the like toward the player side by the substrate, the side lens 210 and 250 can be prevented from becoming too dark. The lenses 210 and 250 can be decorated with light emission brighter.

As described above, the upper decorative unit 280 of the door frame 5 is connected between the ends of the right side decorative unit 200 and the left side decorative unit 240 facing the left-right center side of the door frame 5. It is formed and decorates the upper center of the game window 101. The upper decorative unit 280 has an upper center lens 284 arranged in the center in the left-right direction, an annular central ring lens portion 282b arranged on the outer periphery of the upper center lens 284, and an outer side outside the central ring lens portion 282b. It is provided with four extension frame lens portions 282c extending to. The front surface of the extension frame lens portion 282c on the lower right side of the front view is covered with the upper lower decorative cover 294.

The upper decorative unit 280 has an upper central decorative substrate 288 arranged behind the central ring lens portion 282b in the upper central lens 284 and the upper lens 282, and an upper lens 282 extending in the left-right direction from the upper central decorative substrate 288. The extension frame lens portion 282c in the above and the upper side decorative substrate 290 arranged on the rear side of the upper central decorative substrate 288 are provided. On the upper center decorative substrate 288, a plurality of LEDs 288a corresponding to the upper center lens 284 and a plurality of LEDs 288b corresponding to the central ring lens portion 282b are mounted on the front surface, and the upper center lens 284 and the central ring lens portion 282b are mounted. And can be individually luminescently decorated. Further, a plurality of LEDs 290a corresponding to the extension frame lens portion 282c are mounted on the front surface of the upper side decorative substrate 290 so that each extension frame lens portion 282c can be light-emitting and decorated. .. The LEDs 288a, 288b, and 290a of the upper center decorative substrate 288 and the upper side decorative substrate 290 are full-color LEDs.

Subsequently, in the dish unit 300, the outer surface is formed by a plurality of substantially spindle-shaped curved surfaces, which is continuous with the appearance of the right side decorative unit 200. In this plate unit 300, the upper plate decorative substrate 322 is arranged on the rear side of the upper plate front decorative member 316, and the upper plate front decorative member 316 is provided with a plurality of LEDs 322a mounted on the upper plate decorative substrate 322. The right decorative member 319 on the upper plate, which decorates the right portion and the outer periphery of the front side of the upper plate ball removal button 341, can be light-emittingly decorated. In this example, the LED 322a of the upper plate decorative substrate 322 is a full-color LED.

Next, the operation unit 400 attached to the dish unit 300 has a translucent annular dial operation unit 401 and a translucent columnar pressing operation unit arranged inside the dial operation unit 401. A dial decorative board 430 and a button decorative board 432 are respectively arranged under the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405. The dial decorative substrate 430 is provided with LEDs 430b arranged in a plurality (four in this example) in the circumferential direction so as to correspond to the dial operation unit 401. Further, the button decorative substrate 432 is provided with one LED 432d so as to correspond to the pressing operation unit 405. In this example, the LED 430b of the dial decorative substrate 430 is a high-brightness white LED, and the LED 432d of the button decorative substrate 432 is a full-color LED. Further, the surfaces (upper surface) of the dial decorative substrate 430 and the button decorative substrate 432 are also white, so that the same effects as described above can be obtained.

By the way, the door frame 5 of this example corresponds to the peripheral lens portions 210a and 250a of the side lenses 210 and 250 in the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 that cover the outer periphery above the lower side of the game window 101. LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a are arranged outside the first annular group 102 (within the hatch in FIGS. 59 and 60) near the game window 101 and the second annular group 103 outside the first annular group 102. It is divided into (within the range of the crosshatch in FIGS. 59 and 60), and by appropriately emitting the LEDs of the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103, substantially concentric circles surrounding the game window 101. It is possible to make multiple (two in this example) light emitting decoration. That is, when all the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a of the first annular group 102 are made to emit light, the range of the hatch near the game window 101 is illuminated and decorated in an annular shape, and the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a of the second annular group 103 are emitted. When all the light is emitted, the range of the cross hatch away from the game window 101 is illuminated and decorated in a ring shape.

Further, in the door frame 5, the LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, 256b corresponding to the side flash lenses 204, 246 (radiating lens portions 210b, 250b of the side lenses 210, 250) in the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 are provided. , The radial group 104 (in FIGS. 59 and 60) extending radially around the lower center in the left-right direction of the game window 101 (game area 1100) so as to divide the first ring group 102 and the second ring group 103 in the circumferential direction. Within the shaded area). By appropriately emitting light of the LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, and 256b of the radial group 104, the outside of the game window 101 can be radiated and decorated in a radial manner, and the ring is formed by the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103. It is possible to make the luminescent decoration so as to divide it in the circumferential direction.

Further, in the door frame 5, the LED 214c of the decorative substrate 214 on the right side corresponding to the upper right corner of the side lens 210 in the right side decorative unit 200 is designated as a notification group 105, and the LED 214c is appropriately emitted to emit light for a game. Various information can be notified to a person, an employee of a game hall in which a pachinko machine 1 is installed, and the like.

Further, in the door frame 5, the LEDs 288a and 288b corresponding to the upper center lens 284 and the central ring lens portion 282b in the upper decoration unit 280 that decorates the upper center of the game window 101 are the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103. It is said that the upper center group 106 is used to illuminate and decorate the upper center of the lens. By appropriately causing the LEDs 288a and 288b of the upper center group 106 to emit light, the upper center of the game window 101 can be light-emitting and decorated. It is possible to make a luminescent decoration that becomes a point. Further, the LED 290a corresponding to the extension frame lens portion 282c in the upper decoration unit 280 is an upper center side group 107 that emits light and decorates both the left and right sides of the upper center group 106. By appropriately causing the LED 290a of the upper center side group 107 to emit light, the boundary between the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 and the upper central group 106 can be illuminated and decorated.

Further, in the door frame 5, the LED 322a corresponding to the upper plate front decorative member 316 and the upper right decorative member 319 of the plate unit 300 arranged under the game window 101 causes the upper plate 301 to emit light and decorate. It is said to be a dish group 108. Further, in the door frame 5, the LEDs 430b and 432d corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 of the operation unit 400 arranged in the upper center of the dish unit 300 at the lower center of the game window 101 control the operation unit 400. It is said to be an operation unit group 109 for light emission decoration. By appropriately causing the LEDs 430b and 432d of the operation unit group 109 to emit light, the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 can be decorated with light emission, and the operation timing and operation direction of the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 can be set. It is possible to inform the player.

More specifically, the light emitting decoration in the door frame 5 in the present embodiment will be described in more detail. In this example, each LED 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b, 288a provided in the door frame 5 288b, 290a, 322a, 430b, 432d are further subdivided according to the control system within the groups 102, 103, 104, 106, 107, 108, 109 to which each belongs. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 60, the 20 LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a belonging to the first annular group 102 are 102a to 102j for each peripheral lens portion 210a, 250a of the side lenses 210, 250. The 26 LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, and 256a belonging to the second annular group 103 are divided into 10 systems, and each of the peripheral lens portions 210a and 250a of the side lenses 210 and 250 is divided into 10 systems of 103a to 103j. Has been done.

Further, the 20 LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, 256b belonging to the radial group 104 are divided into eight systems 104a to 104h for each side flash lens 204, 246 (radiant lens portions 210b, 250b of the side lenses 210, 250). ing. Further, the two LEDs 214c belonging to the notification group 105 are divided into two systems, an upper 105a and a lower 105b. Further, the eight LEDs 288a and 288b belonging to the upper central group 106 are divided into three systems of a central portion 106a, a right portion 106b, and a left portion 106c. Further, the seven LEDs 290a belonging to the upper center side group 107 are divided into two systems, a right side 107a and a left side 107b.

Further, the 11 LEDs 322a belonging to the upper plate group 108 are divided into four systems of 108a to 108d in the front-rear and left-right directions. Further, in the five LEDs 430b and 432d belonging to the operation group 109, the four LEDs 430b corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 are arranged diagonally with the pressing operation unit 405 sandwiched between the left and right 109a and the front and rear 109b. The two systems, one LED 432c corresponding to the pressing operation unit 405, is divided into three systems. As described above, in the door frame 5 of this example, each LED 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b, 288a, 288b, 290a, 322a, 430b, 432d is divided into 42 systems. ing.

By the way, in the door frame 5, as described above, the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a, 288a, 288b, 290a, 322a, 432d are full-color LEDs, and these LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a, 288a, 288b, The 28 systems 102a to 102j, 103a to 103j, 106a to 106c, 108a to 108d, and 109c to which the 290a, 322a, and 432d belong are further equipped with three independent RGB systems in order to emit light in full color. In the light emission control, it is tripled to 84 systems. Further, the LEDs 288a and 430b are considered to be high-luminance white LEDs, and the four systems 107a, 109a and 109b to which the LEDs 288a and 430b belong require a large amount of current to emit light with high brightness. Two systems are connected, and the actual light emission control is doubled to eight systems.

The LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, and 256b are white LEDs having normal brightness, and belong to eight systems 104a to 108h. Further, the LED 214c is a green LED and a red LED, and belongs to two systems 105a and 105b. Since the 10 systems 104a to 108h, 105a, 105b by these LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, 256b, and 214c can be sufficiently controlled by each system, the same number of 10 systems is obtained even in the actual light emission control.

Therefore, the actual number of systems in the light emission control in the door frame 5 is 102, and each LED 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b, 288a, 288b, 290a, 322a, For each system to which 430b and 432d belong, lighting, blinking, etc. are controlled by dynamic lighting, and gradation (color and brightness) is controlled by PWM control (pulse width modulation control). .. This makes it possible to produce an expressive light emission.

As the light emitting effect in the door frame 5, for example, by sequentially emitting light from the first annular group 102 to the second annular group 103 (sequentially emitting light with the same color or a similar color), the light is spread outward around the game window 101. A light emitting effect, or conversely, a light emitting effect that converges from the outside toward the game window 101 by sequentially emitting light from the second annular group 103 to the first annular group 102 (sequential emission of the same color or similar colors). Alternatively, by simultaneously emitting light from the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103, it is possible to produce a light emission effect such that the entire outer periphery of the game window 101 is emitted to emit light widely.

Further, by cooperating with the LED provided in the game board 4 (detailed illustration is omitted), the LED of the game board 4, the LED of the first annular group 102 near the game window 101, and the first annular group 102. The LED of the second ring group 103, which is located outside the area, makes it possible to produce a more expressive light emission, which can attract the attention of the player and entertain the player. Can be suppressed from decreasing.

Further, in the first annular group 102, the second annular group 103, and the lower group 108, by appropriately emitting light from each system 102a to 102j and 103a to 103j, the upper part of the upper decorative unit 280 is formed along the outer periphery of the game window 101. It is possible to produce a light emitting effect such that the light moves toward the central lens 284, or the light moves along the outer circumference of the game window 101 from the upper central lens 284. In this example, the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 are divided (divided into 10) into 10 systems 102a to 102j and 103a to 103j in the circumferential direction, but the present invention is not limited to this. If it is divided into about 8 systems (about 8 divisions), it is possible to satisfactorily perform a light emitting effect such that light circulates around the outer periphery of the game window 101.

Further, by emitting light only in the radial group 104, a light emitting effect is produced in which light is emitted radially around the game window 101, or the first annular group 102, the second annular group 103, and the lower group 108 are emitted at the same time as the radial group 104. By making the game window 101 emit light almost uniformly, the radial group 104 emits light (lights / blinks) during the light emission of the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103. It is possible to create a light emitting effect that gives an accent to the light emitting decoration of. Further, by causing each system 104a to 104h of the radial group 104 to emit light individually, it is possible to produce a light emitting effect such that the side flash lenses 204 and 246 (radiating lens portions 210b and 250b) circulate.

Further, by making the upper center group 106 and the upper center side group 105 emit light, a chance has arrived for the player and a specific gaming state (for example, a big hit gaming state, a probabilistic gaming state, a time-saving gaming state, a probabilistic time-saving gaming state). , Etc.) can be suggested.

Further, by appropriately emitting light from each system 108a to 108d of the lower group 108, a light emitting effect for decorating the upper plate 301 can be produced, or by causing light to be emitted in association with the operation group 109, the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation can be performed. It is possible to produce a light emitting effect that encourages the operation of the unit 405. Further, by appropriately emitting light of the systems 109a and 109b corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 in the operation group 109, it is possible to promote the operation of the dial operation unit 401 and to guide the rotation operation direction of the dial operation unit 401. can do. Further, by causing the system 109c corresponding to the pressing operation unit 405 in the operation group 109 to emit light, it is possible to produce a light emitting effect that encourages the operation of the pressing operation unit 405.

Since the systems 109c of the first ring group 102, the second ring group 103, the upper center group 106, the lower group 108, and the operation group 109 are full-color LEDs, the groups 102, 103, 106, 108, respectively. It is possible to produce light emission with different gradations such as emission color and brightness for each 109 and each system 102a to 102j, 103a to 103j, 106a to 106c, 108a to 108d, 109c, and it has a variety of expressions. It is possible to produce rich light emission.

[1-3. Overall configuration of the main body frame]
Next, the main body frame 3 in the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 61 to 67. FIG. 61 is a front view of the main body frame, and FIG. 62 is a rear view of the main body frame. Further, FIG. 63 is a front perspective view of the main body frame, and FIG. 64 is a rear perspective view of the main body frame. Further, FIG. 66 is an exploded perspective view of the main body frame disassembled and viewed from the front, FIG. 65 is a left side view of the main body frame, and FIG. 67 is a perspective view of the main body frame disassembled and viewed from the rear. It is a figure. The main body frame 3 of the present embodiment is pivotally supported on the left side of the front view with respect to the outer frame 2, and is supported in a door shape so as to open and close the front surface of the outer frame 2 on the rear side of the door frame 5. The front side can be opened and closed by the door frame 5. Further, the main body frame 3 can detachably hold the game board 4 from the front side at a position corresponding to the game window 101 of the door frame 5.

The main body frame 3 of this example has a main body frame base 600 having a rectangular game board holding port 601 for forming a skeleton of the main body frame 3 and penetrating in the front-rear direction to hold the game board 4, and a main body frame base. The upper shaft support bracket 630 and lower shaft support bracket 640 for pivotally supporting the door frame 5 as well as being attached to the upper end and the lower end of the left end portion of the front view of the 600, respectively, and the main body frame base 600. A hitting ball launching device 650 for driving a game ball into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 attached to the lower front surface of the main body frame and paying out the game ball to the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300 attached to the rear side of the main body frame base 600. When the door frame 5 is opened with respect to the main body frame 3 attached to the front surface of the main body frame base 600 and the prize ball unit 700 for the purpose, the flow of the game ball from the prize ball unit 700 to the plate unit 300 of the door frame 5 is blocked. It is equipped with a ball outlet opening / closing unit 790.

Further, the main body frame 3 is attached to the lower rear surface of the main body frame base 600, and various control boards, power supply boards 851, etc. for controlling the door frame 5 excluding the game board 4 and the electrical parts provided in the main body frame 3 and the like. The board unit 800 that is unitized as a unit, the back cover 900 that covers the rear opening of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame base 600, and the side security plate 950 that covers the left end of the main body frame base 600 in front view. A lock device 1000 attached to the right end of the main body frame base when viewed from the front and for opening and closing the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 and for opening and closing the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3 is mainly provided.

[1-3A. Body frame base]
Next, the main body frame base 600 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 68 and 69. FIG. 68 is a front perspective view of the main body frame base in the main body frame. Further, FIG. 69 is a rear perspective view of the main body frame base in the main body frame. The main body frame base 600 in the main body frame 3 of the present embodiment is integrally molded with synthetic resin, and the outer shape of the front view is a vertically long rectangular shape along the outer shape of the door frame 5, and is substantially in the front-rear direction. It is formed to have a constant depth D (see FIG. 65). As a result, when the prize ball unit 700, the board unit 800, the back cover 900, the lock device 1000, etc. are attached to the rear side of the main body frame base 600, the main body frame base 600 is turned face down. In addition, the rear surface of the main body frame base 600 is in a substantially flat state at the height of the depth D in the main body frame base 600, the prize ball unit 700 and the like can be easily placed, and the workability related to the assembly of the main body frame 3 can be easily placed. Can be improved.

As shown in the figure, the main body frame base 600 penetrates in a rectangular shape in the front-rear direction within a range of about 3/4 of the whole from the upper part to the lower part, and can fit and hold the outer periphery of the game board 4. 601 and the U-shaped front end frame portion 602 forming the outer periphery of the front end excluding the left side of the main body frame base 600 in front view, and the door frame base main body 110 in the door frame 5 which is recessed from the front surface to the rear of the front end frame portion 602. The door frame projecting piece 110c projecting rearward from the lower end of the door frame, the upper bent projecting piece 167 projecting rearward from the upper reinforcing sheet metal 151 in the reinforcing unit 150 of the door frame 5, and the open side projecting rearward from the open side reinforcing sheet metal 153. It comprises an engaging groove 603 into which the outer bending protrusion 163 is inserted and engaged.

Further, the main body frame base 600 extends from the lower side of the game board holding port 601 to the lower end of the main body frame base 600, and is recessed from the front end of the front end frame portion 602 to the rear side by a predetermined amount and spreads in a plate shape in the left-right direction. It includes a peripheral wall portion 605 that projects rearward inside the front end frame portion 602 and forms an inner peripheral wall of the game board holding port 601. The peripheral wall portion 605 connects the free ends (upper and lower left end portions of the upper and lower left ends of the U-shaped front end frame portion 602) to each other, and the outer shape of the main body frame base 600 becomes a frame shape. It has become like.

Further, the main body frame base 600 forms a lower side of the game board holding port 601 at the upper end of the lower rear wall portion 604, and has a game board mounting portion 606 on which the game board 4 is mounted and a game board mounting portion 606. A positioning protrusion 607 that protrudes upward from approximately the center in the left-right direction and engages with the out ball discharge groove 1156 of the game panel 1150 in the game board 4, and a game board of the game board 4 that is formed at a predetermined position on the inner wall on the right side of the front view of the peripheral wall portion 605. The game board locking portion 608 (see FIG. 61) to which the stopper 1120 is fastened, and the lower end of the peripheral wall portion 605 that hangs downward from the upper inner wall and has a plate shape that can contact the upper end of the game board 4 in the left-right direction. It is provided with a plurality of arranged upper end regulating ribs 609. By fitting the positioning protrusion 607 of the main body frame base 600 with the out ball discharge groove 1156 of the game board 4, it is possible to regulate the lower end of the game board 4 from moving in the left-right direction and the rear direction. ing. Further, the game board locking portion 608 can regulate the movement of the right side of the game board 4 in the front-rear direction by locking the game board stopper 1120 of the game board 4. There is. Although the details of the left side of the game board 4 in the front view will be described later, the movement in the front-rear direction is restricted by the positioning member 956 of the side security plate 950.

Further, the main body frame base 600 has a metal fitting mounting for mounting the upper shaft support metal fitting 630 and the lower shaft support metal fitting 640 on the rear surface of the free end portion (upper and lower left end portions in the front view) of the U-shaped front end frame portion 602. It includes a section 610 (see FIG. 69). As shown in FIG. 68, the metal fitting mounting portion 610 is reinforced by a plurality of ribs whose front side extends vertically and horizontally, and the upper shaft support metal fitting 630 and the lower shaft support metal fitting 640 are mounted with sufficient strength. Can be done. Further, the main body frame base 600 is formed in a substantially circular cylinder lock through hole 611 penetrating in the front-rear direction in the upper right end of the lower rear wall portion 604 in the front view, and a door frame 5 formed in the lower left of the front view of the cylinder lock through hole 611. The U-shaped fitting groove 612 that fits with the positioning protrusion 110d that protrudes rearward from the door frame base main body 110 and the launch solenoid 654 of the ball launching device 650 that is formed in the lower left of the front view of the fitting groove 612 are accommodated. It is provided with a solenoid accommodating recess 613.

As described above, the main body frame base 600 of this example is formed at a position where the lower rear wall portion 604 is recessed one step to the rear side from the front surface of the front end frame portion 602, and is formed on the right side of the front view of the lower rear wall portion 604. A hitting ball launching device 650 is attached to the front surface so that the launching solenoid 654 of the hitting ball launching device 650 is housed in the solenoid accommodating recess 613. In a state where the ball launching device 650 is attached to the front surface of the lower rear wall portion 604, as shown in FIGS. 63 and 98, the ball launching device 650 is on the left side in the front view from the upper end of the launch rail 660, in the left direction and A foul space 626 that extends downward is formed. In this example, assuming that the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the foul ball entrance 542e in the foul cover unit 540 is located at the lower part of the foul space 626, and the foul space 626 is lowered. The game ball is received by the foul ball inlet 542e of the foul cover unit 540 and discharged to the lower plate 302 of the plate unit 300.

Further, the main body frame base 600 is formed in a plurality of openings 614 that penetrate the lower rear wall portion 604 in a rectangular shape in the front-rear direction on the left side of the left and right center of the lower rear wall portion 604, and on the upper side of the opening 614 and on both the left and right sides of the front view. It is provided with a through hole 615 penetrating in the front-rear direction. The opening 614 of the main body frame base 600 is closed by the relay terminal board cover 692 (see FIG. 66 and the like) from the front side, and the lower rear wall portion 604 is passed through the opening 692a of the relay terminal board cover 692. The main relay terminal board 880 and the peripheral relay terminal board 882 of the board unit 800 mounted on the rear surface face the front side. Further, the plurality of through holes 615 are for transmitting the sound from the speaker box 820 of the substrate unit 800 to the front side of the main body frame base 600. The through holes 615 arranged on both the left and right sides of the opening 614 are ventilation type holes having an impact wall on the front side.

Further, the main body frame base 600 is a fixing tool support portion that rotatably supports the game board fixing tool 690 for fixing the game board 4 detachably near the upper end of the front surface of the lower rear wall portion 604 on the upper side of the opening 614. It is provided with 616 and a stopper 617 that projects forward from the lower right of the front view of the fixture support portion 616 and regulates the rotation position of the game board fixture 690.

Here, as shown in FIG. 61 and the like, the game board fixture 690 includes a fixing piece 690a extending in a fan shape around an axial center pivotally supported by the fixing tool support portion 616 of the main body frame base 600, and the fixing piece 690a. It is provided with an operation piece 690b that extends outward from one end side in the circumferential direction (the side that becomes the rear end when rotated in the clockwise direction in the front view). The game board fixing tool 690 is pivotally supported by the fixing tool support portion 616 of the main body frame base 600, and then the operation piece 690b is operated to rotate the game board fixing tool 690 in the clockwise direction in front view. The fixing piece 690a protrudes upward from the game board mounting portion 606 and is inserted into the fixing recess 1121 of the game board 4 mounted on the game board mounting portion 606. Can be prevented from moving forward. Further, in the game board fixture 690, the operation piece 690b comes into contact with the stopper 617, and by contacting with the stopper 617, the rotation end in the counterclockwise direction in the front view is restricted. It has become.

Further, the main body frame base 600 is provided with a door frame opening switch 618 for detecting the opening of the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3 on the lower front surface of the cylinder lock through hole 611, with respect to the main body frame 3. When the door frame 5 is opened (opened), the pressure is released and the opening of the door frame 5 can be detected. Further, in the main body frame base 600, a main body frame opening switch 619 for detecting the opening of the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 is attached to the rear surface below the position where the door frame opening switch 618 is attached ( (See FIG. 69), when the main body frame 3 is opened (opened) with respect to the outer frame 2, the pressing is released and the opening of the main body frame 3 can be detected.

Further, the main body frame base 600 has three vertically elongated penetrations in the front-rear direction inside (shaft support side) of the engagement groove 603 on the right side (open side) side in the front view of the U-shaped front end frame portion 602. It is provided with a door hook hole 620 and two lock locking holes 621 that penetrate in the front-rear direction and are lined up in the left-right direction under the door hook hole 620 at the lower end. These three door hook holes 620 are formed in the vicinity of both upper and lower ends in the vertical direction and substantially in the center in the vertical direction, respectively. Locking protrusions 1004 provided at both upper and lower ends of the locking device 1000 are engaged and locked in the upper and central door hook holes 620 and the lock locking hole 621, and the front end frame portion 602. The lock device 1000 is attached to the main body frame base 600 along the outer wall of the peripheral wall portion 605 on the rear side of the right side of the front view. When the lock device 1000 is attached to the main body frame base 600, the three door frame hook portions 1041 of the lock device 1000 project forward from the three door hook holes 620 and the cylinder lock of the lock device 1000. The 1010 is in a state of protruding forward from the cylinder lock through hole 611 (see FIG. 63).

Further, the main body frame base 600 gently and diagonally descends from the upper right end toward the center in the left-right direction on the rear surface of the lower rear wall portion 604 in the rear view, and then the lower rear wall portion 604 in the substantially center in the left-right direction. It is provided with a main body frame base ball pulling passage 622 that hangs down from the middle in the vertical direction to a position slightly upward in the vertical direction and allows the game ball to be distributed. The rear side of the main body frame base ball pulling passage 622 is closed by the board unit base 810 in the board unit 800, and the details will be described later. It is now in circulation.

Further, a plurality of main body frame bases 600 are arranged at predetermined intervals in the vertical direction at the rear end of the left side of the peripheral wall portion 605 in the rear view, and the back cover shaft support portion 623 that rotatably supports the shaft support pins 906 of the back cover 900. A mounting portion 624 for mounting the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 on the front surface of the lower rear wall portion 604 and diagonally upper left in the front view of the opening 614, and a locking device 1000 on the right side (open side) side surface of the peripheral wall portion 605 in the front view. It is provided with a lock mounting portion 625 for mounting and fixing.

Although detailed description will be omitted, in addition to the above, the main body frame base 600 is appropriately positioned with mounting bosses, mounting holes, etc. for mounting the ball launching device 650, the prize ball unit 700, the board unit 800, and the like. Is formed in.

[1-3B. Upper shaft support and lower shaft support]
Next, the upper shaft support metal fitting 630 and the lower shaft support metal fitting 640 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 66 and 67. The upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 in the main body frame 3 are attached to the metal fitting mounting portions 610 on the upper and lower rear surfaces of the left end of the main body frame base 600 by using predetermined screws, respectively, to the main body frame 3. The door frame 5 can be pivotally supported so as to be openable and closable, and the main body frame 3 can be pivotally supported with respect to the outer frame 2.

First, the upper shaft support bracket 630 has a plate-shaped mounting portion 631 that is attached to the upper bracket mounting portion 610 of the main body frame base 600 and extends in the vertical and horizontal directions, and a plate-shaped mounting portion 631 that extends forward from the upper end. The front extension portion 632, the shaft support pin 633 projecting upward from the vicinity of the front end of the front extension portion 632, and the shaft pin 155 of the door frame 5 arranged on the left side of the front view of the shaft support pin 633. The door frame shaft support hole 634 (see FIG. 63, etc.) through which the door frame is inserted is inserted, and the front extension portion 632 hangs downward from the left end portion of the front view and rotates to the open side of the door frame 5. It is equipped with a stopper 635 (see FIGS. 65 and 109) that regulates the edges. The upper shaft support metal fitting 630 is integrally formed by bending and molding a single metal plate with a mounting portion 631, a forward extending portion 632, and a stopper 635.

On the other hand, the lower shaft support bracket 640 is arranged below the door frame shaft support bracket 642 for pivotally supporting the door frame 5 and the door frame shaft support bracket 642, and supports the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2. It is provided with a main body frame shaft support metal fitting 644 for the purpose. The door frame shaft support bracket 642 in the lower shaft support bracket 640 has a plate-shaped mounting portion 642a that is attached to the lower bracket mounting portion 610 of the main body frame base 600 and extends in the vertical and horizontal directions, and the mounting portion 642a from the lower end to the front. A plate-shaped front extension portion 642b that extends, a door frame shaft support hole 642c that penetrates vertically near the front end of the front extension portion 642b and into which the shaft pin 157 of the door frame 5 is inserted, and a front extension portion. It is provided with a stopper 642d which is erected upward from the left end portion of the front view of the 642a and restricts the rotation end of the door frame 5 toward the open side. The door frame shaft support bracket 642 has a mounting portion 642a, a forward extending portion 642b, and a stopper 642d integrally formed by bending and molding a single metal plate.

Further, the main body frame shaft support metal fitting 644 in the lower shaft support metal fitting 640 is attached to the metal fitting mounting portion 610 on the lower side of the main body frame base 600 and extends in the vertical and horizontal directions from the plate-shaped mounting portion 644a and the lower end of the mounting portion 644a. It is provided with a front extending portion 644b extending forward and a main body frame shaft support hole (not shown) penetrating in the vertical direction near the front end of the front extending portion 644b. The main body frame shaft support bracket 644 also has a mounting portion 644a and a front extending portion 644b integrally formed by bending and molding a single metal plate.

In the lower shaft support bracket 640 of this example, the mounting portion 642a of the door frame shaft support bracket 642 and the mounting portion 644a of the main body frame shaft support bracket 644 are overlapped (contacted) in the front-rear direction, and the door frame is in contact with each other. The front extension portion 642b of the shaft support bracket 642 and the front extension portion 644b of the main body frame shaft support bracket 644 are attached to the lower bracket mounting portion 610 of the main body frame base 600 in a state where the front extension portion 644b is separated in the vertical direction by a predetermined distance. It has become like.

The upper shaft support metal fitting 630 and the lower shaft support metal fitting 640 are attached to the main body frame base 600, and the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support metal fitting 630 and the main body frame shaft support hole (not shown) of the lower shaft support metal fitting 640. Is positioned coaxially, and the main body frame shaft support hole of the main body frame shaft support metal fitting 644 in the lower shaft support metal fitting 640 is fitted and inserted into the support protrusion 21d of the lower support metal fitting 21 in the outer frame 2. As described above, the front extension portion 644b of the main body frame shaft support metal fitting 644 is placed on the support protrusion piece 21c of the lower support metal fitting 21, and the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support metal fitting 630 is attached to the outer frame 2. By inserting the upper support metal fitting 20 into the support hook hole 20c, the main body frame 3 can be pivotally supported with respect to the outer frame 2 so as to be openable and closable.

Further, the upper shaft support metal fitting 630 and the lower shaft support metal fitting 640 are attached to the main body frame base 600, and the door frame shaft support hole 634 of the upper shaft support metal fitting 630 and the door frame shaft support of the lower shaft support metal fitting 640 are provided. The door is positioned coaxially with the metal fitting 642c, and the door is inserted so that the shaft pin 157 of the door frame 5 is inserted into the door frame shaft support hole 642c of the door frame shaft support metal fitting 642 in the lower shaft support metal fitting 640. After placing the lower shaft support portion 158 of the frame 5 on the front extension portion 642b of the door frame shaft support bracket 642, the shaft pin 155 of the door frame 5 is placed in the door frame shaft support hole 634 of the upper shaft support bracket 630. By inserting the door frame 5, the door frame 5 can be pivotally supported with respect to the main body frame 3. In this example, the shaft pin 155 on the upper side of the door frame 5 is slidable in the vertical direction, and when the shaft pin 155 is inserted into the door frame shaft support hole 634 of the upper shaft support bracket 630, the shaft pin 155 is inserted. Slide the door frame downward once so that the upper shaft support portion 156 of the door frame 5 and the front extension portion 632 of the upper shaft support bracket 630 overlap vertically, and then slide the shaft pin 155 upward to open the door. It can be inserted into the frame shaft support hole 634.

[1-3C. Hit ball launcher]
Next, the hitting ball launching device 650 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 70 and 71. FIG. 70 is a front perspective view of the hitting ball launching device in the main body frame. Further, FIG. 71 is a rear perspective view of the hitting ball launching device in the main body frame. The hit ball launching device 650 can hit the game ball supplied from the ball feed unit 580 of the door frame 5 into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 with a strength corresponding to the rotation operation of the handle device 500. be.

In the hitting ball launching device 650 of the present embodiment, the launching base 652 of a metal plate attached to the front predetermined position of the lower rear wall portion 604 of the main body frame base 600, and the rotation drive shaft 654a projecting forward on the lower rear surface of the launching base 652. The launching solenoid 654 is mounted so as to be mounted, the hammer 656 is rotatably fixed to the drive shaft 654a of the launching solenoid 654, the mallet 658 is fixed to the tip of the hammer 656, and the movement trajectory of the mallet 658. The tip of the hammer 656 is between the launch rail 660 attached to the front of the launch base 652 and the launch rail 660 above the base end of the launch rail 660, which extends diagonally to the upper left of the front view with the predetermined position above as the base end. At the same time that the 658 is made passable, a ball stop piece 662 that forms a gap through which the game ball cannot pass and holds the game ball at the base end of the launch rail 660, and a ball stop piece 662 that holds the game ball at the base end of the launch rail 660. It is equipped with a stopper 664 that restricts the hammer 656 (hammer tip 658) from rotating toward the launch rail 660 side from the hitting position where the game ball can be hit.

Although detailed illustration is omitted, the firing solenoid 654 in the hitting ball launching device 650 is configured such that the drive shaft 654a reciprocates with a strength (speed) according to the rotation operation angle of the handle device 500. Further, the hitting mallet 656 of the hitting ball launching device 650 has a fixed portion 656a fixed to the drive shaft 654a of the launching solenoid 654 and a tip extending from the fixed portion 656a in a gentle arc shape with respect to the axis of the drive shaft 654a. It is provided with a solenoid portion 656b that faces the normal direction and has a mallet tip 658 fixed to the tip, and a stopper portion 656c that extends to the opposite side of the rod portion 656b with the fixing portion 656a sandwiched and can come into contact with the stopper 664. ing. When the stopper portion 656c of the hitting mallet 656 comes into contact with the stopper 664, the mallet tip 658 at the tip rotates toward the launch rail 660 from the hitting position (rotating end in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the front). It is becoming regulated.

Further, the launch rail 660 of the hitting ball launching device 650 has a loose arc shape with a lower portion recessed substantially along the lower end extension line of the outer rail 1111 of the game board 4 (see FIG. 98), and in the front-rear direction. On the other hand, the center is recessed in a V shape, and the game ball hit by the hitting mallet 656 can be smoothly guided to the game board 4 side along the launch rail 660. The launch rail 660 is formed by bending a metal plate.

Further, the hitting ball launching device 650 has a stopper cover 666 that covers the front surface of the stopper 664 that can regulate the rotation end of the hitting mallet 656 toward the hitting position side, and rotation at a position away from the hitting position of the hitting mallet 656. It is provided with a stopper 668 that regulates an end (a rotating end in a clockwise direction when viewed from the front). In the hitting ball launching device 650 of this example, the surface of the stoppers 664 and 668 is covered with rubber, so that the impact when the hitting mallet 656 comes into contact can be absorbed and the generation of noise due to the contact is suppressed. You can do it.

As shown in FIGS. 63 and 98, when the hit ball launcher 650 of this example is attached to the lower rear wall portion 604 of the main body frame base 600, the upper end of the launch rail 660 is substantially in the center in the left-right direction and is lower. It is located below the upper end of the rear wall portion 604, that is, below the game board mounting portion 606 (lower side of the game board holding port 601), and is outside the game board 4 held by the game board holding port 601. A foul space 626 that extends downward with a predetermined width in the left-right direction is formed between the rail 1111 and the lower end. Then, the hit ball launching device 650 of this example launches the game ball so as to jump over the foul space 626 on the left side of the front view from the launch rail 660, thereby driving the game ball into the game area 1100 of the game board 4. Can be done. As described above, when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the foul ball inlet 542e of the foul cover unit 540 is located at the lower part of the foul space 626, and the game area 1100 The game ball, which has become a foul ball without being driven in, falls in the foul space 626, is received by the foul ball entrance 542e, and is discharged to the lower plate 302.

Further, in the ball launching device 650, the launching solenoid 654 is driven by the launching control unit 4120 with a driving strength corresponding to the rotation operation of the handle device 500, and the ball feeding solenoid 585 of the ball feeding unit 580. It is designed to be driven in synchronization with the drive of. Specifically, in the ball feed unit 580 that supplies the game ball to the hit ball launcher 650, when the ball feed solenoid 585 is driven (ON), the ball feed member 584 receives the game ball, and the ball feed solenoid 585 is driven from that state. When the ball feed member 584 is released (OFF), the game ball received by the ball feed member 584 is sent to the ball feed launcher 650 side, so that the launch solenoid 654 is driven substantially at the same time as the ball feed solenoid 585 of the ball feed unit 580. By turning (ON), the game ball can be smoothly supplied from the ball feed unit 580 to the rear end of the launch rail 660, and the game ball can be reliably launched by the rotation of the ball hammer 656. ing.

[1-3D. Prize ball unit]
Next, the prize ball unit 700 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 72 to 79. 72 is a front perspective view of the prize ball unit in the main body frame, and FIG. 73 is a rear perspective view of the prize ball unit in the main body frame. Further, FIG. 74 is an exploded perspective view of the prize ball unit disassembled and viewed from the front, and FIG. 75 is an exploded perspective view of the prize ball unit disassembled and viewed from the rear. Further, FIG. 76 is an exploded perspective view showing the relationship between the prize ball tank and the tank rail unit in the prize ball unit from the rear. FIG. 77 is an exploded perspective view of the prize ball device in the prize ball unit as viewed after being disassembled. FIG. 78 is a rear view showing the relationship between the payout passage, the payout motor, and the payout rotating body in the prize ball device. Further, FIG. 79 is a cross-sectional view showing a ball circulation passage in the prize ball unit.

The prize ball unit 700 in the main body frame 3 of the present embodiment stores the game balls supplied from the island equipment side to the pachinko machine 1 in the island equipment in the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed, and then gives a predetermined payout instruction. It is to be paid out to the upper plate 301 of the pachinko machine 1 based on the above. The prize ball unit 700 receives and stores the prize ball base 710 attached to the rear surface of the main body frame base 600 and the game balls attached to the upper part of the rear surface of the prize ball base 710 and supplied from the island facility side. The tank rail unit 730, which is arranged under the prize ball tank 720 and stores the game balls stored in the prize ball tank 720, is aligned and sent to the downstream side, and the game balls arranged by the tank rail unit 730 are paid out. The prize ball device 740 to be paid out based on the instruction and the game ball paid out by the prize ball device 740 can be guided to the upper plate 301 of the plate unit, and the upper plate 301 is paid out when the game ball is full. It mainly includes a full tank branch unit 770 that can branch and guide the game ball to the lower plate 302 side.

Further, the prize ball unit 700 includes a prize ball passage lid 780 that closes the rear opening of the prize ball passage 715 formed in the prize ball base 710, and a ground fitting for grounding the tank rail unit 730 and the prize ball device 740. It includes a 782, an external terminal board 784 attached to the rear surface of the prize ball base 710, and an external terminal board cover 786 that covers the rear side of the external terminal board 784. The prize ball passage lid 780 in the prize ball unit 700 is for fastening and fixing the back cover engaging groove 780a for fixing the back cover 900 to the rear surface and the back cover 900 on the left side of the back cover engaging groove 780a when viewed from the rear. The back cover fastening hole 780b is formed (see FIGS. 73 and 75, etc.).

In this prize ball unit 700, the prize ball base 710 is formed in an inverted L shape along the upper side and the left side of the main body frame base 600 when viewed from the front, and the prize ball tank 720 and the tank rail unit 730 are formed on the upper side. In addition to being arranged, a vertically long prize ball device 740 is arranged on the left side, and a full tank branch unit 770 is arranged below the prize ball device 740. Further, an external terminal board 784 and an external terminal board cover 786 are arranged directly above the prize ball device 740 and above the tank rail unit 730 so as to be adjacent to the prize ball tank 720.

Next, as shown in the figure, the prize ball base 710 in the prize ball unit 700 is formed in an inverted L shape in front view so as to substantially correspond to the upper side of the main body frame base 600 and the left side of the game board holding port 601 in front view. And is integrally molded with a transparent synthetic resin. The prize ball base 710 is arranged so that the peripheral wall portion 710a extending rearward along the outer outer circumference of the inverted L shape and the peripheral wall portion 710a extend inward from the rear end of the peripheral wall portion 710a with a predetermined width and substantially on the same plane. It is provided with a rear wall portion 710b. In this example, as shown in FIG. 75, the upper side of the peripheral wall portion 710a is formed so as to extend rearward from a position one step lower than the upper end of the prize ball base 710. The prize ball base 710 has a rear wall portion 710b located at a position deeper than the front end, and when attached to the main body frame base 600, a space capable of accommodating the game board 4 can be formed. ing.

Further, the prize ball base 710 is arranged next to the tank mounting portion 711 for mounting the prize ball tank 720 on the upper side of the peripheral wall portion 710a and the tank mounting portion 711 (on the right side when viewed from the rear), and the external terminal plate 784 and the external terminal plate. An external terminal plate mounting portion 712 for mounting the cover 786, a plurality of mounting locking portions 713 for mounting the tank rail unit 730 on the rear side of the lower end of the upper side of the rear wall portion 710b, and the rear side of the vertical side of the rear wall portion 710b. The prize ball device mounting portion 714 for mounting the prize ball device 740, the prize ball passage 715 that guides the game ball paid out from the prize ball device 740 adjacent to the prize ball device mounting portion 714, and the rear wall. A mounting locking portion 716 for mounting the full tank branch unit 770 is provided at the lower end of the portion 710b.

Further, the prize ball base 710 has a relief hole 717 for allowing the payout motor 744 and the like protruding forward from the prize ball device 740 to pass through the position of the prize ball device mounting portion 714 of the rear wall portion 710b in the front-rear direction, and the back. It is provided with a back cover engaging groove 718 for fixing the cover 900. Further, although detailed description is omitted, the prize ball base 710 is appropriately positioned with mounting holes, mounting bosses, etc. for mounting the prize ball tank 720, the prize ball device 740, etc., or mounting the prize ball base 600 on the main body frame base 600. Is formed in.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 76, the prize ball tank 720 in the prize ball unit 700 is formed in a horizontally long box shape with an open upper part, and a bottom wall portion having a horizontally long substantially rectangular shape in a plan view. 721, the outer peripheral wall portion 722 that rises upward from the outer periphery of the bottom wall portion 721, and only the right rear portion (rear portion on the open side) protrudes rearward from the bottom wall portion 721 in a rectangular shape in a plan view, and the outer peripheral wall portion. A plate-shaped discharge port 723 formed by a portion of the 722 that protrudes rearward from the bottom wall portion 721 at the rear right side and opens downward from the left side (shaft support side) of the discharge port 723 in a plan view to the left end of the prize ball tank 720. A prize ball formed in the vicinity of the base end of the shaft portion 725 and both ends of the front side of the outer peripheral wall portion 722, a rod-shaped shaft portion 725 extending rearward from the lower left end of the eaves portion 724 in a plan view. It is provided with a mounting portion 726 for mounting the tank 720 to the prize ball tank mounting portion 711 in the prize ball base 710.

In the prize ball tank 720, the outer periphery of the bottom wall portion 721 is surrounded by the outer peripheral wall portion 722, and a predetermined amount of game balls can be stored on the bottom wall portion 721. Further, the prize ball tank 720 is inclined so that the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 721 is lowered toward the discharge port 723, so that the game ball on the bottom wall portion 721 rolls toward the discharge port 723. It has become.

Further, the prize ball tank 720 includes two ball leveling members 727 that are rotatably supported by the shaft portion 725. As shown in the figure, the ball leveling member 727 has one end side pivotally supported by the shaft portion 725 and holds a weight inside, so that the other end side hangs down due to its own weight. .. The ball leveling member 727 hangs down in the tank rail unit 730, which will be described later, and can smooth and align the game balls circulating in the tank rail unit 730. Further, the eaves 724 of the prize ball tank 720 is formed so as to cover substantially the upper half of the tank rail unit 730, so that it is possible to prevent the game ball from overflowing from the inside of the tank rail unit 730 and the tank. It is possible to prevent dust and the like from entering the rail unit 730.

Although detailed illustration is omitted, the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 721 of the prize ball tank 720 is inclined so that the left side (the side far from the discharge port 723) becomes lower toward the right side in a plan view. The right side (the side closer to the discharge port 723) in a plan view is formed so as to be inclined toward the rear discharge port 723. As a result, the flow of the game ball can be made smooth, and it is possible to suppress the occurrence of ball clogging in the prize ball tank 720, and from the discharge port 723 to the tank rail unit 730 side. The game ball can be discharged smoothly.

Next, as shown in FIG. 76, the tank rail unit 730 in the prize ball unit 700 includes a tank rail 731 that is arranged below the prize ball tank 720 and extends long in the left-right direction. The tank rail 731 has a gutter shape with an open upper part and a predetermined depth, and has a width (depth) that allows the game balls to be aligned in two rows in the front-rear direction. The bottom is tilted so that it is low. The tank rail 731 has a discharge port 731a (see FIG. 79) that opens downward at the left end (shaft support side) end, a partition wall 731b extending upward from the bottom at substantially the center in the front-rear direction, and a lower surface of the front end. It is provided with a plurality of locking projecting pieces 731c (see FIG. 74) that project downward and are locked from above to the mounting locking portion 713 of the prize ball base 710.

The end of the tank rail 731 on the right side (open side) of the front view is located directly below the discharge port 723 of the prize ball tank 720, and the game ball discharged from the discharge port 723 of the prize ball tank 720 is placed. After receiving it, it can be rolled to the left and delivered from the discharge port 731a to the prize ball device 740 side. Further, by locking the locking protrusion 731c of the tank rail 731 to the mounting locking portion 713 of the prize ball base 710, the tank rail 731, that is, the tank rail unit 730 can be mounted on the prize ball base 710. ing.

Further, the tank rail unit 730 is continuous with the alignment gear 732 rotatably supported on the upper portion of the discharge port 731a of the tank rail 731, the gear cover 733 covering the upper portion of the alignment gear 732, and the right end of the gear cover 733 when viewed from the front. A ball holding plate 734 that closes the upper part of the tank rail 731, and a ball stop piece that can advance and retreat into the tank rail 731 and can stop the game ball in the tank rail 731 from rolling toward the discharge port 731a. It includes a 735 and a ground plate 736 that is arranged in the tank rail 731 and is in contact with the game ball in the tank rail 731. As shown in the figure, two alignment gears 732 are provided side by side in the front-rear direction so as to correspond to the two flow paths of the game balls partitioned in two rows by the partition wall 731b of the tank rail 731. Further, the ball holding plate 734 includes a mounting portion 734a to which the ball stop piece 735 is mounted on the upper portion, and two slits 734b through which the ball stop piece 735 can be inserted through the ball stop piece 735 in the vertical direction.

In the tank rail unit 730, two ball leveling members 727 pivotally supported by the prize ball tank 720 are inserted from above on the upstream side (open side) of the ball holding plate 734. The game balls discharged from the discharge port 723 of the prize ball tank 720 into the tank rail 731 by the ball leveling member 727 can be smoothed in one step and arranged in two rows along the partition wall 731b. You can do it. Further, the ball holding plate 734 is for forcibly making the game ball which was not made one step by the ball leveling member 727 into one step, and the gap between the ball holding plate 734 and the bottom of the tank rail 731 becomes narrower toward the discharge port 731a side. It is attached to the tank rail 731 as described above.

As shown in the figure, the alignment gear 732 of the tank rail unit 730 has a plurality of teeth formed on the outer periphery thereof, and is pivotally supported so that the pitch of the teeth in the pair of alignment gears 732 is deviated by half a pitch. As a result, when the upper part of the game ball flowing down the tank rail 731 flows down to the discharge port 732 on the downstream side while meshing with the teeth of the alignment gear 732, the game balls arranged in two rows are alternately awarded one by one. It is designed to be sent to the device 740.

The bottom of the tank rail 731 is formed with a fine groove that penetrates up and down so that foreign matter such as dust that rolls together with the game ball in the tank rail 731 falls downward from the fine groove. It has become. Further, although detailed illustration is omitted, the ground plate 736 arranged on the inner wall of the tank rail 731 is grounded to the outside via the grounding connector of the power supply board 851 via the grounding metal fitting 782. The game ball comes into contact with the ground plate 736 in the tank rail 731, so that the charged static electricity can be removed.

Further, the tank rail unit 730 rotates the ball stop piece 735 rotatably attached to the mounting portion 734a of the ball holding plate 734, and passes the projecting piece 735a of the ball stop piece 735 through the slit 734a into the tank rail 730. By inserting it into the ball, the projecting piece 735a can close the two rows of flow paths in the tank rail 731, and the game ball can be stopped from being supplied to the prize ball device 740 side. There is.

Further, in the tank rail unit 730, the tank rail 731 is formed of a transparent synthetic resin so that the state of the game ball or the like in the tank rail 731 can be visually recognized from the outside.

Subsequently, the prize ball device 740 in the prize ball unit 700 discharges and supplies the game balls discharged and supplied from the discharge port 731a of the tank rail unit 730 to the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300 based on a predetermined payout instruction. It is a thing. As shown in FIGS. 77 to 79, the prize ball device 740 includes a unit base 741 extending in the vertical direction attached to the prize ball device mounting portion 714 of the prize ball base 710. As shown in the figure, the unit base 741 in the prize ball device 740 has a supply passage that opens at the upper end and extends to a position slightly lower than the center in the vertical direction with a width slightly wider than the outer shape of the game ball. The 741a, the distribution space 741b which communicates with the lower end of the supply passage 741a and has a space of a predetermined size, and the lower end of the rear view left side (open side) of the distribution space 741b are communicated with each other and bent in an abbreviated shape to form a rear view. It is provided with a prize ball passage 741c that opens on the left side surface, and a ball removal passage 741d that communicates with the lower end of the distribution space 741b on the right side (shaft support side) and extends downward and opens at the lower end. The supply passage 741a, the distribution space 741b, the prize ball passage 741c, and the ball ejection passage 741d of the unit base 741 are formed in a state of being open to the rear.

The prize ball device 740 of this example has a back cover 742 which is attached to the rear side of the unit base 741 and has a shorter vertical length than the unit base 741, and a plate-shaped motor support arranged under the back cover 742. The plate 743, the payout motor 744 which is arranged on the front side of the motor support plate 743 and is fixed to the unit base 741 so that the rotary shaft 744a protrudes rearward from the motor support plate 743, and the rotary shaft 744a of the payout motor 744 are integrated. The first gear 745, which is rotatably fixed and arranged behind the motor support plate 743, meshes with the second gear 746, which meshes with the first gear 745 and is pivotally supported by the unit base 741, and meshes with the second gear 746. The third gear 747 that is pivotally supported by the unit base 741, the payout rotating body 748 that rotates integrally with the third gear 747 and is arranged in the distribution space 741b of the unit base 741, and the payout rotating body 748 are the third gears. It is provided with a rotation detection board 749 which is fixed to be integrally rotatable on the opposite side of the 747 and has a plurality of (three in this example) detection slits 749a at equal intervals in the circumferential direction.

Further, the prize ball device 740 is a ball-out switch 750 attached to the unit base 741 to detect the presence or absence of a game ball in the supply passage 741a, and the number of game balls attached to the unit base 741 and circulating in the prize ball passage 741c. The counting sensor 751 for measuring the speed, the rotation angle sensor 752 for detecting the detection slit 749a of the rotation detection board 479 that rotates integrally with the payout rotating body 748, and the rotation angle sensor 752 are held and attached to the rear surface of the back cover 742. The sensor board 753, the payout motor 744, the ball out switch 750, the counting sensor 751, and the prize ball relay board 754 attached to the rear surface of the back cover 742 to relay the connection between the rotation angle sensor 752 and the payout control board 4110. I have.

Further, the prize ball device 740 has a board cover 755 that covers the prize ball relay board 754 from the rear side and is attached to the rear surface of the back cover 742, and the first gear 745, the second gear 746, and the third gear 747 (rotation detection board 747). ), And the gear cover 756 that covers the sensor board 753 from the rear side and is attached to the rear surface of the unit base 741 with the back cover 742 sandwiched between them, and the supply passage ground that can contact the game ball circulating in the supply passage 741a of the unit base 741. The payout motor 744 is fixed to the unit base 741 by sandwiching the metal fitting 757 and the motor support plate 743, and the screw 758 for grounding the payout motor 744 and the back cover 742 are detachably supported to the unit base 741. It is equipped with a detachable button 759.

In the prize ball device 740 of this example, the back cover 742 is attached to the rear side of the unit base 741, so that the supply passage 741a, the distribution space 741b, the prize ball passage 741c, and the ball ejection passage 741d are opened rear ends. Is to be closed. Further, the unit base 741 has a shape in which the position below the upper end of the supply passage 741a once bulges rearward, so that the momentum of the game ball discharged and dropped from the tank rail unit 730 can be relaxed. You can do it. Further, the unit base 741 is partially notched on one side surface (left side when viewed from the rear) below the position where the supply passage 741a bulges backward, and is located outside the notched position of the supply passage 741a. The switch mounting portion 741e for mounting the ball break switch 750, the sensor mounting portion 741f for mounting the counting sensor 751 in the middle of the prize ball passage 741c, and the sensor mounting portion 741f below the prize ball passage 741c so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction. It is provided with a motor insertion hole 741 g, which is formed and can insert the payout motor 744.

By attaching the ball-cutting switch 750 to the switch mounting portion 741e of the unit base 741, the operating piece of the ball-cutting switch 750 forms a part of the side wall of the supply passage 741a and exists in the supply passage 741a. When the operating piece is pressed by the gaming ball, the presence or absence of the gaming ball in the supply passage 741a can be detected by the ball-out switch 750. In the state where the game ball in the supply passage 741a is not detected by the ball out switch 750 (the ball out state), the payout motor 744 does not rotate, and the player or the hole indicates that the ball is out. It is designed to be notified to the side.

Further, the unit base 741 is between the bearing portion 741h for pivotally supporting the second gear 746 and the third gear 747 (delivery rotating body 748), the switch mounting portion 741e in the supply passage 741a, and the distribution space 741b. The ground fitting mounting portion 741i for mounting the supply passage ground fitting 757 and the button support hole 741j arranged on the upper part of the unit base 741 and supporting the attachment / detachment button 759 for attaching / detaching / supporting the back cover 742. I have. In this unit base 741, by attaching the supply passage ground fitting 757 to the ground fitting mounting portion 741i, the rear surface of the supply passage ground fitting 757 can come into contact with the game ball in the supply passage 741a. The front surface of the supply passage ground fitting 757 is in contact with the lower end rear surface of the U-shaped ground fitting 782, and the static electricity of the game ball circulating in the supply passage 741a is removed through the supply passage ground fitting 757. Can be done.

The back cover 742 of the prize ball device 740 has a vertically long plate shape as a whole and has a shape in which the upper end bulges rearward. At the top of the back cover 742, there is a button insertion hole 742a through which the detachable button 759 is inserted, a relay board mounting portion 742b for mounting the prize ball relay board 754 and the board cover 755 on the substantially central rear surface in the vertical direction, and a relay board mounting. It is provided with a sensor board mounting portion 742c arranged under the portion 742b for mounting the sensor board 753, and a through hole 742d through which the payout rotating body 748 can pass. The relay board mounting portion 742b of the back cover 742 is formed so as to be located behind the ground fitting mounting portion 741i of the unit base 741.

Further, the motor support plate 743 of the prize ball device 740 is an aluminum plate in this example, and is in contact with the metal motor housing of the payout motor 744 to generate heat generated by the payout motor 744. It is possible to easily dissipate heat.

Further, as shown in FIG. 78, the payout rotating body 748 of the prize ball device 740 is provided with three recesses 748a having a size capable of accommodating one game ball at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. By rotating the 748, the game balls supplied from the supply passage 741a are housed in the recess 748a one by one, and can be discharged to the prize ball passage 741c or the ball removal passage 741d side. Further, the three detection slits 749a of the rotation detection board 479 that rotates integrally with the payout rotating body 748 are formed at positions corresponding to the recesses 748a of the payout rotating body 748, respectively, and the detection slits 749a are formed by the rotation angle sensor 752. By detecting, the rotation position of the payout rotating body 748 can be detected.

In the prize ball device 740 of this example, a payout command from the main control board 4100, a lending command from the CR unit, etc. are input to the payout control board 4110, or a ball ejection switch 860b is operated to operate the payout motor 744. Is rotated so that a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out to the player side (upper plate 301) or discharged to the game hall side (rear side of the pachinko machine 1). When the rotary shaft 744a of the payout motor 744 is rotationally driven, the first gear 745 fixed to the rotary shaft 744a is rotated, and at the same time, the second gear 746 that meshes with the first gear 745 is rotated, and further, the second gear 746 is rotated. The third gear 747 that meshes with is rotated. A payout rotating body 748 is fixed to the front side of the third gear 747, and a rotation detection board 794 is fixed to the rear side so as to be integrally rotatable. It is designed to rotate.

As shown in FIG. 78, in the prize ball device 740, the payout rotating body 748 is rotatably supported in the substantially center of the distribution space 741b. Then, when the payout rotating body 748 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the rear by the payout motor 744, the game ball in the supply passage 741a is paid out to the prize ball passage 741c side, and the payout rotation The game balls paid out to the prize ball passage 741c side by the rotation of the body 748 are counted one by one by the counting sensor 751 and then handed over to the prize ball passage 715 of the prize ball base 710. On the other hand, when the payout rotating body 748 is rotated in the rear view clockwise direction by the payout motor 744, the game ball in the supply passage 741a is paid out to the ball ejection passage 741d side, and the payout rotating body 748 is used. The game balls discharged to the ball pulling passage 741d side are the ball pulling passage 778 of the full tank distribution unit 770, which will be described later, the main body frame base ball pulling passage 622 of the main body frame base 600, and the board unit from the lower end of the ball pulling passage 741d. It can be discharged to the outside of the rear side of the pachinko machine 1 through the opening 812 of the board unit base 810 in 800 and the discharge passage 842 of the power supply board box holder 840.

The unit base 741 in the prize ball device 740 of this example is formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and even when assembled on the main body frame 3, the prize is awarded from the front side of the main body frame 3 through the transparent prize ball base 710. The inside of the supply passage 741a, the distribution space 741b, the prize ball passage 741c, the ball removal passage 741d, etc. of the ball device 740 can be visually recognized, and defects such as ball clogging can be easily found. ..

Next, the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 74, 75, and 79. The full tank distribution unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 is attached to the lower end of the prize ball base 710, and guides the game ball paid out to the prize ball passage 741c side of the prize ball unit 740 to the plate unit 300. At the same time, when the game ball is full in the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300, the game ball can be distributed so as to be paid out to the lower plate 302 of the plate unit 300.

The full tank branch unit 770 is fixed to the lower end back surface of the prize ball base 710 at the upper part of the rear end and the locking portion 770a locked to the mounting locking part 716 of the prize ball base 710 at the substantially central upper part in the front-rear direction. It is provided with a fixing portion 770b. The full tank branch unit 770 is in a state of being suspended from the mounting locking portion 716 by locking the locking portion 770a to the mounting locking portion 716 of the prize ball base 710 from the rear side, and the prize ball base. By fixing the fixing portion 770b to the 710 with a predetermined screw, the full tank branch unit 770 can be attached and fixed to the lower end of the prize ball base 710.

Further, as shown in the figure, the full tank branch unit 770 is formed in a box shape in which the whole becomes lower from the rear end to the front end, and opens upward at substantially the center in the left-right direction at the upper part of the rear end. The prize ball receiving port 771 that receives the game ball that has flowed down the prize ball passage 715 of the prize ball base 710, and the branch space 772 that is arranged under the prize ball receiving port 771 and spreads in the left-right direction (see FIG. 79). And the normal passage 773 (see FIG. 79) that guides the game ball from directly below the prize ball receiving port 771 in the branch space 772 to the front side, and the game ball that has flowed through the normal passage 773 is discharged forward and in front of the front end. The normal ball outlet 774 opened at the right end of the view and the full tank passage 775 (see FIG. 79) that guides the game ball from a position away from directly below the prize ball receiving port 771 in the branch space 772 to the right side of the rear view toward the front side. ), And a full tank outlet 776 that discharges the game ball that has flowed through the full tank passage 775 forward and opens on the left side of the front view of the normal ball outlet 774.

Further, the full tank branch unit 770 has a ball ejection port 777 that opens upward to the left end portion of the upper part of the rear end in front view and receives a game ball that has flowed down the ball ejection passage 741d of the prize ball device 740. The ball ejection passage 778 (see FIG. 79) that guides the game ball received by the ejection port 777 to the front side and the game ball that has circulated through the ball extraction passage 778 are discharged forward and the normal ball outlet 774 and the normal ball outlet 774 at the left end of the front view. It is provided with a ball ejection outlet 779 which is opened at a position behind the full tank outlet 776.

In the full tank branch unit 770 of this example, assuming that the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the normal ball outlet 774 and the full tank outlet 776 are the first foul cover units 540 in the door frame 5, respectively. The game ball is configured to face and communicate with the ball inlet 542a and the second ball inlet 542c, and the game ball released from the normal ball outlet 774 passes through the first ball inlet 542a of the foul cover unit 540 and is connected to the dish unit 300. The game ball supplied to the upper plate 301 and discharged from the full tank outlet 776 is supplied to the lower plate 302 of the plate unit 300 through the second ball inlet 542c of the foul cover unit 540. Further, the ball ejection port 779 is formed so as to communicate with the upper end on the right side of the rear view of the main body frame base ball extraction passage 622 in the main body frame base 600, and the game ball released from the ball extraction outlet 779 is formed in the main body frame base 600. It is designed to be handed over to the main body frame base ball pulling passage 622.

In this full tank branch unit 770, the game ball paid out to the prize ball passage 741c side of the prize ball device 740 can be received at the prize ball receiving port 771 via the prize ball passage 715 of the prize ball base 710. In the normal state, the game ball that has entered the prize ball receiving port 771 hangs down the branch space 772 and flows down into the normal passage 773 arranged directly under the prize ball receiving port 771. Then, the game ball that has flowed down into the normal passage 773 enters the first ball inlet 542a of the foul cover unit 540 from the normal exit 774, passes through the first ball passage 542b, and is above the plate unit 300 from the first ball outlet 544a. It will be supplied to the dish 301.

By the way, when the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300 is filled with the game balls and the game balls are further discharged from the prize ball unit 700 (prize ball device 740), the first ball exit of the foul cover unit 540. The game ball that cannot be discharged from the 544a to the upper plate 301 side stagnates in the first ball passage 542b of the foul cover unit 540, and eventually fills the upstream normal passage 773 through the normal ball outlet 774 in the full tank branch unit 770. become. In this state, the game ball that has entered the branch space 772 from the prize ball receiving port 771 cannot enter the normal passage 773, and starts to move laterally in the branch space 772 and moves laterally. The game ball enters the full tank passage 775, and is under the plate unit 300 from the full tank exit 776 via the second ball entrance 542c, the second ball passage 542d, and the second ball exit 544b of the foul cover unit 540. It is designed to be supplied to the dish 302.

The full tank branch unit 770 of this example is entirely made of a transparent synthetic resin so that the inside can be visually recognized from the outside. As a result, foreign matter such as dust and dirt that has entered the full tank branch unit 770 and the occurrence of ball clogging can be easily found without disassembling the full tank branch unit 7700. ..

As described above, when the game ball is full in the upper plate 301, the full tank branch unit 770 of this example automatically uses the game ball paid out from the prize ball device 740 until the full tank is cleared. Since it can be supplied to the lower plate 302, the game ball is not supplied to the hitting ball launching device by operating the ball removal button on the upper plate when the upper plate is full like a conventional pachinko machine. It is possible to prevent the hitting of the game ball from being interrupted, and it is possible to eliminate the annoyance during the game and suppress the decrease in the interest in the game.

Further, as described above, when the upper plate 301 is full, the full tank branch unit 770 of this example branches directly under the prize ball device 740, that is, the passage of the game ball discharged at the rear of the pachinko machine 1. Since the game balls staying in the normal passage 773 of the full tank branch unit 770 are discharged to the upper plate 301, the game balls in the upper plate 301 and the game balls in the normal passage 773 are hit ball launching devices. The game ball can be directly driven by the 650, and the storage amount of the game ball in the upper plate 301 is substantially the sum of the capacity of the upper plate 301 and the capacity of the normal passage 773. That is, even if the capacity of the upper plate 301 is made smaller than the capacity of the upper plate in the conventional pachinko machine, the capacity of the normal passage 773 is added, so that the same amount of game balls as the conventional one is stored in the upper plate 301. Can be done. Therefore, by making the upper plate 301 smaller, the game window 101 in the door frame 5 can be made relatively larger (wider), and the pachinko machine 1 having a wider game area 1100 can be used for playing. The pachinko machine 1 has a high appeal to the player, and the wide gaming area 1100 makes it possible to entertain the player.

Further, since the normal ball outlet 774 and the full tank outlet 776 of the full tank branch unit 770 are arranged side by side, the door frame 5 is provided with only one storage plate and the reception port (first ball entrance). Even when only one 542a and the second ball entrance 542c) are used, the game ball can be sent to the door frame 5 side without changing the main body frame 3 side (full tank branch unit 770). Therefore, the pachinko machine 1 can be made to correspond to the door frame 5 having a different number of storage plates without changing the flow path of the game ball (full tank branch unit 770) in the main body frame 3. It is possible to suppress an increase in the cost of the lineup of the pachinko machine 1 provided with the door frames 5 having different numbers of storage plates.

Further, as described above, even if the number of storage plates provided in the door frame 5 is changed, the main body frame 3 can be dealt with without changing, so that the entire pachinko machine 1 related to the change of the door frame 5 can be dealt with. It is possible to reduce the cost of the pachinko machine 1 and provide various pachinko machines 1 at low cost.

Further, the game ball sent from the normal ball outlet 774 to the door frame 5 side through the normal passage 773 is preferentially driven into the game area 1100, and the door frame 5 provided with only one storage plate. Even if it is exchanged for, the game ball discharged from the prize ball device 740 can be immediately sent to the storage plate via the normal passage 773 and the normal ball outlet 774, so that the time lag from delivery to storage can be reduced. It is possible to prevent the player's interest from being lowered due to the shortage of game balls for driving, and it is also possible to sufficiently cope with the door frames 5 having different numbers of storage plates. ..

Further, unless the upper plate 301 is full, the game balls paid out from the prize ball device 740 are sent to the upper plate 301, so that the frequency of transferring the game balls stored in the lower plate 302 to the upper plate 301 is reduced. This makes it possible to concentrate the player on the operation of driving the game ball, and to prevent the player's interest in the game from deteriorating.

Further, the normal ball outlet 774 and the full tank outlet 776 of the full tank branch unit 770 are arranged side by side on the left and right sides, and even when the door frame 5 is provided with only one storage plate, the first ball is provided. Since the position of the lower end of the receiving port corresponding to the entrance 542a or the like can be set to the same height as the first ball entrance 542a or the like corresponding to the upper plate 301 of the door frame 5 provided with two storage plates, the storage plate can be used. It is possible to prevent the depth from becoming shallow, and it is possible to secure a sufficient storage amount of the game ball by deepening the storage plate, and the game can be played without causing the player to frequently worry about the storage amount. And it is possible to correspond to the door frame 5 equipped with different numbers of storage dishes without changing the main body frame 3 side, and the cost for changing the model of the pachinko machine 1 increases. Can be suppressed.

Further, the position where the full tank passage 775 in the full tank branch unit 770 branches from the normal passage 773 is branched at a position as close as possible to the prize ball device 740, and the upper plate 301 is full with a game ball. Therefore, even if the game ball cannot be discharged from the normal ball outlet 774, the amount of the game ball stored in the normal passage 773 between the normal ball outlet 774 and the branch position of the full tank passage 775 is increased as much as possible. It is possible to increase the amount of substantial game balls stored in the upper plate 301 as much as possible. In addition, when only one storage plate is provided in the door frame 5, even if the storage plate is filled with the game balls and the game balls cannot be discharged from the normal ball outlet 774 or the full tank outlet 776. Since the position where the full tank passage 775 branches from the normal passage 773 is arranged as close as possible to the prize ball device 740, many game balls are placed not only in the normal passage 773 but also in the full tank passage 775. Can be stored, and the amount of substantially game balls stored in the storage dish can be increased as much as possible. Therefore, even if the number of storage plates provided on the door frame 5 side is different, the storage amount of the game balls in each door frame 5 is maximized without changing the main body frame 3 side (full tank branch unit 770). It is possible to make the pachinko machine 1 which can be increased to a limited number and can sufficiently cope with different door frames 5.

Further, the normal passage 773 and the full tank passage 775 in the full tank branch unit 770 are wide enough to allow the game balls to be distributed in a plurality of rows, and the amount of the game balls staying (reserved) in the full tank branch unit 770 is determined. Since the number can be increased, even if the number of storage plates provided in the door frame 5 is different, it is possible to avoid a decrease in the actual storage amount of the game balls in the full tank branch unit 770. The pachinko machine 1 can be made to correspond to the door frame 5 having a different number of storage plates without changing the flow path of the game ball in the main body frame 3.

Further, since the full tank branch unit 770 is made of transparent resin, the inside of the normal passage 773 and the full tank passage 775 can be visually recognized from the outside, so that the game ball is clogged in the full tank branch unit 770 and a problem occurs. At that time, the location of the ball jam can be easily found from the outside of the full tank branch unit 770, the defect can be solved at an early stage, and the operating rate of the pachinko machine 1 can be increased.

[1-3E. Ball exit opening / closing unit]
Next, the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 80 to 82. FIG. 80 is a front perspective view of the ball outlet opening / closing unit in the main body frame. Further, FIG. 81 is a rear perspective view of the ball outlet opening / closing unit in the main body frame. Further, FIG. 82 is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the ball outlet opening / closing unit in the main body frame and the foul cover unit in the door frame. The ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 in the main body frame 3 of the present embodiment is attached to a mounting portion 624 formed near the upper left end of the front view of the lower rear wall portion 604 of the main body frame base 600, and is attached to the main body frame 3. When the door frame 5 is opened, the normal ball outlet 774 and the full tank outlet 767 at the front end of the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 are closed, and the prize ball unit 700 is transferred to the plate unit 300 of the door frame 5. It is possible to block the flow of the game ball.

The ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 is attached to a mounting portion 624 formed near the upper left end of the front view of the lower rear wall portion 604 of the main body frame base 600 so as not to protrude from the upper end of the lower rear wall portion 604. The plate-shaped open / close shutter 792 that is slidably held in the shutter base 791 in the vertical direction, the open / close crank 793 that slides the open / close shutter 792 in the vertical direction, and the open / close shutter 792 that rises via the open / close crank 793. It is equipped with an opening / closing spring 794 that urges the vehicle.

The shutter base 791 of the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 includes a pair of vertically extending slide grooves 791a for holding the opening / closing shutter 792 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction so as to project upward from the upper end of the shutter base 791. A rectangular opening 791b that penetrates in the front-rear direction between a pair of slide grooves 791a, and a crank that is arranged in front of the left end portion in front view and rotatably supports the opening / closing crank 793 around an axis extending in the front-rear direction. A support portion 791c and a spring locking portion 791d for locking one end (upper end) of the opening / closing spring 794 are provided. The crank support portion 791c of the shutter base 791 is arranged on the left side of the opening 791b in the front view, and the spring locking portion 791d is arranged in the vicinity of the upper portion on the left side from the center in the left-right direction in the front view.

Further, the opening / closing shutter 792 of the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 is a pair of sliding protrusions (not shown) that project from the front surface of the flat shutter body 792a and the shutter body 792a and slide in the slide groove 791a of the shutter base 791. ), And a horizontally long rectangular drive hole 792b arranged at a position facing the opening 791b of the shutter base 791 between the pair of sliding protrusions and penetrating in the front-rear direction.

Further, the opening / closing crank 793 of the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 has a shaft portion 793a rotatably supported around an axis extending in the front-rear direction by the crank support portion 791c of the shutter base 791, and the outer periphery on the right side of the front view of the shaft portion 793a. A drive rod 793b whose tip extends outward from the tip to the vicinity of the center in the left-right direction of the opening 791b, and a drive rod 793b that protrudes rearward from the tip and is slidably inserted into the drive hole 792b of the opening / closing shutter 792. Drive pin 793c, contact portion 793d extending downward from the lower outer periphery of the shaft portion 793a and having a spherical tip, and the other end (lower end) of the opening / closing spring 794 formed on the upper surface of the drive rod 793b. ) Is provided with a spring locking portion 793e.

In the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 of this example, the shutter base 791 and the opening / closing shutter 792 are formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and even when the opening / closing shutter 792 is raised, the shutter base 791 is arranged on the rear side through the opening / closing shutter 792. The normal ball outlet 774, the full tank outlet 776, and the like in the full tank branch unit 770 can be visually recognized.

In the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 of this example, the opening / closing crank 793 rotates around an axis extending in the front-rear direction, so that the drive pin 793c of the opening / closing crank 793 rotates in the vertical direction in an arc shape, and at the same time, the drive pin 793c. The opening / closing shutter 792 slides in the vertical direction through the drive hole 792b into which the is inserted. In the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790, when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the contact portion 793d of the opening / closing crank 793 comes into contact with the opening / closing operation piece 542g of the foul cover unit 540 in the door frame 5. The contact portion 793d is rotated in the clockwise direction in the front view against the urging force of the opening / closing spring 794, and the drive pin 793c is rotated in the front view clockwise direction together with the contact portion 793d. By moving the shutter, the open / close shutter 792 is lowered to open the normal ball outlet 774 and the full tank outlet 776 at the front end of the full tank branch unit 770.

When the door frame 5 is opened with respect to the main body frame 3 from this state, the contact between the contact portion 793d of the opening / closing crank 793 and the opening / closing operating piece 542g of the foul cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 is released, and the opening / closing crank 793 is released. Is rotated counterclockwise in the front view by the urging force of the opening / closing spring 794, and at the same time, the opening / closing shutter 792 rises to close the normal ball outlet 774 and the full tank outlet 767 at the front end of the full tank branch unit 770. You can do it.

In this way, according to the opening and closing of the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3, the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 automatically switches the normal ball outlet 774 and the full tank outlet 767 at the front end of the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700. Since it can be opened and closed, even if the door frame 5 is opened with the game ball remaining in the full tank branch unit 770, it is possible to prevent the game ball from spilling from the normal ball outlet 774 or the full tank outlet 767. You can do it.

[1-3F. Board unit]
Next, the substrate unit 800 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 83 to 89. FIG. 83 is a front perspective view of the substrate unit in the main body frame, and FIG. 84 is a rear perspective view of the substrate unit in the main body frame. Further, FIG. 85 is an exploded perspective view of the substrate unit as viewed from the front after being disassembled. Further, FIG. 86 is an exploded perspective view of the substrate unit as viewed after being disassembled. Further, FIG. 87 is a perspective view illustrating the operation of the vertical wall portion of the power supply board box in the board unit. FIG. 88 (A) is a cross-sectional view of the terminal board box in the board unit, and FIG. 88 (B) is an exploded perspective view of the terminal board box in the board unit as viewed from the front. Further, FIG. 89A is a front view of the firing power supply board box, and FIG. 89B is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA shown in FIG.

The board unit 800 in the main body frame 3 includes a board unit base 810 attached to the rear surface of the lower rear wall portion 604 of the main body frame base 600, a speaker box 820 attached to the left rear surface of the board unit base 810 in front view, and a board unit base. A power supply board box 830 mounted on the rear surface of the right end of the front view of the 810, a power supply board box holder 840 mounted on the rear surface of the board unit base 810 so as to surround the launch power board box 830 from the rear side, and a power supply board box holder 840. A power supply board box 850 mounted on the rear surface and having a rear end substantially flush with the rear end of the speaker box 820, and a payout control board box 860 mounted on the rear surfaces of the power supply board box 850 and the speaker box 820. The terminal board box 870 mounted on the rear surface of the speaker box 820 so as to cover the left end of the payout control board box 860 in front view, the main relay terminal board 880 mounted on the front surface of the board unit base 810, and the peripheral side relay. It is equipped with a terminal board 882.

As shown in the figure, the substrate unit base 810 in the substrate unit 800 of this example has a shape that extends long in the left-right direction, and a substantially central portion in the left-right direction is lowered by one step and gently inclined upward toward both left and right ends. A wall-shaped shielding wall portion 811 protruding from the front to the front, an opening 812 arranged above the position one step lower in the center in the left-right direction and penetrating in the front-rear direction, and a lower side of the shielding wall portion 811. The board mounting portion 813 for mounting the main relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral relay terminal plate 882 formed on the front surface near the left end of the front view, and the board mounting portion 813 on the left side of the front view in a horizontally long rectangular shape in the front-rear direction. A tubular duct portion 814 that penetrates, a plurality of vertically elongated slit-shaped through holes 815 that penetrate in the front-rear direction at positions corresponding to the speaker 821 of the speaker box 820 fixed to the rear surface, and the left side of the rear view (right side of the front view). The rear surface of the upper portion is provided with a box accommodating portion 816 that is open rearward and upward and can accommodate the front side of the firing power supply board box 830.

The substrate unit base 810 is formed so that the shielding wall portion 811 is formed along the lower side of the main body frame base ball ejection passage 622 formed on the rear surface of the lower rear wall portion 604 in the main body frame base 600. It is possible to prevent the game ball from falling downward from the base ball pulling passage 622, and it is possible to increase the strength of the substrate unit base 810. Further, the board base unit 810 sends the game balls flowing down the main body frame base ball pulling passage 622 to the power supply board box holder 840 arranged on the rear side of the board unit base 810 through the opening 812 penetrating in the front-rear direction. You can do it.

Further, in the board unit base 810, the board mounting portion 813 for mounting the main side relay terminal board 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal board 882 is arranged at a position corresponding to the rectangular opening opening 614 in the main body frame base 600. When the main relay terminal board 880 and the peripheral relay terminal board 882 are mounted on the board mounting portion 813, the main relay terminal board 880 and the peripheral relay terminal board 882 are on the front side from the opening 614 of the main body frame base 600. It is designed to face. Further, the substrate unit base 810 can satisfactorily transmit the sound from the speaker 821 of the speaker box 820 to the front side by the duct portion 814 and the plurality of through holes 815.

Further, the board unit base 810 is formed at a position corresponding to the front box accommodating portion 843 of the power supply board box holder 840 in which the box accommodating portion 816 is arranged on the rear side, and the box accommodating portion 816 and the front box accommodating portion 843 are formed. Therefore, it is possible to form an accommodating recess for accommodating the firing power supply board box 830.

The speaker box 820 in the board unit 800 literally includes a speaker 821 mounted facing forward. The speaker box 820 covers the rear side of the speaker 821 in a hermetically sealed manner, and at the same time, a horizontally long rectangular opening 822 is formed on the left side of the speaker 821 in front view. Although detailed illustration is omitted, the opening 822 communicates with the space behind the speaker 821 via a predetermined labyrinth-like passage to invert the phase of the sound behind the speaker 821 and move forward. It is a bass reflex type speaker box capable of emitting deeper bass to the diameter of the speaker 821. The duct portion 814 of the board unit base 810 is formed at a position corresponding to the opening port 822 of the speaker box 820, so that the sound radiated from the opening port 822 can be satisfactorily transmitted forward. ing.

The firing power board box 830 in the board unit 800 is formed in a box shape with an open rear portion, and includes a firing power board 831 attached so as to close the rear end opening. The firing power supply board box 830 is adapted to accommodate various electronic components attached to the firing power supply board 831, and heat from the electronic components and the like is passed through the slits 830a formed on the upper surface and the lower surface. Can be released to the outside.

The firing power supply board box 830 is detached from above into a storage recess formed by the box housing portion 816 of the board unit base 810 and the front box housing portion 843 of the power supply board box holder 840 described later. It is designed to be accommodated as much as possible. As a result, in the state where the main body frame 3 is assembled, if a problem occurs in the firing power supply board box 830, the firing power supply board box 830 can be easily attached / detached from the front side of the main body frame 3 to be replaced or repaired. It is possible (see FIG. 63).

Further, the firing power supply board box 830 will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 89, the firing power supply board 831 has a DC / DC converter 831a and an electrolytic capacitor SC0 for charging and discharging the electric power from the DC / DC converter 831a. The combined current, which is the sum of the current from the DC / DC converter 831a and the current due to the discharge from the electrolytic capacitor SC0, is driven by passing a current through the firing solenoid 654 of the ball launching device 650. The firing power supply board box 830 is formed with slits 830a as heat dissipation holes on the upper surface and the lower surface thereof in order to release the heat generated by the DC / DC converter 831a and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 mounted on the firing power supply board 831 to the outside. ing.

Further, since the electrolytic capacitor SC0 of the firing power supply board 831 is an electronic component that is more easily damaged by heat than the DC / DC converter 831a, the side surface of the firing power supply board box 830 in which the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is arranged is provided with a heat dissipation hole. A slit 830a is formed. Further, in the firing power supply board box 830, a partition wall 830b that divides the internal space into two spaces, a space for accommodating the DC / DC converter 831a and a space for accommodating the electrolytic capacitor SC0, is an upper inner wall. It is integrally formed from the bottom surface to the edge of the end opening so as to connect the bottom surface and the inner wall of the lower surface. As a result, when the firing power supply board 831 is attached to the end opening of the firing power supply board box 830 and the internal space of the firing power supply board box 830 is closed, the internal space of the firing power supply board box 830 accommodates the electrolytic capacitor SC0 by the partition wall 830b. Since two spaces are formed, the accommodation space 830c for accommodating the DC / DC converter 831a and the accommodation space 830d for accommodating the DC / DC converter 831a, the partition wall 830b has the accommodation space 830c for accommodating the electrolytic capacitor SC0. , The accommodation space 830d for accommodating the DC / DC converter 831a and the heat insulating wall for blocking the inflow and outflow of heat.

The heat in the accommodation space 830c in which the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is accommodated, that is, the heat generated by the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is slits as heat dissipation holes formed on the upper surface, the side surface, and the lower surface that communicate the accommodation space 830c and the outside air, respectively. By being discharged to the outside via the 830a, it is possible to prevent the released heat from entering the accommodation space 830d in which the DC / DC converter 831a is accommodated. Therefore, the heat generated by the electrolytic capacitor SC0 can be prevented from being transferred to the DC / DC converter 831a. Further, the heat in the accommodation space 830d in which the DC / DC converter 831a is accommodated, that is, the heat generated by the DC / DC converter 831a is the heat radiation holes formed on the upper surface and the lower surface that communicate the accommodation space 830d and the outside air, respectively. By being discharged to the outside through the slit 830a, the released heat can be prevented from entering the accommodation space 830c in which the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is accommodated. Therefore, the heat generated by the DC / DC converter 831a can be prevented from being transferred to the electrolytic capacitor SC0.

In the present embodiment, the DC / DC converter 831a and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 for creating the merged current to be passed through the firing solenoid 654 of the hitting ball launching device 650 are not installed on the power supply board 851, but are launched separately from the power supply board 851. By being provided on the power supply board 831, the size of the firing power supply board 831 can be made smaller than the size of the power supply board 851. Therefore, the miniaturization of the firing power supply board 831 makes it easier to handle, facilitates the replacement work of the firing power supply board 831, and contributes to shortening the time spent for the replacement work. In this replacement work, the firing power supply board 831 can be replaced with the firing power supply board 831 still attached to the end opening of the firing power supply board box 830, that is, the firing power supply board box 830 as a whole.

Further, even if the pachinko machine 1 is operated and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 reaches the end of its life, and the drive firing by the firing solenoid 654 suddenly becomes impossible to fire and the game has to be interrupted, the replacement work of the firing power supply board 831 is easy. By doing this, the interruption of the game can be resolved at an early stage. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the inability to fire due to the life of the electrolytic capacitor SC0 very easily, and it is possible to eliminate the interruption of the game due to the inability to fire at an early stage and restart the game, which reduces the interest of the player. Can be suppressed.

The electrolytic capacitor SC0 of the firing power supply board 831 deteriorates early and has a life due to repeated charging and discharging at a frequency of, for example, 100 times per minute each time the driving firing is performed by the firing solenoid 654. On the other hand, although the power supply board 851 creates a DC power supply from the AC power supply of the island equipment such as the game hall, it is not the one in which charging and discharging are repeated at the same frequency as the electrolytic capacitor SC0 of the firing power supply board 831. Therefore, its life is extremely long compared to the firing power supply board 831. In other words, the firing power supply board 831 reaches the end of its life relatively early due to deterioration due to the charging and discharging of the electrolytic capacitor SC0, whereas the power supply board 851 reaches the end of its life due to aging. The DC / DC converter 831a and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 for creating the merged current flowing through the firing solenoid 654 are not provided on the power supply board 851, but are provided on the firing power supply board 831 which is separate from the power supply board 851. Electronic components that accompany long-term changes can be concentrated on the power supply board 851. This makes it possible to prevent the electronic components having a long life from being replaced together with the electrolytic capacitor SC0 having a short life.

Further, since the launching power supply board 831 provided with the electrolytic capacitor SC0 that controls the hitting ball launching device 650 can be attached to and detached from the front side through the gaming board holding port 601 that holds the gaming board 4, the capacity is increased in order to change the hitting characteristics. Even if you try to change to a different electrolytic capacitor SC0, it is necessary to remove the game board 4 held in the game board holding port 601 in order to attach and detach the firing power supply board 831, and it is difficult to replace the firing power supply board 831. By making it difficult to commit fraud, it is possible to suppress fraud that intentionally changes the driving strength that is optimized by illegally modifying the launch power supply board 831. The pachinko machine 1 can be used to prevent a player who is frustrated from developing into fraud such as cheating.

In addition, since the firing power supply board 831 is removable and can be replaced, even if the electrolytic capacitor SC0 or the like of the firing power supply board 831 is fraudulent, the firing power supply board 831 is immediately replaced and the fraud is fraudulent. It can be resolved, the interruption period of the game can be shortened as much as possible, and the feeling of irritation or disappointment due to the interruption of the game can be eliminated at an early stage. It is possible to prevent a person's interest in the game from diminishing.

Further, the firing power supply board 831 provided with the electrolytic capacitor SC0 in the firing control unit 4120 that controls the hitting ball launching device 650 is detachable from the front side through the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3 that holds the game board 4. When the game board 4 is replaced due to a model change, etc., the launch power supply board 831 (launch power supply board box 830) of the launch control unit 4120 can also be easily replaced, so it matches the concept of the new model to be replaced. By replacing it with a firing power supply board 831 equipped with an electrolytic capacitor SC0 that can realize driving characteristics and a DC / DC converter 831a, the driving characteristics of the ball launching device 650 that has been previously provided in the main body frame 3 can be replaced with a new game. It can be considered to match the board 4. Therefore, since the driving characteristics of the game ball can be easily matched to the concept of the game board 4, the game by the new model game board 4 can be fully enjoyed, and the player's interest is suppressed from being lowered. can do.

Further, since the launch power supply board 831 of the launch control unit 4120 can be attached and detached from the front side, it is not necessary to open the main body frame 3 for the island equipment such as the game hall when replacing the launch power supply board 831. It is possible to simplify the time and effort required for replacement, and it is possible to replace in a short time, and it is possible to suppress an increase in the burden on the game hall side. In addition, since the launch power supply board 831 (launch power supply board box 830) is removable and replaceable, the driving characteristics are changed as compared with the case where the entire launch control unit 4120 (payout control board 4110) is replaced. The cost can be reduced, and the burden on the hall side and the like can be reduced.

Furthermore, when changing the model, etc., only the game board 4 is replaced so that the door frame 5, the main body frame 3, etc. can be used as they are, so that the launch control unit 4120 can be used for a long period of time. When the electrolytic capacitor SC0 or the like of the firing power supply board 831 deteriorates, the firing power supply board box 830 can be easily replaced from the front side as described above, so that the firing power supply board 831 can be immediately replaced even if a problem occurs due to deterioration. It can be replaced to eliminate the problem, the interruption period of the game can be shortened as much as possible, and the interruption of the game can eliminate the feeling of irritation or disappointment at an early stage. It is possible to suppress a decrease in the player's interest in the game.

Further, the firing power supply board 831 (launching power supply board box 830) is supported through the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3, and the firing power supply board 831 is held in the game board holding port 601 to be attached and detached. Since it is necessary to remove the gaming board 4, even if a tool for performing fraudulent activity is inserted through the gap between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3, the fraudulent tool reaches the firing power supply board 831 by the gaming board 4. It is possible to prevent the firing power supply board 831 from being cheated, and it is possible to make the pachinko machine 1 having a high defense against cheating.

Further, the firing power supply board box 830 is supported through the gaming board holding port 601. Probably, the position for supporting the firing power supply board box 830 is behind the front surface of the main body frame 3, so that the firing power supply is supported. It is possible to easily secure a space for supporting the board box 830, and it is possible to reliably embody the pachinko machine 1 that supports the firing power supply board box 830 and exhibits the above-mentioned effects.

Further, since the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is provided on the firing power supply board 831 and the firing power supply board 831 can be easily attached to and detached from the front side of the main body frame 3, power is supplied from the electrolytic capacitor SC0 to the firing solenoid 654. Even if the load applied to the electrolytic capacitor SC0 becomes large and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 tends to deteriorate, the electrolytic capacitor SC0 (launching power supply board 831) can be easily replaced, and the problem can be solved at an early stage to interrupt the game. The time can be shortened as much as possible, and the pachinko machine 1 can surely exhibit the above-mentioned action and effect.

Further, the power supply board box holder 840 in the board unit 800 is opened upward on the left front side of the left and right center in the front view, and receives the game ball discharged downward from the out ball discharge portion 1161 of the game board 4. The unit 841, the discharge passage 842 that guides and discharges the game ball received by the discharge ball receiving unit 841 downward, and the front side (right side in front view) of the discharge passage 842 and the discharge ball receiving unit 841 and forward and The front box accommodating portion 843 that is open upward and can accommodate the rear side of the power supply board box 830, and the entire rear surface of the power supply board box holder 840 are formed so as to be recessed toward the front side and can accommodate the front end of the power supply board box 850. It is provided with a rear box accommodating portion 844.

The power supply board box holder 840 is designed so that the open front end side of the discharge passage 842 is closed by the rear surface of the board unit base 810, and the opening 812 of the board unit base 810 faces the discharge passage 842. It is formed and flows through the main body frame base ball ejection passage 622 formed on the rear surface of the lower rear wall portion 604 of the main body frame base 600, passes through the opening 812 of the board unit base 810, and is the rear side of the board unit base 810. The game ball that has flowed down to the pachinko machine 1 and the game ball that has been discharged from the out ball discharge unit 1161 of the game board 4 and received by the discharge ball receiving unit 841 are passed through the discharge passage 842 to the rear lower side of the pachinko machine 1. It can be discharged to.

Further, the power supply board box holder 840 is formed at a position where the front box accommodating portion 843 corresponds to the box accommodating portion 816 of the board unit base 810. It is possible to form an accommodating recess for accommodating the box 830.

Further, the power supply board box 850 in the board unit 800 is formed in a horizontally long box shape with an open front, and includes a power supply board 851 attached so as to close the front end opening thereof. The power supply board box 850 accommodates various electronic components attached to the power supply board 851, and externally receives heat from the electronic components and the like through a plurality of slits 850a formed on the upper surface and the lower surface. It can be released to. As shown in FIG. 86, the power switch 852 attached to the power supply board 851 faces the rear surface of the power supply board box 850.

Further, the power supply board box 850 is a vertical wall in which the power supply terminal 853 (see FIGS. 84 and 86) attached to the lower side of the power supply switch 852 in the power supply board 851 projects rearward along the lower side of the opening facing the rear side. The wiring cord 854 can be inserted between the portion 850b, the protrusions 850c protruding rearward from both sides of the rear end of the standing wall portion 850b, and the outer periphery of the power supply board box 850 arranged on the front side and the lower side of the standing wall portion 850b. It is provided with a wiring guide portion 850d that forms a gap. Although detailed illustration is omitted, the power supply terminal 853 mounted on the power supply board 851 has a locking claw that locks with the locking claw of the connector terminal 855, and the locking claw and the locking piece. By locking and, the connector terminal 855 does not come off from the power supply terminal 853.

As shown in FIG. 87, the power supply board box 850 has a vertical wall portion 850b slightly rearward from the rear end of the connector terminal 855 in a state where the connector terminal 855 of the wiring cord 854 is connected to the power supply terminal 853 of the power supply board 851. It is formed so as to protrude to. In the power supply board box 850 of this example, the wiring cord 854 is connected to the power supply terminal 853 of the power supply board 851 in a state where the wiring cord 854 wraps around from the front lower side of the power supply board box 850 to the rear side so as to be hooked on the rear end of the standing wall portion 850b. The terminal 855 is connected.

By the way, if the connector terminal from which the wiring cord extends is connected to the connection terminal attached to the board and the wiring cord is pulled toward the board, the connector terminal is connected by the tension applied from the wiring cord. Since it is pressed against the terminal side, there is a problem that it is difficult to remove the connector terminal from the connection terminal. However, according to the power supply board box 850 of this example, the tip side of the wiring cord 854 (the side opposite to the connector terminal 855 side connected to the power supply terminal 853) moves to the power supply board 851 side (front side with respect to the main body frame 3). Even if it is pulled, the wiring cord 854 is routed so as to wrap around (fold back) to the rear side of the connector terminal 855 by the vertical wall portion 850b protruding rearward from the connector terminal 855, so that the connector is routed from the wiring cord 854. It is possible to prevent the terminal 855 from being pressed against the power supply terminal 853, and the connector terminal 855 connected to the power supply terminal 853 can be easily removed.

Further, since the power supply board box 850 is provided with protrusions 850c protruding rearward on both sides of the rear end of the vertical wall portion 850b, even if the wiring cord 854 slides along the rear end of the vertical wall portion 850b, the rear end The protrusions 850c provided at both ends can prevent the wiring cord 854 from sliding further outward, and prevent the wiring cord 854 from coming off the standing wall portion 850b.

Further, by inserting the wiring cord 854 into the wiring guide portion 850d of the power supply board box 850, the wiring cord 854 folded back at the standing wall portion 850b can be moved toward the standing wall portion 850b, so that the wiring cord 854 can be moved from the standing wall portion 850b to the wiring cord 854. The wiring cord 854 can be folded back at the vertical wall portion 850b, and then the wiring cord 854 can be immediately moved to the vertical wall portion 850b side at the wiring guide portion 850d, so that a series of operations can be continuously performed. It can be done, and the work process related to assembly can be simplified.

The power supply board box 850 and the power supply board box holder 840 are formed so that the dimensions in the front-rear direction when assembled with each other are substantially the same as the dimensions in the front-rear direction of the speaker box 820, and the board unit base 810 is formed. When attached to, the rear surface of the power supply board box 850 and the rear surface of the speaker box 820 are substantially identical to each other.

Further, in this example, after connecting the connector terminal 855 to the power supply terminal 853 facing from the opening of the power supply board box 850 that covers the power supply board 851, the connector is connected by the vertical wall portion 850b protruding to the rear side from the rear end of the connector terminal 855. Since the wiring cord 854 extending from the rear end of the terminal 855 is folded back, the tension acting on the connector terminal 855 when the wiring cord 854 is pulled is applied to the power supply terminal whose connection is fixed by a locking claw or the like. It is possible to act in a direction that disconnects from the 853, it is possible to prevent the connector terminal 855 from being unable to be removed by the wiring cord 854, and the connector terminal 855 connected to the power supply terminal 853 of the power supply board 851 can be prevented. It is easy to remove the connector and maintenance such as replacement of the board can be easily performed.

Further, the wiring cord 854 is folded back by the vertical wall portion 850b of the power supply board box 850, and the bending condition of the wiring cord 854 can be loosened as compared with the case where the vertical wall portion 850b is not provided. It is possible to prevent an unreasonable force from acting on the 854 itself, and it is possible to prevent the wiring cord 854 from being disconnected due to the unreasonable force and causing a problem.

Further, the vertical wall portion 850b is provided near the opening of the power supply board box 850 facing the power supply terminal 853, and the vertical wall portion 850b is located adjacent to the power supply terminal 853, so that the vertical wall portion 850b is connected to the power supply terminal 853. It is possible to extend the wiring cord 854 extending from the connector terminal 855 to the rear side as straight as possible with respect to the connector terminal 855, and the joint between the connector terminal 855 and the wiring cord 854 is broken and impossible. It is possible to prevent an excessive force from acting, and it is possible to prevent a problem such as disconnection from occurring.

Further, since the power supply board box 850 that covers the power supply board 851 is provided with the vertical wall portion 850b, it is not necessary to provide the vertical wall portion 850b on the power supply board 851, and the assembly work of the power supply board 851 can be facilitated. .. Further, since the power supply board box 850 covers the power supply board 851, it is possible to prevent dust and dirt that cause problems from adhering to the power supply board 851, and it is mounted on the power supply board 851. It is possible to make it difficult to touch or replace electronic components (for example, resistors, capacitors, transistors, ICs, CPUs, memories, etc.), and to enhance the defense against fraudulent activities. It has become.

Further, the direction in which the connector terminal 855 is connected to the power supply terminal 853 in the power supply board 851 is a direction substantially perpendicular to the board surface (front-back direction), and the connector terminal is connected to the power supply terminal 853 mounted on the power supply board 851. Since the force applied when connecting or disconnecting the 855 can be easily applied to the surface of the power supply board 851, it is possible to prevent the shearing force from acting on the lead portion of the power supply terminal 853, and the lead portion can be prevented. It is possible to prevent the power supply terminal 853 from being disconnected from the power supply board 851 and to cause a power failure due to breakage, and the pachinko machine 1 is less likely to cause a problem.

Further, since the connection between the connector terminal 855 and the power supply terminal 853 is fixed by the fixing means by the locking claw and the locking piece, the wiring cord 854 is folded back by the vertical wall portion 850b to connect the wiring cord 854. Even if a force acts on the connector terminal 855 in a direction that disconnects the power supply terminal 853, it is possible to prevent the connector terminal 855 and the power supply terminal 853 from being disconnected from each other. It is possible to reliably maintain the connection between the terminal 855 and the power supply terminal 853 and prevent problems such as poor contact and poor energization from occurring.

Further, since the wiring cord 854 in the standing wall portion 850b of the power supply board box 850 is provided with protrusions 850c protruding rearward at both ends of the rear end where the wiring cord 854 is folded back, the wiring cord 854 is folded back in the standing wall portion 850b. Even if it slides along the side, the protrusions 850c provided on both ends of the side can prevent the wiring cord 854 from sliding further outward, and prevent the wiring cord 854 from coming off the standing wall portion 850b. It is possible to embody the pachinko machine 1 that can be prevented and surely achieves the above-mentioned action and effect.

Further, since the wiring guide portion 850d provided in the power supply board box 850 is used to bring the wiring cord 854 folded back at the standing wall portion 850b toward the standing wall portion 850b, it is difficult to remove the wiring cord 854 from the standing wall portion 850b. It is possible to ensure that the above-mentioned action and effect are exhibited, and after the wiring cord 854 is folded back at the vertical wall portion 850b, the wiring cord 854 is immediately moved to the vertical wall portion 850b side at the wiring guide portion 850d. It is possible to perform a series of operations continuously, simplify the work process related to assembly, and suppress an increase in cost.

Further, the payout control board box 860 in the board unit 800 has a horizontally long thin box-shaped box base 861 with an open rear and a thin box-shaped cover fitted into the box base 861 from the rear side and the front is open. It comprises an 862 and a payout control board 4110 (see FIG. 153) that is attached to the rear surface of the box base 861 and whose rear surface is covered by a cover 862. Further, the payout control board box 860 is provided with a plurality of separated cutting portions 863 formed on both the box base 861 and the cover 862 protruding outward from the left end of the rear view, and is provided at one location of the plurality of separated cutting portions 863. The box base 861 and the cover 862 are caulked and fixed. As a result, in order to separate the box base 861 and the cover 862, it cannot be separated unless the separation cutting portion 863 is cut, and when the payout control board box 860 is opened, the trace remains. .. Therefore, it is possible to know whether or not the payout control board box 860 has been opened or closed illegally. In this example, the payout control board box 860 can be opened and closed only once for inspection and the like.

The payout control board box 860 has an error release switch 860a, a ball ejection switch 860b, an inspection output terminal 860c, etc. attached to the payout control board 4110 facing rearward through the cover 862 (see FIG. 62). ). Further, in the payout control board box 860, terminals for various connections for connecting to the main control board 4100 and the like face rearward through the cover 862.

Further, the terminal board box 870 in the board unit 800 is attached to the rear surface of the speaker box 820, and has a board mounting portion 871a formed on the upper rear surface on the left side of the rear view and a board cover mounting portion 871b formed on the rear surface of the right end of the rear view. The board base 871 provided, the peripheral panel relay terminal board 872 mounted on the board mounting portion 871a of the board base 871 from the rear side and the peripheral panel relay terminal 872a mounted on the rear surface, and the board cover mounting portion 871b of the board base 871. A connection terminal plate cover 873, which is attached from the rear side and has an opening 873b extending in the vertical direction on the rear wall portion 873a, and a CR unit connection terminal 874a facing rearward from the opening 873a of the connection terminal plate cover 873 are attached to the rear surface. It includes a CR unit connection terminal plate 874 supported in the connection terminal plate cover 873, and a board box cover 875 that covers the rear side of the board base 871 together with the connection connection terminal board cover 873.

The peripheral panel relay terminal board 872 in the terminal board box 870 connects the frequency display for displaying the operating status of the pachinko machine 1 provided on the island facility side where the pachinko machine 1 is installed and the pachinko machine 1. The CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is for connecting the pachinko machine 1 to a ball lending machine (also referred to as a CR unit) installed adjacent to the pachinko machine 1. The board base 871 and the connection terminal cover 873 and the board box cover 875 of the terminal board box 870 are each made of a transparent synthetic resin, and the peripheral panel relay terminal board 872 and the CR unit connection terminal from the outside to the inside are formed. The board 874 and the like can be visually recognized. Further, on the rear surface of the board box cover 875, the content of the error code displayed on the frequency display, CR unit, etc. installed on the island equipment side is displayed when a problem such as ball clogging occurs in the pachinko machine 1. The attached status display sticker 876 is attached.

As shown in FIG. 88, the substrate base 871 in the terminal substrate box 870 has a substrate mounting portion 871a formed in a thin box shape with an open rear end. The board base 871 is formed on a fixing piece (not shown) formed on the inner upper portion of the board mounting portion 871a to fix the upper end of the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872, and is formed on the inner lower portion of the board mounting portion 871a to relay the peripheral panel. It is equipped with a locking claw 871i that locks the lower end of the terminal plate 872, and the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872 can be detachably held from the rear side by the fixing piece and the locking claw 871i. ing.

Further, in the board base 871, the board cover mounting portion 871b is formed in a thin box shape open to the rear side, and the size of the inner circumference thereof is set so that the outer periphery of the connection terminal board cover 873 can be inserted. At the same time, the inner peripheral wall thereof is said to be an outer piece portion 871c extending in the front-rear direction. The board base 871 abuts on a pair of fixing holes 871d penetrating the outer piece portion 871c on the right side of the rear view in the left-right direction and the front surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 extending rearward from the bottom wall of the board cover mounting portion 871b. It is provided with two protrusions 871e extending in the vertical direction and a locking hole 871f arranged on the left outer side of the board cover mounting portion 871b in the rear view and penetrating in the front-rear direction. The protrusion 871e in the substrate base 871 has a state in which the amount of protrusion to the rear is slightly smaller than that of the outer piece portion 871c, and as shown in the figure, it is possible to reach both ends of the CR unit connection terminal board 874. It is arranged so that it is close to.

Further, the board base 871 is arranged on the rear surface on the right side of the rear view of the board cover mounting portion 871b so as to be vertically separated from each other, and a pair of bearing portions 871 g for rotatably supporting the board box cover 875 and the left end of the rear view. It is provided with a square tubular locking portion 871h arranged on the rear surface in the vicinity of the portion and extending in the front-rear direction.

The connection terminal board cover 873 in the terminal board box 870 is an outer wall portion 873c that surrounds the outer periphery of the CR unit connection terminal board 872 and can be inserted into the board cover mounting portion 871b surrounded by the outer piece portion 871c of the board base 871. A rear wall portion 873a that closes the rear end of the outer wall portion 873c, a rectangular opening 873b that penetrates the rear wall portion 873a and extends in the vertical direction, and a rear wall portion substantially along the inner circumference of the opening 873b. The CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is held so that the inner wall portion 873d extending forward (on the board base 871 side) from 873a and the front end of the inner wall portion 873d abuts on the front surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, and the upper and lower outer wall portions are held. It is provided with a pair of hook-shaped substrate holding portions 873e formed in 873c.

Further, the connection terminal plate cover 873 is arranged at a position corresponding to a plurality of internal connection terminals 874b attached to the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, and has a plurality of openings 873f penetrating the rear wall portion 873a, and abbreviated in the vertical direction. A box-shaped protective portion 873g that covers the rear side of the opening 873f arranged in the center and the left side of the rear view is open, and a substrate base 871 that extends outward (to the right) from the right end of the rear view of the outer wall portion 873c. A pair of fixing pieces 873h that can be inserted into the fixing hole 871d of the above, and an elastic claw-shaped engagement that is formed at the left end of the outer wall portion 873c and can be locked to the locking hole 871f of the substrate base 871. It is equipped with a stop claw piece 873i. Although not shown, an inner wall portion 873d extending forward is formed above and below the inner circumference of the central opening 873f provided with the protective portion 873g.

The connection terminal board cover 873 has a thin box shape with the front side open by the outer wall portion 873c and the rear wall portion 873a. Further, the connection terminal plate cover 873 can restrict the movement of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 to the rear by the front end of the inner wall portion 873d by inserting the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 into the inside from the opened front side. At the same time, the pair of board holding portions 873e can restrict the movement of the CR unit connection terminal board 874 forward, so that the CR unit connection terminal board 874 can be removably held. It has become. Further, the connection terminal board cover 873 has a substrate by inserting the fixing piece 873h into the fixing hole 871d of the substrate base 871 and then locking the locking claw piece 873i to the locking hole 871f of the substrate base 871. It can be detachably attached to the board cover attachment portion 871b of the base 871.

The CR unit connection terminal plate 874 in the terminal board box 870 has a CR unit connection terminal 874a for connecting the pachinko machine 1 and the CR unit installed on the island equipment side of the game hall on the front surface side (rear surface side). In addition, a plurality of internal connection terminals 874b for connecting to the payout control board 4110, the ball rental unit 360, and the like are provided. In the CR unit connection terminal board 874 of this example, as shown in the figure, the CR unit connection terminal 874a is a D-sub connector having a locking function, and the internal connection terminal 874b is a square two-piece connector. There is.

Further, the board box cover 875 in the terminal board box 870 is formed in a thin box shape having a size that substantially covers the entire rear surface of the board base 871 and is entirely open to the front side, and is arranged on the right side surface of the rear view of the board base 871. A pair of shaft portions 875a rotatably supported by the bearing portion 871g, a through-hole 875b corresponding to the opening 873b in the connection terminal plate cover 873 and penetrating in the front-rear direction, and a through-hole 875b forward from both left and right ends. It is provided with an impact wall 875c extending to the surface and a locking piece 875d locked to the locking portion 871h of the substrate base 871.

The board box cover 875 can cover the rear surface of the board base 871 together with the connection terminal board cover 873 so as to be openable and closable by pivotally supporting the pair of shaft parts 875a to the bearing portion 871g of the board base 871. There is. Further, the board box cover 875 has a length such that the impact wall 875c on the side close to the shaft portion 875a (the side supported by the shaft) extends to the rear surface of the board base 871, and the impact wall on the side far from the shaft portion 875a. The length of 875c is set to extend to the rear surface of the connection terminal board cover 873. That is, in the terminal board box 870 of this example, when the board box cover 875 is closed, the front ends of the respective impact walls 875c are substantially in contact with the rear surface of the board base 871 and the connection terminal board cover 873. It has become like.

In the terminal board box 870 of this example, since the CR unit connection terminal 874a of the CR unit connection terminal board 874 is a D-sub connector, as shown in FIG. 88, the CR unit is connected to the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal board 874. The main body of the connection terminal 874a is in a floating state, and the lead portion extending from the CR unit connection terminal 874a is exposed to the outside even on the rear surface side of the CR unit connection terminal board 874. Further, the internal connection terminal 874b of the CR unit connection end plate 874 is a square two-piece connector, and is attached so as to be fitted and connected from the rear as shown in the figure.

As shown in FIG. 88, the terminal board box 870 of this example has the outer wall portion 873c of the connection terminal board cover 873 and the board base 871 in the direction along the front surface of the CR unit connection terminal board 874 in the assembled state. The protrusion 871e and the outer piece portion 871c of the above, and the outer wall portion 873c and the inner wall portion 873d of the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the shaft portion 875a of the board box cover 875 in the direction along the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. Since the side impact wall 875c exists respectively, a barrier is constructed by multiple layers, and the cross-sectional shape of the boundary between the connection terminal board cover 873 and the board base 871 becomes a meandering crank shape. It has become. Therefore, for example, even if an unauthorized tool with excellent flexibility is inserted between the connection terminal board cover 873 and the board base 871 (boundary), the tool does not bend along the boundary and the CR unit connection terminal is used. Unauthorized tool intrusion from the direction along the surface of the plate 874 can be reliably prevented, and unauthorized activity against the CR unit connection terminal 874a provided in the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 can be reliably prevented. It has become.

Further, since the front end of the inner wall portion 873d of the connection terminal board cover 873 is in contact with the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, the terminal board box 870 is a CR unit mounted as a CR unit connection terminal 874a. Even if a D-sub connector in which a gap is formed with the connection terminal board 874 is used, the outer periphery of the lead portion exposed by the inner wall portion 873d can be covered, and fraudulent acts can be prevented. It has become like.

Further, the terminal board box 870 has a pair of shaft portions 875a on the shaft portion 875a side of the through port 875b facing the CR unit connection terminal 874a on the board box cover 875 rotatably supported on the rear surface of the board base 871. It is equipped with an impact wall 875c with a length that straddles between them, and the strength and rigidity of the board box cover 875 can be increased by the impact wall 875c. Therefore, a driver or the like is inserted between the board box cover 875 and the board base 871. Even if an attempt is made to form a gap between the pair of shaft portions 875a, it is possible to prevent the board box cover 875 from being distorted and prevent the gap from being formed, making it difficult to perform fraudulent activity and providing deterrence. It can be expensive.

Further, in the terminal board box 870 of this example, the rear side of the internal connection terminal 874b near the center of the CR unit connection terminal board 874 is covered with the protection portion 873 g of the connection terminal board cover 873 and the board box cover 875. Therefore, with the connection terminal on the wiring cord side fitted and connected to the internal connection terminal 874b, which is a two-piece connector, insert a needle-shaped electrode through the gap between the connector body of the connection terminal and the wiring cord. Even so, the protective portion 873 g and the board box cover 875 can prevent the insertion of the electrodes, and can prevent fraudulent acts on the internal connection terminal 874b.

As described above, according to this example, since the terminal board box 870 accommodating the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is mounted on the rear surface of the main body frame 3, the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 3 are mounted from the front side of the pachinko machine 1. Even if an illegal tool is inserted through a space or the like and the tip of the illegal tool is inserted into the back surface side of the pachinko machine 1, the terminal board box 870 protects the housed CR unit connection terminal plate 874. This makes it possible to reliably prevent fraudulent acts against the CR unit connection terminal board 874.

When the CR unit connection terminal board 874 is housed in the terminal board box 870, the outer wall portion 873c of the connection terminal board cover 873 and the board are in the direction along the front surface (back surface of the board) of the CR unit connection terminal board 874. The protrusion 871e and the outer piece portion 871c of the base 871, and the outer wall portion 873c, the inner wall portion 873d, and the substrate of the connection terminal board cover 873 in the direction along the rear surface (surface of the board) of the CR unit connection terminal board 874. Since the impact wall 875c of the box cover 875 exists, a barrier is constructed by multiple layers, and the cross-sectional shape of the boundary between the connection terminal board cover 873 and the board base 871 becomes a meandering crank shape. For example, even if you try to invade an unauthorized tool with excellent flexibility between the connection terminal board cover 873 and the board base 871 (boundary), the tool will not bend along the boundary and the CR unit connection terminal board Unauthorized tool intrusion from the direction along the surface of 874 can be reliably prevented, and unauthorized acts on the CR unit connection terminal 874a and the internal connection terminal 874b provided in the CR unit connection terminal board 874 are reliably prevented. It can be a patch panel machine 1 capable of performing.

Further, since the front end of the inner wall portion 873d of the connection terminal plate cover 873 is in contact with the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, each lead portion is exposed between the CR unit connection terminal 874a and the substrate. Even if the D-sub connector is used, the outer periphery of the lead portion exposed by the inner wall portion 873d can be covered, and fraudulent activity can be reliably prevented.

Further, one end of the terminal board box 870 is rotatably supported on the rear surface of the board base 871 to cover the rear surface of the connection terminal board cover 873 so as to be openable and closable, and the opening 873b of the connection terminal board cover 873. A board box cover 875 having a plate-shaped impact wall 875c extending forward from the side end of the shaft-supported side of the through hole 875b to the rear surface of the board base 871 is further provided. Even if a driver or the like is inserted between the parts of the box cover 875 that are pivotally supported with respect to the board base 871 to form a gap and an illegal tool is inserted, the illegal tool is connected by the impact wall 875c. It is possible to prevent the plate cover 873 (CR unit connection terminal plate 874) from reaching the side, and it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts.

Further, in order to take out the CR unit connection terminal board 874 in the terminal board box 870, the board box cover 875 must be opened and then the connection terminal board cover 873 must be opened, which makes it difficult to take out the CR unit connection terminal board 874. It is possible to increase the deterrence against fraudulent activities. Further, since the strength and rigidity of the board box cover 875 can be increased by the impact wall 875c, even if a driver or the like is inserted between the board box cover 875 and the board base 871 to form a gap, the board box cover 875 is formed. Can be prevented from being distorted and a gap can be prevented from being formed, making it difficult to cheat and making it highly deterrent.

Furthermore, even if an attempt is made to insert a needle-shaped electrode through the gap between the connector body and the wiring cord at the terminal on the wiring cord side connected to the internal connection terminal 874b of the CR unit connection terminal board 874, it is possible to respond. Since the rear side of the opening 873f, that is, the rear side of the opening of the gap along the wiring cord of the connector main body is covered with the protective portion 873g and the board box cover 875, the outside of the terminal board box 870 ( It is not possible to insert a needle-shaped electrode into the gap of the connector body from the rear side), and it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts on the terminals of the connected wiring cord, and it has high security capability. Can be.

Further, since the outer wall portion 873c of the connection terminal board cover 873 is provided with the substrate holding portion 873e for holding the CR unit connection terminal board 874, and the outer wall portion 873c is extended to the front side of the CR unit connection terminal board 874. Even if a driver or the like is inserted between the connection terminal board cover 873 and the board base 871 to form a gap in order to perform fraudulent activity, the CR unit connection terminal board 874 moves to the rear side together with the connection terminal board cover 873. Therefore, the positional relationship between the front end of the outer wall portion 873c in the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 does not change, and the outer periphery of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is the outer wall portion 873c (connection terminal plate cover 873). The CR unit connection terminal board 874 and the CR unit connection terminal 874a cannot be cheated on the CR unit connection terminal 874a on the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal board 874. It is possible to prevent fraudulent acts aimed at such things.

Further, since the terminal board box 870 is made of transparent resin and the inside of the terminal board box 870 can be visually recognized from the outside, the inside of the terminal board box 870 can be visually recognized from the outside of the terminal board box 870 without disassembling the terminal board box 870. Is an illegal tool inserted in the CR unit connection terminal board 874 or peripheral panel relay terminal board 872 housed inside, or is the CR unit connection terminal board 874 etc. replaced with an illegal one? Alternatively, it is possible to easily check whether the electronic components (for example, ROM, IC, resistor, capacitor, etc.) mounted on the CR unit connection terminal board 874 or the like have been replaced with illegal ones. , It is possible to make it easier to detect fraudulent activities, and it is also easier to detect fraudulent activities. can.

Further, since the terminal board box 870 is attached to the back surface side of the main body frame 3 so that the front surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 or the like faces the rear side, the terminal board box 870 is attached to the outer frame 2 during maintenance or the like. When the main body frame 3 is rotated to the front side and the rear side of the main body frame 3 appears, the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 and the like housed in the terminal board box 870 are in a state of facing the worker side (player side), and the CR The unit connection terminal board 874 and the like and the terminal board box 870 can be easily inspected.

The main relay terminal board 880 and the peripheral relay terminal board 882 in the board unit 800 are the door frame together with the peripheral control unit 4140 provided in the game board 4 attached to the main body frame 3, the payout control board 4110 of the board unit 800, and the like. The purpose is to relay the connection with the handle device 500 provided in 5, each decorative board, the operation unit 400, and the like. The main relay terminal board 880 and the peripheral relay terminal board 882 are provided with a plurality of connection terminals for connecting to the main body frame 3 side and the door frame 5 side, and are formed on the front surface of the board unit base 810. By attaching to the attachment portion 813, these connection terminals face the front side from the front surface of the main body frame base 600.

As shown in FIGS. 61 and 63, the front side of the main relay terminal board 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal board 882 is covered with the relay terminal board cover 692 attached to the front surface of the main body frame base 600. At the same time, only the connection terminals for connecting to the door frame 5 side face the front side through the opening 692a of the relay terminal board cover 692, and the wiring cord 196 is connected to those connection terminals. (See FIGS. 1 and 28).

Further, the main relay terminal plate 880 has a ball rental button 361, a return button 362, a rental balance display unit 363, and a rotation position detection sensor of the handle device 500 of the ball rental unit 360 in the dish unit 300 arranged on the door frame 5 side. The purpose is to relay the connection between the full tank detection sensor 550 of the 512, the touch sensor 516, the launch stop switch 518, and the foul cover unit 540, and the payout control board 4110 arranged on the main body frame 3 side. Further, the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882 is a decorative board 214,216, 254, 256, 288 provided in the decorative units 200, 240, 280 arranged on the door frame 5 side, the dish unit 300, and the operation unit 400. , 290, 322, 430, 432, and the dial drive motor 414 and sensors 432a, 432b, 432c provided in the operation unit 400, and the peripheral control unit 4140 of the game board 4 arranged on the main body frame 3 side. It is for relaying.

[1-3G. Back cover]
Subsequently, the back cover 900 in the main body frame 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 90 to 92. 90 (A) is a front perspective view of the back cover in the main body frame, and FIG. 90 (B) is a rear perspective view of the back cover in the main body frame. Further, FIG. 91 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing a portion of the fastening mechanism in the back cover, and FIG. 92 is an exploded perspective view of the fastening mechanism in the back cover as viewed from the rear side by disassembling. The back cover 900 of this example is made of a transparent synthetic resin so that the inside of the main body frame 3 can be visually recognized from the rear side of the pachinko machine 1.

The back cover 900 in the main body frame 3 covers the rear side of the game board holding port 601 (the game board 4 attached to the main body frame 3) for holding the game board 4 in the main body frame 3 so as to be openable and closable. .. The back cover 900 is provided on a plate-shaped main body portion 902 that closes the rear opening of the game board holding port 601, a side portion 904 that extends forward from the right side of the main body portion 902 in front view, and a front end of the side portion 904. A plurality of shaft support pins 906 arranged side by side in the vertical direction and protruding downward to be pivotally supported by the back cover shaft support 623 of the main body frame base 600, and a prize ball formed on the upper and lower left sides of the main body 902 in front view, respectively. An engaging piece 908 that engages with the back cover engaging groove 718 of the base 710 and the back cover engaging groove 780a of the prize ball passage lid 780, and a back cover 900 in the vicinity of the lower engaging piece 908. It is provided with a fastening mechanism 920 for fastening to 3 so that it cannot be opened and closed.

As shown in FIGS. 91 and 92, the fastening mechanism 920 in the back cover 900 has a circular insertion hole penetrating in the front-rear direction on the left side in the rear view of the lower engaging piece 908 in the main body portion 902 of the back cover 900. A vertically long rectangular locking port 922 that is arranged at a predetermined distance on the left side of the insertion hole 921 from the rear side and penetrates in the front-rear direction, and a locking port that is elastically locked to the locking port 922 from the rear side. A plate-shaped guide member 923 having a piece 923a on one end side and a horizontally long elongated hole 923b corresponding to an insertion hole 921 on the other end side, and a plate-shaped guide member 923 inserted from the rear side into the elongated hole 923b of the guide member 923 to form a main body 902. A fastening member 924 having a male screw portion 924a screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b of the prize ball passage lid 780 via the insertion hole 921 and a guide member 923 are attached to the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 so as to sandwich the guide member 923. It includes a holding member 925 and. The guide member 923 in the fastening mechanism 920 is made of a soft synthetic resin and is easily bent.

Further, in the fastening mechanism 920, the locking piece 923a of the guide member 923 is locked to the locking port 922 of the main body portion 902 in a loosely fitted state, and the guide member 923 is within a predetermined range. It is possible to play with. Further, in the fastening mechanism 920, the fastening member 924 is supported by the guide member 923 through the elongated hole 923b by the disk-shaped holding member 925 attached to the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924, and is supported along the elongated hole 923b. It can slide in the left-right direction and does not fall out of the elongated hole 923b. When the locking piece 923a of the guide member 923 is locked to the locking port 922 of the main body 902 from the rear side, the fastening mechanism 920 is a fastening member 924 that protrudes to the front side through the elongated hole 923b of the guide member 923. The male screw portion 924a is in a state of being inserted into the insertion hole 921 of the main body portion 902.

The back cover 900 of this example can open and close the rear opening of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame 3 by pivotally supporting the shaft support pin 906 to the back cover shaft support portion 623 of the main body frame base 600. By engaging the engaging piece 908 with the back cover engaging grooves 718 and 780a of the main body frame base 600 and the prize ball passage lid 780, the engagement piece 908 can be brought into a closed state. When the back cover 900 is closed, the insertion hole 921 in the fastening mechanism 920 and the back cover fastening hole 780b of the prize ball passage lid 780 are in a substantially coincident state.

When the back cover 900 is closed, the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 inserted from the rear side to the front side into the insertion hole 921 is not naturally screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b, so that the back cover 900 is not screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b. Even when the cover 900 is closed, the tip of the male screw portion 924a is stopped at the rear end of the back cover fastening hole 780b, and the fastening member 924 protrudes rearward from the main body portion 902 of the back cover 900. By the way, in this example, since the fastening member 924 is supported in the elongated hole 923b of the guide member 923 locked to the main body portion 902 of the back cover 900, the fastening member 924 does not fall off from the back cover 900. The state of being located on the rear side of the main body portion 902 is maintained.

Then, from this state, the tip of the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 is inserted into the back cover fastening hole 780b to rotate the fastening member 924, whereby the male screw portion 924a is screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b (screw). The back cover 900 can be fastened and fixed. In the fastening mechanism 920 of this example, when the fastening member 924 is screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b, even if the guide member 923 that supports the fastening member 924 is slanted with respect to the main body portion 902, the fastening member 924 is inserted. Since it is supported by the elongated hole 923b, the fastening member 924 (male threaded portion 924a) can be positioned straight with respect to the axis of the back cover fastening hole 780b, and the fastening member 924 can be satisfactorily placed in the back cover fastening hole 780b. It can be screwed in.

Further, in this example, since the back cover 900 is fastened and fixed to the main body frame 3 side by the fastening mechanism 920 at one place, it can be easily fastened or fastened only by operating the fastening member 924 at one place. It can be released, and the time and effort required to open and close the back cover 900 can be simplified and maintainability can be improved.

Further, the back cover 900 has a connection notch 910 cut out in a rectangular shape upward at the lower right end of the front view of the main body 902, and a confirmation opening that penetrates in a rectangular shape on the upper side of the front view of the connection notch 910. It is provided with a 912 and a confirmation notch 914 notched in a rectangular shape in the lower left corner of the front view of the main body 902.

As shown in FIG. 5, the back cover 900 is closed to the main body frame 3, and the RAM clear switch 4100c, the test terminal 4100f, etc. of the main control board box 1170 in the game board 4 are passed through the connection notch 910. Is designed to face the rear side. Further, in the back cover 900, the board management seal 1178 (see FIG. 101) attached to the rear surface of the main control board box 1170 faces the rear side through the confirmation opening 912, and the back cover 900 is for confirmation. The sealing portion 1176 of the main control board box 1170 faces through the cutout portion 914. As a result, it is possible to check the operation, appearance, management status, and the like of the main control board box 1170 and the main control board 4100 without opening the back cover 900 with respect to the main body frame 3.

Further, the back cover 900 is formed with a plurality of slits 916 that are elongated and penetrated through the main body portion 902 and the side portions 904, and the heat generated in the game board 4 or the like through these slits 916 is transferred to the main body frame 3 (pachinko machine 1). It can be discharged to the outside of the rear side. As shown in the figure, a plurality of through holes 918, which are wide and long in the vertical direction and are arranged at predetermined intervals in the left-right direction, are provided at a position slightly to the left of the center when viewed from the front. These through holes 918 are after the main liquid crystal display device 1900 in the game board 4 in a state where the back cover 900 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3 and the game board 4 is housed and held in the main body frame 3. It is located behind the cooling fan for cooling the peripheral control unit 4140 and the liquid crystal control unit 4150 provided on the side so that the heat from the peripheral control unit 4140 and the like can be satisfactorily exhausted. It has become. Incidentally, the width of the through hole 918 is set to be smaller than the outer diameter of the game ball, so that the game ball does not enter the pachinko machine 1 through the through hole 918.

As a result, in this example, the fastening member 924 for fastening the back cover 900 that closes the rear side of the game board 4 held by the main body frame 3 to the main body frame 3 is attached to the guide member 923 attached to the back cover 900. Since the game board 4 is held in a playable manner, when the back cover 900 is opened from the rear side of the main body frame 3 to perform maintenance or the like on the rear side of the game board 4 while the game board 4 is held in the main body frame 3. Even if the fastening member 924 that fastens and fixes the back cover 900 to the main body frame 3 is released and the fastening member 924 is separated from the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3, the fastening member 924 is the guide member 923. It is possible to prevent the fastening member 924 from being lost or left behind in the pachinko machine 1 by being held by the back cover 900 via the back cover 900, and the fastening member 924 is removed from the back cover 900. It can be a pachinko machine 1 capable of preventing it from falling off.

Further, as described above, since the fastening member 924 can be prevented from falling off from the opened back cover 900, it is not necessary to store the fastening member 924 that has been released from the fastening in a predetermined position at the time of maintenance or the like. , It can be held in the vicinity of the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900 via the guide member 923, and maintenance can be facilitated.

Further, since the elongated hole 923b of the guide member 923 extends at least to the side opposite to the locking port 922 side, even if the guide member 923 is in an inclined state with respect to the surface of the back cover 900. The male threaded portion 924a of the fastening member 923 can be positioned straight to the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3 through the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900, and the male threaded portion 924a is securely placed in the correct state with respect to the back cover fastening hole 780b. Can be fastened to. Therefore, the back cover 900 can be properly fastened to the main body frame 3, and the crime prevention effect of the back cover 900 can be surely exhibited.

Further, since the holding member 925 that cooperates with the head of the fastening member 924 to hold the fastening member 924 freely with respect to the guide member 923 is attached to the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924, the fastening member 924 The guide member 923 is sandwiched between the head of the head and the holding member 925, and the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 can be reliably prevented from coming off from the elongated hole 923b of the guide member 923, and the holding member 925 can be reliably prevented. The fastening member 924 can be movably held by the guide member 923 by the gap between the two and the elongated hole 923b.

Further, a housing recess capable of accommodating the holding member 925 is provided around the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900, and the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 is passed through the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900 to the back of the main body frame 3. When fastening to the cover fastening hole 780b, the holding member 925 sandwiching the guide member 923 with the head of the fastening member 924 can be accommodated in the accommodating recess, so that the back cover 900 and the guide member 923 are in close contact with each other. The protrusion from the back cover 900 can be reduced as much as possible, and the possibility of other members coming into contact with the protruding portion of the guide member 923 or the fastening member 924 is reduced to reduce the occurrence of defects. You can make it look good as well as make it look good.

Further, since the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3 is used as a female threaded portion to be screw-coupled to the male threaded portion 924a of the fastening member 924, it can be fastened by simply pulling it as compared with the engagement by a simple locking claw. The back cover 900 can be made difficult to remove because the back cover 900 cannot be released, the crime prevention effect of the back cover 900 can be further enhanced, and the pachinko machine 1 having a high deterrence against fraudulent activities can be obtained.

Further, since the guide member 923 has flexibility and the guide member 923 can be bent, the degree of freedom of movement of the fastening member 924 with respect to the back cover 900 (insertion hole 921) can be further increased. It is easy to position the male threaded portion 924a of the fastening member 924 at a position straight with respect to the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3 and to move the male threaded portion 924 straight with respect to the back cover fastening hole 770b. The male screw portion 924a can be securely fastened to the back cover fastening hole 780b.

Further, the locking piece 923a of the guide member 923 is in contact with the locking port 923 along the inner wall extending in the direction perpendicular to the axis connecting the insertion hole 921 in the locking port 922 of the back cover 900. Since it is elastically locked to 922, the tip side (long hole 923b side) of the guide member 923 that is freely attached is a shaft that extends in a direction perpendicular to the axis connecting the insertion hole 921. It can be moved so as to rotate around the heart, and the locking piece 923a can be pivotally supported with respect to the locking port 922. Therefore, the fastening member 924 held in the elongated hole 923b on the tip end side of the guide member 923 can be rotated so as to open and close the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900, that is, the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3. Therefore, the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 can be easily inserted into the insertion hole 921 and the back cover fastening hole 780b, and the fastening work by the fastening member 924 can be facilitated.

Further, after further providing a plurality of back cover engaging grooves 718, 780a at positions different from the back cover engaging holes 780b in the main body frame 3, the back cover 900 is elastically engaged with the back cover engaging grooves 718, 780a, respectively. A plurality of engaging pieces 908 are further provided, and by engaging the engaging pieces 908 of the back cover 900 with the back cover engaging grooves 718 and 780a of the main body frame 3, the fastening by the fastening member 924 is achieved. Separately, since the back cover 900 can be fixed to the main body frame 3, the fastening work can be reduced as much as possible by using the fastening member 924 to fasten only one place, and the work such as assembly and maintenance can be performed. It can enhance the sex. Further, as described above, the back cover 900 can be fixed to the main body frame 3 by engaging the engaging piece 908 and the back cover engaging grooves 718 and 780a separately from the fastening member 924, so that the closing range is wide. Even with the back cover 900, the rear side (rear side of the game board 4) of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame 3 can be closed in a good state without increasing the number of fastening points by the fastening member 924.

Further, by pivotally supporting the shaft support pin 906 of the back cover 900 on the back cover shaft support portion 623 of the main body frame 3 (main body frame base 600), the back cover 900 can be rotatably supported with respect to the main body frame 3. Therefore, simply by rotating the back cover 900 in the closing direction to close the rear side of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame 3, the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900 and the back cover of the main body frame 3 are fastened. The hole 780b can be easily matched, and the fastening member 924 held by the back cover 900 through the insertion hole 921 can be easily fastened to the back cover fastening hole 780b. Further, since the back cover 900 is rotatably supported with respect to the main body frame 3, even when the fastening by the fastening member 924 is released and the back cover 900 is opened at the time of maintenance or the like, the back cover 900 is opened. The cover 900 can be left in a state of being pivotally supported by the main body frame 3, it is not necessary to remove the back cover 900 from the main body frame 3, and the time and effort required to open and close the back cover 900 can be simplified.

[1-3H. Side security board]
Next, the side security plate 950 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 66 and 67. As shown in the figure, the side security plate 950 in the main body frame 3 forms the left side surface of the main body frame 3 in the front view, and is attached to the main body frame base 600. The side security plate 950 includes a metal main body 952 that is extruded into a shallow U-shape in a plan view, and a mounting bracket 954 that is fixed vertically and vertically near the inner front end of the main body 952 and attached to the front surface of the main body frame base 600. , A positioning member 956 that is fixed to the inside of the main body 952 and engages with the positioning recess 1119 of the game board 4.

The main body 952 of the side security plate 950 extends in the vertical direction at substantially the same length as the height of the main body frame base 600, and has a substantially constant depth in the front-rear direction. The front end piece 952b extending in the direction, the middle piece 952c which is arranged so as to form a predetermined amount of gap on the rear side of the front end piece 952b and has a smaller protrusion amount than the front end piece 952b, and the front end from the rear end of the side plate piece 952a. It is provided with a rear end piece 952d extending longer than the front end piece 952b in the viewing right direction (see FIG. 108). The main body 952 is formed in a shallow U shape by a side plate piece 952a, a front end piece 952b, and a rear end piece 952d, and is formed between the middle piece 952c and the rear end piece 952d with a front component 1110 in the game board 4. The left side portion of the front view with the game panel 1150 is inserted (see FIG. 108).

In the side security plate 950 of this example, the mounting bracket 954 is attached to the front surface of the main body frame base 600, and the rear end piece 952d of the main body 952 is attached to the rear surface of the main body frame base 600. In this side security plate 950, when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the front end piece 952b of the main body 952 is the shaft support side of the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 in the reinforcing unit 150 of the door frame 5. It is designed to be inserted into the U-shape of the character-shaped projecting piece 166, and prevents a tool for performing fraudulent acts from being inserted between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 on the left side of the front view. (See FIG. 108). Further, the main body 952 of the side security plate 950 is made of an extruded metal (for example, aluminum alloy), and the front end piece 952b, the middle piece 952c, and the middle piece 952c arranged in the direction perpendicular to the surface of the side plate piece 952a, and the side plate piece 952a. Since the rear end piece 952d is provided, the strength and rigidity of the side security plate 950 are increased, and the strength of the main body frame 3 as a whole can be increased so that the game board 4 and the door frame 5 can be well supported. It has become.

As described above, according to this example, assuming that the front surface of the main body frame 3 is closed by the door frame 5, the door frame 5 is located between the front end piece 952b and the middle piece 952c formed inside the front end of the side security plate 950. The rear piece of the shaft support side U-shaped protrusion 166 formed in a substantially U shape of the reinforcing unit 150 in the above is inserted (invaded), and the front end piece 952b is inserted into the shaft support side U shape. Since the door frame 5 is forcibly opened with respect to the main body frame 3, the U-shaped projecting piece 166 on the shaft support side of the door frame 5 is attached to the front end piece 952b of the main body frame 3. It is possible to prevent the U-shaped projecting piece 166 on the shaft support side of the door frame 5 from moving in the direction away from the main body frame 3 in contact with the door frame 5, and prevent the closed door frame 5 from being scooped out. It is possible to make the pachinko machine 1 capable of preventing fraudulent acts such as opening the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3.

Further, since the side security plate 950 formed of metal in the main body frame 3 and the reinforcing unit 150 formed of metal in the door frame 5 are fitted to each other, between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5. The strength and rigidity of the door frame 3 can be increased, the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 can be made less likely to be distorted by an unauthorized tool, and the crime prevention performance of the pachinko machine 1 can be improved. Further, since the main body frame base 600 that supports the game board 4 is formed of synthetic resin, and the side security plate 950 on the side that supports the door frame 5 (shaft support side) is formed of metal. Compared with the case where the entire main body frame 3 is made of metal, the cost related to the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced.

Further, as will be described in detail later, the hook portion 1041 for the door frame of the lock device 1000 that locks the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3 is provided at one place between the upper and lower ends and the upper and lower ends of the reinforcing unit 150 in the door frame 5. The door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 on the lock device 1000 side (open side) are locked by the three door frame hook portions 1041 so as to be locked with the hook cover 165 of the above. Even if the open side is scooped out by an illegal tool such as a bar, it is possible to satisfactorily prevent the space between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 from widening, and it is possible to prevent the door frame 5 from being forcibly scooped out. can.

Further, the rear end of the side plate piece 952a in the side security plate 950 extends rearward from the front surface of the game board 4 (game area 1100), and the dimension of the side plate piece 952a in the front-rear direction becomes longer. Since the bending rigidity against the load applied in the front-rear direction becomes stronger, the strength and rigidity of the side security plate 950 as a whole can be further increased, and the side security plate 950 can be prevented from being forcibly bent and cheating. ..

Further, since the side security plate 950 of the main body frame 3 is formed by the metal extruded mold material, the side security plate 950 (main body 952) having a predetermined cross-sectional shape having the front end piece 952b and the middle piece 952c can be easily formed. It can be formed, and even if the security performance of the pachinko machine 1 is improved, it is possible to suppress an increase in cost, and at the same time, defects such as a decrease in strength that occurs during processing are found as compared with the case where a metal plate is bent. The number can be reduced as much as possible, and the side security plate 950 having high durability and strength can be obtained.

[1-3I. Locking device]
Subsequently, the lock device 1000 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 93 to 97. FIG. 93 (A) is a left side view of the lock device in the main body frame, and FIG. 93 (B) is a perspective view of the lock device in the main body frame as viewed from the front. Further, FIG. 94A is a rear perspective view of the lock device, and FIG. 94B is a sliding rod for a door frame and a sliding rod for a main body frame slidably provided inside the U-shaped substrate of the lock device. Is a rear perspective view showing, (C) is a front perspective view of (B). Further, FIG. 95 is an exploded perspective view of the locking device disassembled and viewed later, and FIG. 96 is an explanatory view showing the operation of the sliding rod for the door frame and the sliding rod for the main body frame in the locking device. FIG. 97 is an explanatory diagram showing the operation of the fraud prevention member in the lock device.

The lock device 1000 in the main body frame 3 is attached from the substantially upper end to the lower end of the main body frame 3 along the outer side surface of the peripheral wall portion 605 of the main body frame base 600 of the main body frame 3 on the open side, and is as shown in FIG. 68. In addition, a door hook hole 620 formed in the upper part of the front right side (open side) side of the front end frame portion 602 in the main body frame base 600, a lock locking hole 621 formed in the lower part, and a peripheral wall in the main body frame base 600. It is designed to be attached to a plurality of lock attachment portions 625 formed on the right side surface of the front view of the portion 605.

As shown in FIGS. 93 to 95, the lock device 1000 is for a U-shaped substrate 1001 as a lock substrate formed in a U-shaped cross section and a door frame slidably provided in the U-shaped substrate 1001. The sliding rod 1040, the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame slidably provided in the U-shaped base 1001, and the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame are U-shaped so as not to be illegally slid. It includes a first fraud prevention member 1023 and a second fraud prevention member 1032 that are attached to the lower part of the substrate 1001.

The U-shaped substrate 1001 in the locking device 1000 is formed by bending a predetermined metal plate so as to have a U-shaped cross section, and inside the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame and the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame. And are slidably arranged. The U-shaped substrate 1001 is extremely thin as compared with the conventional locking device in which the width dimension is integrated on the substrate molded into an L-shaped cross section. As a result, the left-right dimension of the lock device 1000 can be made as thin as possible, and the left-right dimension of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame 3 can be relatively increased, and the game area can be further increased. It is possible to provide a wide game board 4 of 1100.

The U-shaped substrate 1001 is attached so that the open side having a U-shaped cross section faces the back surface of the main body frame base 600, and when the locking device 1000 is attached to the main body frame 3, the U-shaped substrate 1001 is attached. The open side of the substrate 1001 is closed to the main body frame base 600. As a result, the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame and the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame arranged inside the U-shaped substrate 1001 are attached to the U-shaped substrate 1001 except for the hook portions 1041, 1054, 1065, respectively. It is completely covered and has a fraud prevention structure that makes it difficult to cheat on the lock device 1000 from the outside.

Further, the U-shaped substrate 1001 in the locking device 1000 has a rectangular shape through which the hook portions 1054, 1065 of the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame can penetrate above and below the closed side (front side) opposite to the open side (rear side). The hook penetration opening 1002, the screw fixing portion 1003 projecting outward in the upper and middle of the side surface 1001b (see FIG. 95) in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 of the main body frame base 600 on the front side, and the screw fixing portion. The upper end and the middle portion of the open side (front side) of the side surface 1001a (see FIG. 95) opposite to the side surface 1001b on which the 1003 is projected, and the lower end portions of the open side side surfaces 1001a and 1001b project forward. It is provided with a locking projection 1004 and the like.

The screw fixing portion 1003 and the locking protrusion 1004 of the U-shaped base 1001 are for attaching the locking device 1000 to the back surface of the main body frame base 600, and the locking protrusion 1004 is attached to the door hook hole 620 of the main body frame base 600. And when it is inserted into the lock locking hole 621 from the rear side and then moved upward, the screw fixing portion 1003 and the lock mounting portion 625 of the main body frame base 600 are aligned with each other. By screwing a screw (not shown) to the lock mounting portion 625, the lock device 1000 can be firmly fixed to the main body frame base 600 (main body frame 3).

The lock device 1000 is attached by screws not only to the upper and middle screw fixing portions 1003, but also to the screw fixing portion 1003 formed on the lock mounting piece 1008 described later and the upper vicinity of the cylinder lock through hole 611. The lock mounting portion 625 is fastened to the main body frame base 600 with a screw (not shown), and the lower part of the lock device 1000 can also be mounted.

Further, when the lock device 1000 is attached, the locking projections 1004 formed at the upper, middle and lower parts of the open side (front side) of the U-shaped base 1001 are provided with the hook hole 620 for the door and the lock locking hole in the upper part. The lock device 1000 is mounted on the main body frame base 600 with an extremely simple structure because the structure is such that the screw fixing portion 1003 of the U-shaped base 1001 is fixed to the lock mounting portion 625 with screws while being inserted into 621 for positioning and locking. It can be firmly fixed to (main body frame 3).

In other words, even when the lock device 1000 is integrated on the U-shaped substrate 1001 having an extremely thin width dimension, the lock device 1000 is firmly attached to the main body frame 3 by locking and fixing the front side and the rear side of the lock device 1000. It can be fixed to. In particular, in the case of the present embodiment, the locking projection 1004 constituting the locking structure (which may be a fixed structure) on the front side is projected onto the side surface 1001a which does not contact the peripheral wall portion 605 of the U-shaped substrate 1001. Since the screw fixing portion 1003 constituting the fixing structure on the rear side protrudes from the side surface 1001b in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 of the U-shaped substrate 1001 toward the peripheral wall portion 605, the locking structure on the front side is the peripheral wall portion 605. The lock device 1000 can be fixed to the main body frame 3 so as not to cause rattling as compared with the case where it is formed on the side surface 1001b in contact with the surface.

Further, the U-shaped substrate 1001 is provided with insertion holes 1005 penetrating in the left-right direction at the upper, middle, and lower portions of both side surfaces 1001a and 1001b, and the U-shaped substrate 1001 is provided with a sliding rod 1040 for a door frame and a sliding rod 1040. By inserting the rivet 1006 into the insertion hole 1005 and crimping it with the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame stored, the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame and the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame are inside the U-shaped base 1001. Can be slidably attached in the vertical direction.

That is, as shown in FIG. 94 (C), the rivet 1006 penetrates through the upper end portion of the rivet slot 1042 formed at the upper, middle, and lower parts of the door frame sliding rod 1040, and FIG. 94. As shown in (B), the rivet 1006 penetrates through the lower end portion of the rivet slot 1055, 1061 formed in the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 of the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame one by one. The sliding rivet 1040 for the door frame can be moved upward, and the sliding rivet 1050 for the main body frame can be moved downward.

Further, the U-shaped substrate 1001 projects laterally from the front end of the fraud prevention notch 1007 formed on the closed side surface of the lower portion thereof and the side surface 1001b in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 of the main body frame base 600 on the open side. A lock mounting piece 1008 for mounting the cylinder lock 1010, an insertion vertical opening 1020 penetrating the side surface 1001b in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605, a spring locking piece 1021, and an escape horizontal hole 1022 are formed, respectively. The fraud prevention cutout portion 1007 of the U-shaped substrate 1001 will be described in detail later, but the stopper piece portion 1027 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 is adapted to advance and retreat. Further, the lock mounting piece 1008 of the U-shaped base 1001 is located on the side surface 1001b so as to be located below the lower end side of the game board holding port 601 in a state where the locking device 1000 is mounted on the back surface of the main body frame base 600. It is projected from the front end toward the side, and the lock insertion hole 1009 through which the cylinder lock 1010 penetrates and the mounting hole 1013 formed in the lock mounting board 1011 of the cylinder lock 1010 are mounted at two places above and below for mounting with the screw 1012. A mounting hole 1014 drilled in the above and a screw fixing portion 1003 drilled to mount the lower portion of the locking device 1000 on the back surface of the main body frame 3 are formed.

Further, the U-shaped substrate 1001 has an insertion vertical opening 1020 in which the first engaging project piece 1017 and the second engaging project piece 1018 of the engaging cam 1016 fixed to the cylinder lock 1010 enter when the cylinder lock 1010 rotates. A spring locking piece 1021 for locking the spring 1035 that urges the second fraud prevention member 1032 upward, and an escape side hole 1022 that forms an escape hole so as not to interfere with the movement of the connecting pin 1034. It is equipped with.

The cylinder lock 1010 in the lock device 1000 is attached to the lock attachment piece 1008 in the U-shaped substrate 1001. In this cylinder lock 1010, a lock mounting board 1011 for mounting on the lock mounting piece 1008 is fixed to the rear end of the cylindrical cylinder lock body, and a lock shaft 1015 of the cylinder lock body extends from the rear surface of the lock mounting board 1011. At the same time, the engaging cam 1016 is fixed to the rear end of the lock shaft 1015 by a screw 1019. The engaging cam 1016 is formed in a boomeran shape, and one end side thereof is a first engaging projecting piece 1017 that engages with the descending engaging hole 1062 of the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame when rotating. The end side is a second engaging protrusion 1018 that engages with the rising engaging hole 1045 of the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame when rotating.

In this cylinder lock 1010, the cylindrical cylinder lock main body portion is inserted into the lock insertion hole 1009 formed in the lock mounting piece 1008 from the rear side, and then the mounting holes 1013 formed in the upper and lower two places of the lock mounting board 1011. The cylinder lock 1010 can be fixed to the U-shaped base 1001 by screwing the screw 1012 into the mounting hole 1014 of the lock mounting piece 1008.

The fraud prevention member 1023, 1032 attached to the U-shaped base 1001 of the lock device 1000 does not rotate the cylinder lock 1010 with a formal key, but illegally uses a piano wire, a wire, or the like to illegally slide the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame. This is to prevent the lowering of the. As shown in FIG. 95, the fraud prevention members 1023 and 1032 have a structure in which the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1032 are connected by a connecting pin 1034. The first fraud prevention member 1023 has a vertically long plate shape and is swingably supported by the U-shaped substrate 1001 around the swing shaft hole 1025 at the upper end. Specifically, the first fraud prevention member 1023 is the most together with the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame and the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame arranged inside the U-shaped base 1001 through the swing shaft hole 1025. It is attached by a lower insertion hole 1005 and a rivet 1006.

Further, the first fraud prevention member 1023 is vertically elongated at a position overlapping the insertion vertical opening 1020 of the U-shaped base 1001 on its plate-shaped surface, and the second engagement projecting piece 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 can be inserted. It is provided with a protruding piece insertion hole 1026. The door frame sliding rod 1040 provided inside the U-shaped base 1001 by the second engaging project piece 1018 of the engaging cam 1016 penetrating the projecting piece insertion hole 1026 and the insertion vertical opening 1020. The ascending engaging hole 1045 and the second engaging projecting piece 1018 are engaged with each other. Further, the first fraud prevention member 1023 is inclined diagonally above the front diagonally upper side of the projecting piece insertion hole 1026 so as to be able to come into contact with the rear surface side of the first engaging projecting piece 1017 when the engaging cam 1016 is rotated. The inclined portion 1024 is provided, and the inclined portion 1024 comes into contact with the first engaging protrusion piece 1017 when the engaging cam 1016 is rotated, so that the first fraud prevention member 1023 is centered on the swing shaft hole 1025. It swings (in the clockwise direction in FIG. 97 (B)).

Further, the first fraud prevention member 1023 further includes a stopper piece portion 1027 protruding toward the U-shaped substrate 1001 side from the diagonally rear lower outer side of the projecting piece insertion hole 1026, and a position where the stopper piece portion 1027 protrudes. It is provided with a regulating projecting piece 1031 projecting downward, and a pin hole 1029 and a connecting hole 1030 penetrating in the left-right direction and arranged vertically on the front side of the regulating projecting piece 1031. The stopper piece portion 1027 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 is intruded into and engaged with the fraud prevention notch 1007 and the engagement notch 1066 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 when the main body frame sliding rod 1050 is locked. Therefore, the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame can be prevented from sliding illegally. Further, the regulation projecting piece 1031 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 comes into contact with the second fraud prevention member 1032 urged upward by the spring 1035, so that the second fraud prevention member 1032 moves upward (in the urging direction). It is possible to regulate the movement.

Further, in the pin hole 1029 of the first fraud prevention member 1023, the guide pin 1028 is inserted and fixed from the back surface side of the first fraud prevention member 1023, and the guide pin 1028 fixed to the pin hole 1029 is inserted and fixed. By engaging with the horizontally long opening formed at the lowermost end of the insertion vertical opening 1020 in the U-shaped base 1001, the first fraud prevention member 1023 is guided along the side surface 1001b of the U-shaped base 1001. Can be done. Further, the connecting hole 1030 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 is for rotatably connecting the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1032 by the connecting pin 1034.

On the other hand, the second fraud prevention member 1032 connected to the first fraud prevention member 1023 is formed of an inverted "" -shaped plate material, and has a connecting hole 1033 at one upper end thereof and a spring locking hole 1036 at the other end. And are bored respectively, and a contact portion 1037 is provided at the lower end portion. The second fraud prevention member 1032 can be rotatably connected to the first fraud prevention member 1023 by inserting the connecting pin 1034 after aligning the connecting hole 1033 with the connecting hole 1030 of the first fraud prevention member 1023. You can do it. Further, the second fraud prevention member 1032 engages the spring locking hole 1036 with the lower end (the other end) of the spring 1035 whose upper end (one end) is locked to the spring locking piece 1021 of the U-shaped substrate 1001. As a result, it is urged upward by the spring 1035. Further, in the second fraud prevention member 1032, the contact portion 1037 comes into contact with the closing plate 25 fixed to the inner lower portion of the outer frame 2 when the main body frame 3 is closed.

Next, the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame in the lock device 1000 is slidably supported inside the U-shaped substrate 1001 and is formed by a vertically long metal plate-shaped member. The door frame sliding rod 1040 is provided with door frame hook portions 1041 protruding forward at three locations on the upper, middle, and lower sides of the vertical side thereof. The door frame hook portion 1041 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 projects forward from the open side of the U-shaped base 1001 with the door frame sliding rod 1040 housed in the U-shaped base 1001. When the lock device 1000 is fixed to the back surface of the main body frame base 600, the door protrudes forward from the door hook hole 620 (see FIGS. 63 and 68) formed in the main body frame base 600. It can be locked to the hook cover 165 (see FIG. 18) formed on the back surface of the frame 5. As shown in the figure, the door frame hook portion 1041 has a downward engaging claw shape, whereby the door frame sliding rod 1040 is raised to raise the door frame hook portion 1041 and the hook cover. The locked state with 165 can be released.

Further, the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame is formed in the center of the upper, middle and lower side surfaces of the vertically long rivet slot 1042 into which the rivet 1006 is inserted, and below the uppermost rivet slot 1042 and for the door frame. The lowermost end of the sliding rod 1040 is provided with a guide protrusion 1043 projecting in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame. In the rivet slot 1042 of the door frame sliding rod 1040, the rivet 1006 to be inserted into the insertion hole 1005 of the U-shaped base 1001 is inserted, and the rivet 1006 is slid for the door frame. It is formed vertically so as not to interfere with the ascending operation of the rivet 1040. In the normal state, the rivet 1006 penetrating the upper end of the rivet slot 1042 is in contact with the upper end. Further, in the door frame sliding rod 1040, the guide protrusion 1043 is inserted into the projecting piece moving holes 1056, 1064 formed in the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050. It is possible to guide the mutual sliding operation between the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame and the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame.

Further, the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame is formed with a spring hook portion 1046 that locks one end of the spring 1048 at the upper end portion. The other end of the spring 1048 locked to the spring hook portion 1046 is locked to the spring hook portion 1057 of the upper hook member 1051 in the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame, and is slid for the door frame by the spring 1048. The rod 1040 is urged downward and the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame is urged to each other in the upward direction. Further, the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame includes a contact elastic piece 1047 formed in a convex shape in the middle in the vertical direction, and is punched out from one side surface of the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame by press molding. It is formed in a convex shape. The contact elastic piece 1047 abuts on the inner side surface of the U-shaped substrate 1001, and it is possible to prevent the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame from rattling inside the U-shaped substrate 1001. It has become like.

Further, the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame is provided with a vertically long play hole 1044 and a rising engagement hole 1045 on the side surface of the lower portion. The play hole 1044 is the tip of the first engaging projectile 1017 so as not to interfere with the rotational operation of the engaging cam 1016 when the first engaging projectile 1017 of the engaging cam 1016 is inserted and rotated. The part constitutes a movable space. Further, in the ascending engagement hole 1045, when the second engaging project piece 1018 of the engaging cam 1016 is inserted and rotated, the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame is raised by the rotational operation of the engaging cam 1016. Is for engaging with. The sliding rod 1040 for the door frame is provided with an escape notch 1049 which is notched larger in the vertical direction than the fraud prevention notch 1007 at the rear of the lower part of the vertical side. In this escape cutout portion 1049, the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame is in the way so that the stopper piece portion 1027 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 is surely engaged with the fraud prevention cutout portion 1007 and the engagement cutout portion 1066. The relevant part is cut out so that it does not become.

On the other hand, the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame includes an upper hook member 1051 made of a metal plate, a lower hook member 1052 made of a metal plate, and a connecting wire rod 1053 connecting the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052. It is equipped with. That is, the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame is not composed of one vertically elongated plate made of metal as in the conventional case, but the upper hook member 1051 having the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the lower hook member 1052 are made of metal. The plate material is formed by pressing, and the metal upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 are connected by a thin metal connecting wire rod 1053. As a result, the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame and the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame can be efficiently stored in the narrow space of the U-shaped substrate 1001.

The upper hook member 1051 of the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame has a hook portion 1054 formed at the upper end portion toward the rear and a rivet elongated hole 1055 penetrating the plate surface portion adjacent to the hook portion 1054 in the left-right direction. , A projecting piece moving hole 1056 penetrating in the left-right direction below the rivet slot 1055, a spring hook portion 1057 formed at the lower end of the vertical side in front of the projecting piece moving hole 1056, and a lower side of the spring hook portion 1057. It is provided with a connecting hole 1058 formed in the upper hook member 1051 and a contact portion 1059 formed on the upper side and the lower side of the upper hook member 1051. Further, the hook portion 1054 of the upper hook member 1051 penetrates the hook penetration opening 1002 above the U-shaped substrate 1001 and engages with the closing plate 24 provided on the inner upper portion of the outer frame 2 on the open side. The locking claws are formed upward.

Further, the rivet slot 1055 of the upper hook member 1051 is arranged at a position corresponding to the rivet slot 1042 formed in the upper part of the door frame sliding rod 1040, and is arranged in the rivet slot 1055. In the normal state in which the rivet 1006 penetrates, the rivet 1006 penetrates the lowermost end of the rivet slot 1055, and the upper hook member 1051 can move downward. The projecting piece moving hole 1056 of the upper hook member 1051 is adapted to insert the guide projecting piece 1043 above the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame, and the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame and the sliding rod for the main body frame. It is possible to guide the mutual movement with the 1050.

Further, the other end of the spring 1048 is locked to the spring hook portion 1057 of the upper hook member 1051. Further, the connecting hole 1058 of the upper hook member 1051 is inserted by bending the upper end of the connecting wire rod 1053. Further, the contact portion 1059 of the upper hook member 1051 abuts on the inner side wall of the U-shaped base 1001 when it is housed in the U-shaped base 1001, and in the sliding operation of the upper hook member 1051. There is no rattling and it can slide smoothly.

On the other hand, the lower hook member 1052 of the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame is for the hook portion 1065 projecting rearward from the lower end portion and for the rivet penetrating in the left-right direction near the upper end of the plate surface portion of the lower hook member 1052. A slot 1061, a descending engagement hole 1062 located below the rivet slot 1061, a play hole 1063 extending downward from the lower rear side of the drop engagement hole 1062, and a play hole 1063 below. A projecting piece moving hole 1064 formed near the lower end, a connecting hole 1060 formed in the front end side of the upper end of the vertical side of the lower hook member 1052, and a engagement formed in the lower part of the rear vertical side of the lower hook member 1052. It includes a joint notch 1066 and a contact portion 1067 formed on the upper and lower sides of the lower hook member 1052.

The hook portion 1065 of the lower hook member 1052 penetrates the lower hook penetration opening 1002 of the U-shaped substrate 1001 and engages with the closing plate 25 formed in the lower portion of the outer frame 2 on the open side. The locking claws are formed upward. Further, the rivet slot 1061 of the lower hook member 1052 is formed at a position corresponding to the rivet slot 1042 formed in the lower part of the door frame sliding rod 1040, and the rivet slot 1061 is formed in the rivet slot 1061. In the normal state in which the 1006 is penetrated, the rivet 1006 is in a state of penetrating the lowermost end portion of the rivet slot 1061. As a result, the lower hook member 1052 can move downward.

Further, when the first engaging project piece 1017 of the engaging cam 1016 is inserted and rotated in the lower hook member 1052, the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame is lowered by the rotation operation. It is for engaging in such a way. Further, the play hole 1063 of the lower hook member 1052 is a second engaging project piece 1018 so as not to interfere with the rotation operation when the second engaging project piece 1018 of the engaging cam 1016 is inserted and rotated. The tip of the can form a movable space. Further, in the projecting piece moving hole 1064 of the lower hook member 1052, the guide projecting piece 1043 below the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame is inserted, and the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame and the sliding rod for the main body frame are inserted. It is possible to guide the mutual movement with the moving rod 1050.

Further, a bent lower end of the connecting wire rod 1053 is inserted into the connecting hole 1060 of the lower hook member 1052. Further, the contact portion 1067 of the lower hook member 1052 abuts on the inner side wall of the U-shaped base 1001 when it is housed in the U-shaped base 1001, and is lower than the U-shaped base 1001. When the hook member 1052 slides, it can be slid smoothly without rattling.

Next, the assembly of the lock device 1000 of the present embodiment will be described. In order to assemble this lock device 1000, the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 of the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame are connected by the connecting wire rod 1053, and the guide protrusion of the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame is in that state. The piece 1043 is inserted into the projecting piece moving holes 1056, 1064 of the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052, and the mutual rivet slot 1042 and the rivet slot 1055, 1061 are aligned and overlapped with each other. For the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame and the main body frame while passing the hook portion 1054 of the upper hook member 1051 and the hook portion 1065 of the lower hook member 1052 through the hook penetration opening 1002 of the U-shaped base 1001 in a superposed state. After inserting the sliding rod 1050 into the U-shaped space of the U-shaped base 1001, the rivet 1006 is inserted through the insertion hole 1005.

When inserting the rivet 1006, the rivet 1006 is inserted so as to penetrate the rivet slot 1055, 1061 and 1042. When inserting the rivet 1006 at the lowermost end, it is necessary to insert the rivet 1006 into the swing shaft hole 1025 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 and simultaneously attach the first fraud prevention member 1023 to the U-shaped substrate 1001. Further, before attaching the first fraud prevention member 1023 to the U-shaped base 1001, the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1032 are connected by the connecting pin 1034, and the guide pin 1028 is connected to the pin hole. After fixing to 1029 with a screw (not shown), it is necessary to further insert the guide pin 1028 into the lowermost opening of the insertion vertical opening 1020.

Further, with the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame and the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame stored and fixed in the U-shaped base 1001 by the rivet 1006, the spring 1048 is hung between the spring hook portions 1046 and 1057, and the door is opened. The frame sliding rod 1040 and the main body frame sliding rod 1050 are urged in opposite directions, and the spring 1035 is passed over the spring locking piece 1021 and the spring locking hole 1036 to prevent the second fraud. It is assumed that the member 1032 is in contact with the regulation protrusion 1031. After that, the cylindrical main body portion of the cylinder lock 1010 is inserted into the lock insertion hole 1009 of the lock mounting piece 1008, and the cylinder lock 1010 is fixed to the mounting hole 1014 with a screw 1012. At this time, the tip of the first engaging protrusion 1017 of the engaging cam 1016 is slightly inserted into the insertion vertical opening 1020 on the outside of the inclined portion 1024, and the second engaging protrusion of the engaging cam 1016 is inserted. The cylinder lock 1010 is attached to the lock mounting piece 1008 so that the tip portion of the piece 1018 is slightly inserted into the projecting piece insertion hole 1026 and the insertion vertical opening 1020 of the first fraud prevention member 1023.

In order to attach the assembled lock device 1000 to the back surface of the main body frame base 600 in this way, the door frame hook portion 1041 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted into the door hook hole 620 formed in the main body frame base 600. While inserting, the locking protrusion 1004 protruding into a hook shape is inserted into the door hook hole 620 and the lock locking hole 621 of the main body frame base 600 and moved upward, and in that state, the screw fixing portion 1003 protruding in the horizontal direction is inserted. The lock device 1000 can be firmly fixed to the back surface of the main body frame base 600 by matching the lock mounting portion 625 and screwing a screw (not shown) into the matched hole. In particular, in the case of the present embodiment, the locking projection 1004 constituting the locking structure of the front portion is formed so as to project from the side surface 1001a which does not contact the peripheral wall portion 605 of the U-shaped substrate 1001, while the rear portion is fixed. Since the screw fixing portion 1003 constituting the structure is formed so as to project horizontally from the side surface 1001b in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 of the U-shaped substrate 1001, the locking structure in the front portion is in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605. Compared with the case where the side surface 1001b is formed, the lock device 1000 can be fixed to the main body frame base 600 so as not to cause rattling.

Next, the operation of the lock device 1000 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 96 and 97. As shown in FIG. 96, when the main body frame base 600 (main body frame 3) is closed with respect to the outer frame 2 and the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, as shown in FIG. 96 (A). The closing plates 24 and 25 of the outer frame 2 and the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame are engaged with each other, and the hook portions 1041 for the door frame and the door frame 5 of the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame are engaged. The hook cover 165 is engaged with the hook cover 165. In that state, when a key (not shown) is inserted into the cylinder lock 1010 and the first engaging project piece 1017 of the engaging cam 1016 rotates in the direction of entering the insertion vertical opening 1020, as shown in FIG. 96 (B). The tip of the first engaging protrusion 1017 engages with the descending engaging hole 1062 of the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame, pushes the lower hook member 1052 downward against the urging force of the spring 1048, and is connected to the lower hook member 1052. The connecting wire rod 1053 and the upper hook member 1051 are also pushed down and lowered. As a result, the locked state between the closing plates 24 and 25 of the outer frame 2 and the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame is released, and the main body frame 3 is pulled to the front side to remove the main body frame 3. It can be opened to the frame 2.

When the main body frame 3 is closed, the hook portions 1054 and 1065 are in a raised state due to the urging force of the spring 1048 (the same raised position as shown in FIG. 96A), but the hook portion 1054. , 1065 Since the upper side is inclined downward toward the outside, by forcibly pressing the main body frame 3 against the outer frame 2, the upper side inclined portion of the hook portions 1054 and 1065 is formed on the closing plates 24 and 25. Since it comes into contact with the lower end, the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame descends downward, and the upward claws of the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the closing plates 24 and 25 are locked again and slide for the main body frame. The 杆 1050 rises and returns to the locked state.

On the other hand, when a key (not shown) is inserted into the cylinder lock 1010 and the second engaging project piece 1018 of the engaging cam 1016 rotates in the direction of entering the insertion vertical opening 1020, as shown in FIG. 96 (C), the second engaging project piece 1018 is rotated. (Ii) The tip of the engaging projection piece 1018 engages with the rising engaging hole 1045 of the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame, and pushes up the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame upward against the urging force of the spring 1048. Therefore, the hook cover 165 of the door frame 5 and the door frame hook portion 1041 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 are released from the locked state. Therefore, the door frame 5 is pulled toward the front side by pulling the door frame 5 toward the front side. It can be opened to the main body frame 3.

When the door frame 5 is closed, the door frame hook portion 1041 is lowered by the urging force of the spring 1048 (the same lowered position as shown in FIG. 96A), but the door frame is closed. Since the lower side of the hook portion 1041 is inclined upward toward the outside, by forcibly pressing the door frame 5 against the main body frame 3, the lower side inclined portion of the door frame hook portion 1041 is inclined to the hook cover 165. The sliding door 1040 for the door frame rises upward in contact with the upper end portion of the door frame, and the downward claw portion of the hook portion 1041 for the door frame and the hook cover 165 are locked again to slide the door frame. The door 1040 descends and returns to the locked state. The sliding rod 1040 for the door frame in the present embodiment is formed to have substantially the same length as the total length of the U-shaped base 1001, and the U-shaped base 1001 is substantially the same as the vertical side surface of the main body frame 3. The door frame hook portion 1041 which is attached over the entire length and is a locking portion with the door frame 5 is formed at three positions of the upper end portion, the center portion, and the lower end portion of the door frame sliding rod 1040. Therefore, it is possible to securely lock the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 in the entire length in the vertical direction, and forcibly open the space between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 and insert an illegal tool such as a piano wire between them. It is not possible to perform an act.

As described above, the lock device 1000 of the door frame 3 of the present embodiment unlocks the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 by rotating the key inserted in the cylinder lock 1010 in one direction, and in the other direction. By rotating, the lock of the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3 can be released. Further, the lock device 1000 of this example performs a fraudulent act such as hooking a piano wire or the like on the hook portions 1054, 1065 of the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame and lowering the hook portion 1054, 1065 without inserting the key into the cylinder lock 1010. Can not be done. The first structure for preventing such fraud is a lock mechanism composed of a first fraud prevention member 1023 and a second fraud prevention member 1032, and the second fraud prevention structure is a U-shaped substrate 1001. The structure is such that the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame and the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame are housed in the closed space.

First, the operation of the lock mechanism, which is the first fraud prevention structure, will be described with reference to FIG. 97. First, in a state where the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 3 are closed, as shown in FIG. 97 (A), the closing plate 25 of the outer frame 2 and the contact portion 1037 of the second fraud prevention member 1032 come into contact with each other. It is in a state of being. In this state, the first fraud prevention member 1023 rotates counterclockwise due to the urging force of the spring 1035, the stopper piece 1027 penetrates into the fraud prevention notch 1007, and the stopper piece 1027 is the fraud prevention notch. It is in a state of being engaged with the engagement notch 1066 formed in the lower hook member 1052 of the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame at the position corresponding to 1007. As a result, even if a piano wire or the like is hooked on the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame and an attempt is made to pull it down, the stopper piece portion 1027 and the engaging notch portion 1066 are engaged with each other. It is impossible to illegally pull it down (unlock), and it is not possible to perform an illegal act of opening the main body frame 3.

On the other hand, when the key is inserted into the cylinder lock 1010 to normally unlock the main body frame 3, as shown in FIG. 97 (B), the key is rotated to cause the first engagement protrusion of the engagement cam 1016. The piece 1017 is rotated so as to enter the insertion vertical opening 1020. When the first engagement protrusion 1017 is rotated, the inclined portion 1024 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the side surface of the first engagement protrusion 1017 come into contact with each other, so that the first fraud prevention member 1023 has a swing shaft hole. The rotation starts in the clockwise rotation direction around 1025, and the stopper piece 1027 also moves so as to retract from the fraud prevention notch 1007. As a result, the engagement between the stopper piece portion 1027 and the engagement notch portion 1066 is released. At this time, the second fraud prevention member 1032 is in a position where the spring 1035 is extended and the contact portion 1037 is retracted. In this state, when the engaging cam 1016 is further rotated to rotate the first engaging projectile piece 1017, the tip of the first engaging project piece 1017 engages with the descending engaging hole 1062 of the lower hook member 1052. Since the entire sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame is lowered, the locked state between the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the closing plates 24 and 25 of the outer frame 2 is released, and the main body frame 3 is opened with respect to the outer frame 2. You can do it.

When the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2, the second fraud prevention member 1032 is in contact with the regulation projecting piece 1031. Therefore, the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1023 are in contact with each other. The positional relationship with 1032 is substantially the same as the state shown in FIG. 97 (A). When the main body frame 3 is closed in this state, the closing plate 25 of the outer frame 2 and the contact portion 1037 of the second fraud prevention member 1032 come into contact with each other from the front, and finally the state shown in FIG. 97 (A) is obtained. As a result, the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1032 do not get in the way when the main body frame 3 is closed. Further, in the present embodiment, the main body prevents the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1032 from illegally performing only the lowering operation of the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame. If the sliding rod 1050 for the frame is opened illegally, the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame can be easily opened manually after opening, and it is practically difficult to perform fraudulent acts of raising the sliding rod with a piano wire or the like. For this reason, it is devised so that unauthorized operation of the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame cannot be performed.

Further, even with the lock mechanism which is the first fraud prevention structure described above, it is impossible to disable the function of the lock mechanism by swinging the first fraud prevention member 1023 with a piano wire or the like. do not have. Therefore, assuming that the lock function of the lock mechanism is disabled by an illegal act, in the present embodiment, in the state where the lock device 1000 is attached to the main body frame 3 (main body frame base 600), it is inside. The sliding rod 1040 for the door frame and the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame provided in the above are completely covered by being housed in the closed space of the U-shaped substrate 1001 except for the hook portions 1041, 1054, 1065, respectively. Since it is in a state, even if a piano wire or the like is inserted to pull down the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame provided inside the closed space of the U-shaped base 1001, both side surfaces 1001a, 1001b of the U-shaped base 1001 This prevents fraudulent tools from entering the closed space, so the structure is such that fraudulent activities cannot be easily performed.

As described above, the lock device 1000 of the present embodiment has the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame inside the U-shaped base 1001 whose width dimension is extremely thin as compared with the lock device whose width dimension is concentrated on the conventional L-shaped base. The position where the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame is slidably provided and the cylinder lock 1010 for operating the lock device 1000 is attached to the U-shaped base 1001 is set to a position below the lower end side of the game board 4. Therefore, even if the size of the game board 4 in the left-right direction and the vertical direction is made extremely large and the space surrounded by the peripheral wall portion 605 of the main body frame 3 is made large, the lock device 1000 is firmly attached to the back side of the main body frame 3. Can be installed.

Further, since the U-shaped open side of the U-shaped substrate 1001 is attached so as to face the back surface of the main body frame 3, the locking device 1000 is attached to the main body frame 3 (main body frame base 600) inside. The sliding rod 1040 for the door frame and the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame arranged in the above are completely covered with the U-shaped substrate 1001 except for the hook portions 1041, 1050, and 1065, respectively. It is not possible to easily perform fraudulent acts such as pulling down the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame provided inside by inserting a piano wire or the like.

Further, when the lock device 1000 is attached, the locking projections 1004 formed at the upper, middle and lower parts of the open side (front portion) of the U-shaped substrate 1001 are inserted into the door hook hole 620 and the lock locking hole 621. It is extremely simple because it has a structure in which the screw fixing portions 1003 formed at the upper, middle and lower parts of the closed side (rear portion) of the U-shaped substrate 1001 are fixed to the lock mounting portion 625 with screws. The lock device 1000 can be firmly fixed to the main body frame 3 (main body frame base 600) with such a structure.

In the lock device 1000 of this example, the screw fixing portion 1003 formed on the lock mounting piece 1008 as a structure for screwing the lower portion of the U-shaped base 1001 and the vicinity of the upper portion of the cylinder lock through hole 611 of the main body frame 3 The structure is shown in which the formed lock mounting portion 625 is screwed into the structure. Instead, the screw 1012 for mounting the cylinder lock 1010 to the lock mounting piece 1008 is used, and the tip of the screw 1012 is locked. A lock mounting hole screwed through the piece 1008 may be formed above and below the cylinder lock through hole 611. Further, even if the lower portion of the U-shaped substrate 1001 is not screwed, the lock device 1000 can be attached to the main body frame 3 (main body frame) only by fixing the screw fixing portion 1003 and the lock attachment portion 625 at the rear portion of the lock device 1000. It can be sufficiently firmly fixed to the back surface of the base 600).

Further, in the lock device 1000 of this example, the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame and the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame are completely covered with the U-shaped substrate 1001 having the left and right side surfaces 1001a and 1001b. For example, the sliding rod 1040 for the door frame and the sliding rod 1050 for the main body frame are slidably attached to the side surface 1001a on the opposite side not in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 with a rivet or the like, and the side surface 1001b in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 is omitted. An L-shaped substrate (lock substrate) is used, and a sliding rod for a door frame 1040 and a sliding rod for a main body frame are formed in a closed space formed by a side surface 1001a of the L-shaped substrate (lock substrate) and a first side wall 540. It may have a structure for accommodating the 1050, and can have the same effect as the lock device 1000 described above.

As described above, according to the main body frame 3 of this example, the transparent prize ball base 710 having the peripheral wall portion 710a extending rearward (in the front-rear direction) behind the main body frame base 600 and the upper side of the prize ball base 710. The prize ball tank 720 for storing the game balls supplied from the island facility side of the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed and the game balls discharged from the prize ball tank 720 are aligned and the rear wall of the prize ball base 710. The transparent tank rail unit 730 attached to the rear side of the 710b and the game ball released from the tank rail unit 730 are paid out to the upper plate 301 of the door frame 5 based on a predetermined payout instruction, and the rear wall portion of the prize ball base 710. It has a partially transparent prize ball device 740 attached to the rear side of the 710b and a side portion 904 extending to the rear end of the main body frame base 600, and the rear surface is abbreviated as the rear surface of the tank rail unit 730 or the prize ball device 740. Since it is provided with a transparent back cover 900 arranged on the same surface, the rear side of the game board 4 held in the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame base 600 through the prize ball base 710, the back cover 900, etc. With the pachinko machine 1 that can visually check the rear side surface and can easily inspect (visually inspect) the rear side of the game board 4 without opening the back cover 900 that covers the rear side of the game board 4. can do.

Further, since not only the rear side (rear surface) of the game board 4 but also the rear side surface of the game board 4 can be visually recognized through the transparent prize ball base 710, the back cover 900, etc., the game board holding port of the main body frame base 600 can be visually recognized. Even if tools such as screwdrivers and pliers, cleaning waste, dust, dust, etc. remain between the game board 4 and the back cover 900 when the game board 4 is attached / detached to 601 from the front side, they should be removed from the outside. It can be easily found from, and it is possible to prevent some trouble from occurring due to the residue.

Further, as described above, since the rear surface and the rear side surface of the game board 4 can be visually recognized from the outside, an illegal device, a tool, or the like for performing an illegal act is attached to the rear side or the side surface of the game board 4. Even if it is, it can be easily found, it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts, and it is possible to easily find a fraudulent device or the like attached to the gaming board 4 from the outside. It is possible to hesitate to install an illegal device or the like, and it is possible to make the pachinko machine 1 having a high deterrence against fraudulent acts.

Further, since the rear side of the game board 4 is covered with the prize ball base 710 and the back cover 900, other members in the island facility where the game machine 4 is installed may come into contact with the game board 4 or the game board 4 may be covered. It is possible to prevent foreign matter such as dust and dirt from adhering to the rear side, and it is possible to maintain the game board 4 in a good state and suppress the occurrence of problems.

Further, the rear surface of the prize ball tank 720 is set to a position about twice as deep as the depth D of the main body frame base 600 (see FIG. 65) from the front end of the main body frame base 600, that is, the main body. Since the depth D of the frame base 600 is about half the depth of the main body frame 3, the rear side and the rear side surface of the game board 4 can be more easily seen through the prize ball base 710, the back cover 900, and the like, as described above. The action and effect can be surely achieved. Further, since the depth D of the main body frame base 600 is about half the depth of the main body frame 3, the height when the main body frame base 600 is turned down can be made as low as possible to form a flat shape. It is possible to facilitate the mounting work of attaching the prize ball base 710, the back cover 900, the tank rail unit 730, the prize ball device 740, etc. to the rear side of the main body frame base 600.

Further, the rear surface (main body portion 902) of the transparent back cover 900 is substantially flush with the rear surface of the prize ball tank 720, the tank rail unit 730, the prize ball device 740, etc. attached to the prize ball base 710. Therefore, the rear surface of the pachinko machine 1 can be made a substantially flat surface, and by eliminating the protrusions to the rear, it can be caught or contacted with other members in the island equipment to be installed. It can be prevented to prevent problems from occurring. Further, since the rear surface of the pachinko machine 1 is substantially flat, it is possible to use a cushioning material having a simple shape when transporting the pachinko machine 1, and it is possible to increase the accumulation efficiency (storage efficiency) of the pachinko machine. The cost related to the machine 1 can be reduced.

Further, the back cover 900 is provided with a plurality of slits 916 and through holes 918 so that the rear side and the rear side surface of the game board 4 can be directly visually recognized through the slits 916 and the like. The rear side of 4 and the like can be made easier to see, and the above-mentioned effects can be reliably achieved. Further, even if the rear side of the game board 4 held by the main body frame base 600 is covered with the back cover 900, the heat from the game board 4 can be released to the outside through the slit 916 of the back cover 900 or the like. , It is possible to prevent the heat accumulated from the game board 4, and it is possible to prevent the heat from causing instability in the control of the game and the deformation of members such as synthetic resin. be able to. Further, since the slit 916 and the through hole 918 of the back cover 900 are of a size that the game ball cannot pass through, for example, even if the game ball spills on the rear side of the pachinko machine 1 in the island facility, it is passed through the slit 916 or the like. It is possible to prevent the game ball from invading the pachinko machine 1, and it is possible to prevent a problem from occurring due to the invasion of the game ball.

[1-4. Basic configuration of the game board]
Next, the basic configuration of the game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 98 to 107. FIG. 98 is a front view showing a game board attached to the main body frame with the door frame of the pachinko machine removed. Further, FIG. 99 is a front view of the game board, FIG. 100 is an exploded perspective view of the game board disassembled and viewed from the front, and FIG. 101 is an exploded perspective view of the game board disassembled and viewed from the rear. It is a figure. Further, FIG. 102 (A) is an enlarged front view showing a function display unit in a gaming board in a state of being attached to a pachinko machine, and FIG. 102 (B) is a front view showing another form of the function display unit.

Further, FIG. 103 is an exploded perspective view of a game board using a game panel of an embodiment different from the example of FIG. 100 and the like, and is viewed from the front. FIG. 104 is a game in which FIG. 103 is viewed from the rear. It is an exploded perspective view of a board. Further, FIG. 105 is a cross-sectional view of the game panel in the game board of FIG. 103 cut in the vertical direction. Further, FIG. 106 is an exploded perspective view of a game board using a front component of an embodiment different from the example of FIG. 103 and the like by disassembling and viewed from the front, and FIG. 107 is a game board seen from the rear of FIG. 106. It is an exploded perspective view of.

As shown in the figure, the game board 4 of the present embodiment has a front configuration in which the outer periphery of the game area 1100 in which the game ball is driven by the player operating the handle device 500 is divided and the outer shape is substantially rectangular in the front. A member 1110, a plate-shaped game panel 1150 arranged behind the front component 1110 and partitioning the rear end of the game area 1100, a board holder 1160 arranged at the lower rear side of the game panel 1150, and a board holder 1160. A predetermined main control board box 1170 that houses a main control board 4100 that is attached to the rear surface and controls a game content that is performed by driving a game ball into the game area 1100, and a predetermined control signal from the main control board 4100. It is equipped with a function display unit 1180 that can display the game status and is visually attached to the player side at a predetermined position of the front component 1110. The game board 4 includes a front unit 2000 mounted on the front surface of the game panel 1150 and a back unit 3000 mounted on the rear surface of the game panel 1150, although not shown in FIGS. 98 to 105 and the details will be described later. Further provided (see FIGS. 110 to 117 and the like).

The game board 4 of the present embodiment has a basic configuration formed by a front component 1110, a game panel 1150, a board holder 1160, a main control board box 1170, and a function display unit 1180, and is attached to the game panel 1150. The front unit 2000, the back unit 3000, and the main control board 4100 housed in the main control board box 1170 form a detailed configuration that characterizes the pachinko machine 1 (game board 4). Here, the basic configuration of the game board 4 will be described, and the detailed configuration will be described later.

[1-4A. Front component]
Subsequently, the front component 1110 in the game board 4 will be described. The front component 1110 in the game board 4 of this example has a substantially rectangular shape in which the outer shape can be inserted into the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3, and the inner shape penetrates in a substantially circular shape in the front-rear direction. The outer circumference of the game area 1100 is divided by the inner circumference of the inner shape. The front component 1111 has an outer rail 1111 extending in an arc shape from the lower end to the left from the center in the left-right direction in a front view along the circumferential direction in the clockwise direction, passing through the upper end in the center in the left-right direction in the front view, and extending to the upper right diagonally. The inner rail 1112, which is arranged inside the outer rail 1111 substantially along the outer rail 1111 and extends in an arc shape from the lower center in the left-right direction of the front view to the diagonally upper left side of the front view, and the inner rail 1112 so as to be smoothly continuous from the lower end of the inner rail 1112. The inner peripheral rail 1113 extending in an arc shape to a position below the end (upper end) of the outer rail 1111 along the circumferential direction counterclockwise when viewed from the front, and the end (upper end) and outer rail 1111 of the inner peripheral rail 1113. At the boundary between the abutment portion 1114 where the game ball that has been rolled along the outer rail 1111 and the end (upper end) of the inner rail 1111 can come into contact with the abutment portion 1114, and the boundary portion between the inner rail 1112 and the inner peripheral rail 1113, the game area 1100 From the upper end of the inner rail 1112 so as to close between the out port guide surface 1115 arranged at the lowermost end and lowered toward the rear and the outer rail 1111 rotatably supported by the upper end of the inner rail 1112. It is rotatable only between the closed position extending upward and the open position that rotates in the clockwise direction and opens between the outer rail 1111 and returns to the closed position side. It includes a backflow prevention member 1116, which is urged by a spring (not shown).

Assuming that the game board 4 is attached to the main body frame 3 of the front component 1110, as shown in FIG. 98 and the like, the lower end opening between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 launches the ball of the main body frame 3. It is located on an extension of the launch rail 660 in the device 650. A space extending in the left-right direction and downward is formed between the lower end of the outer rail 1111 and the upper end of the launch rail 660, and the game ball launched along the launch rail 660 of the hit ball launcher 650 is formed. The space is jumped over, and the lower end opening between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 is driven into the space between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112. The game ball driven between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 rolls upward along the outer rail 1111 according to the momentum, and the backflow prevention member 1116 pivotally supported at the upper end of the inner rail 1112. By rotating to the open position side against the urging force, it is possible to enter the game area 1100.

Further, when the game ball is strongly hit by the hit ball launcher 650, the game ball rolled along the outer rail 1111 in the game area 1100 abuts on the abutment portion 1114 provided at the end of the outer rail 1111. When the game ball comes into contact with the abutment portion 1114, the rolling direction of the game ball can be forcibly changed, and the game ball continuously rolls from the outer rail 1111 to the inner rail 1113. It is designed to prevent it from moving. Even if the game ball that has entered (dried) into the game area 1100 tries to return between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112, the backflow prevention member 1116 returns to the closed position by the urging force before that. As a result, the backflow prevention member 1116 prevents the backflow of the game ball.

Further, if the game ball driven into the game area 1100 is not accepted into the winning openings (general winning opening, starting opening, large winning opening, accessory winning opening, etc.) of the table unit 2000 described later, the game is played. It flows down to the lower end of the area 1100, is guided to the out port 1151 of the game panel 1150 by the out port guide surface 1115 at the boundary between the inner rail 1112 and the inner peripheral rail 1113, and is guided from the out port 1151 to the rear lower side of the game board 4. It is designed to be discharged to.

On the other hand, when the game ball launched from the hit ball launching device 650 cannot enter the game area 1100 beyond the backflow prevention member 1116 at the tip of the inner rail 1112, the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 are used. Rolling downward in the opposite direction, the foul space 626 formed between the upper end of the launch rail 660 and the lower end of the outer rail 1111 is formed from the lower end opening between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112. It will fall, and will be received by the rail ball inlet 542e of the rail cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 located at the lower part of the rail space 626, and will be discharged to the lower plate 302 in the dish unit 300.

A metal plate is attached to the surface of the outer rail 1111 of the front component 1110 to improve the wear resistance due to the rolling of the game ball, and the game ball rolls smoothly. ing. Further, the impact portion 1114 has an elastic body such as rubber or synthetic resin arranged on the surface thereof, and even if the game ball vigorously rolls along the outer rail 1111 and collides with the abutment portion 1114, the impact is alleviated. It is also possible to repel the game ball inward.

Further, the front component 1110 has a wall-shaped security protrusion 1117 protruding from the lower outer side of the outer rail 1111 toward the front, and a substantially center in the vertical direction from the lower side of the out port guide surface 1115 along the inner peripheral rail 1113. It is provided with a groove-shaped rail security groove 1118 that is recessed by a predetermined amount from the front end of the extension. The security protrusion 1117 in the front component 1110 overlaps with the security rear end projecting piece 183 of the security cover 180 in the door frame 5 in the vertical direction when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3. As a result, even if an illegal tool such as a piano wire is intruded from between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 on the shaft support side (left side when viewed from the front), the illegal tool can reach the game area 1100. Can not be done.

Further, in the front component 1110 of this example, when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the security rear projection piece 182 of the security cover 180 in the door frame 5 is inserted into the rail security groove 1118. The crime prevention post-protrusion piece 182 is inserted between the inner rail 1112 and the outer rail 1111 so as to be substantially in contact with the outer surface (the side opposite to the game area 1100) of the inner rail 1112. Even with the inner rail 1112, the rail security groove 1118, and the crime prevention post-protrusion piece 182, an illegal tool such as a piano wire that has entered between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 reaches the game area 1100. Can be prevented.

Further, the front component 1110 is vertically separated from the left end of the front view and is vertically separated from the pair of positioning recesses 1119 which are recessed from the front to the rear and opened to the left end. A pair of game board stoppers 1120 arranged in a row, and a fixed recess 1121 arranged on the left side of the outer rail 1111 on the left side of the front view and opened downward, and the upper side formed in an arc shape and recessed from the front side, and the front view. A notch 1122 for a ball passage, which is notched in a rectangular shape extending upward from the lower end in the left-right direction, is provided near the left end of the lower end. The positioning recess 1119 of the front component 1110 is fitted with the positioning member 956 attached to the inside of the side security plate 950 in the main body frame 3, so that the left end of the game board 4 inserted into the game board holding port 601 is viewed from the front. However, it is possible to regulate the movement in the front-back direction. Further, the game board stopper 1120 can be detachably locked to the game board locking portion 608 of the main body frame base 600 in the main body frame 3, and the game board stopper 1120 can be engaged with the game board. By locking to the locking portion 608, it is possible to restrict the right end of the game board 4 inserted into the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3 from moving in the front-rear direction. ..

Further, in the fixing recess 1121 of the front component 1110, with the game board 4 inserted into the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3, the game board fixing tool 690 axially supported on the front surface of the main body frame 3 is viewed from the front. When rotated in the clockwise direction, the fixing piece 690a of the game board fixing tool 690 is inserted, and the game board fixing tool 690 restricts the lower end of the game board 4 from moving forward. It has become like. Further, in the ball passage notch 1122 of the front component 1110, a similar ball passage notch 1152 is formed at the same position of the game panel 1150, and the game board 4 is used as the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3. In the state of being inserted into, the front end of the full tank branch unit 770 is inserted into the notch portion 1122, 1152 for the ball passage.

Further, the front component 1110 has a horizontally long through hole 1123 penetrating in the front-rear direction near the right end in the front view at the lower end portion, and a thickness in the front-rear direction from the center in the left-right direction to the left side in the front view on the lower side of the through hole 1123. It is provided with a fastening portion 1124 having a thin shape, and a certificate stamp attaching portion 1125 arranged on the left side of the through hole 1123 in the front view and for attaching a certificate stamp for confirmation of certification. Although detailed illustration of the fastening portion 1124 in the front component 1110 is omitted, when the game board 4 is attached to the conventional main body frame, a predetermined fastening band is provided for the fastening hole formed in the conventional main body frame. By winding and fastening the game boards 4 to each other, it is possible to make it difficult to remove the game board 4, and it is possible to prevent unauthorized removal of the game board 4.

Further, in the front component 1110, the display unit 1181 of the function display unit 1180, which will be described later, is arranged on the outside of the rail security groove 1118 along the inner peripheral rail 1113 and at the lower right of the front view. Further, the front component 1110 includes a plurality of mounting bosses 1126 projecting rearward from the left and right ends of the lower portion of the rear surface, and a plurality of positioning projections 1127 projecting rearward from the rear surface of the inner rail 1112. The mounting boss 1126 penetrates the game panel 1150 and engages with the fixed boss 1162 of the board holder 1160, and a predetermined screw is screwed from the rear side of the board holder 1160 to the mounting boss 1126 through the fixed boss 1162. By wearing it, the game panel 1150 can be sandwiched between the front component 1110 and the board holder 1160. Further, the positioning protrusion 1127 is fitted into the inner rail fixing hole 1155 formed in the game panel 1150 so that the inner rail 1112 can be fixed at a predetermined position of the game panel 1150.

[1-4B. Game panel]
Subsequently, the game panel 1150 in the game board 4 will be described. The game panel 1150 of this example is formed of a wood board material such as veneer plywood having a predetermined thickness (for example, 18 mm to 21 mm), and has substantially the same outer shape as the outer shape of the front component 1110. The game panel 1150 has an out port 1151 that penetrates in the front-rear direction at a position corresponding to the out-port guide surface 1115 in the front component 1110 at the lower part in the substantially center in the left-right direction of the front view, and is horizontally elongated in the front-rear direction on the left side of the front view of the lower end. The ball passage notch 1152 having the same shape as the ball passage notch 1122 of the front component 1110 and the rear protrusion of the function display unit 1180 that penetrates the lower right corner of the front view in the front-rear direction. It includes an insertion hole 1153 into which 1182 is inserted.

Further, in the game panel 1150, a plurality of boss insertion holes 1154 penetrating in the front-rear direction at positions corresponding to the mounting boss 1126 of the front component member 1110 near the left and right ends of the lower portion, and a positioning protrusion 1127 of the front component member 1110 are inserted and fixed. A plurality of inner rail fixing holes 1155 and a groove-shaped out ball discharge groove 1156 having a predetermined amount of recessing from the rear surface to the front on the rear surface side of the out port 1151 and opening downward on the lower end side (see FIG. 101). And 1157, which is formed at a position corresponding to the game board stopper 1120 of the front component member 1110 and is cut out so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction from the right end of the front view. Further, the game panel 1150 is provided with a plurality of mounting holes for mounting and fixing to the rear surface of the front constituent member 1110 at appropriate positions.

The game panel 1150 in the game board 4 of this example can partition the rear end of the game area 1100 whose outer periphery is divided by the front component 1110, and is within the range corresponding to the game area 1100 on the front surface. A plurality of obstacle nails (not shown) are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement, and the table unit 2000 is attached. Further, a back unit 3000 is attached to the rear surface of the game panel 1150. Further, the game panel 1150 is formed so that the out port 1151 is located at the lowermost end of the game area 1100, and is formed at the lowermost end of the game area 1100 in the front component 1110 in the state of being assembled on the game board 4. The game ball guided backward by the out-port guide surface 1115 enters the out-port 1151 and is discharged to the rear side of the game board 4.

[1-4C. Board holder]
Next, the board holder 1160 in the game board 4 will be described. The substrate holder 1160 is formed in a horizontally long box shape with the upper side and the front side open. The substrate holder 1160 is formed with an out-ball discharge portion 1161 formed so as to penetrate in the vertical direction at the front end of the bottom wall portion at substantially the center in the left-right direction of the front view, and the upper surface of the bottom wall portion is an out-ball. The game balls are formed so as to be lowered toward the discharge portion 1161, and the game balls discharged from the out port 1151 of the game panel 1150, the front unit and the back unit, and supplied (discharged) to the upper surface of the bottom of the board holder 1160 are provided. It is designed to be discharged downward from the out ball discharging unit 1161. When the game board 4 is attached to the main body frame 3, the out-ball discharge unit 1161 is located directly above the discharge ball receiving part 841 of the board unit 800 in the main body frame 3. All the game balls discharged from the pachinko machine 1 are discharged to the rear lower side of the pachinko machine 1 through the discharge passage 842 of the board unit 800.

Further, the substrate holder 1160 includes a plurality of fixed bosses 1162 protruding forward from the front ends of the upper and lower ends of the side wall portion. The plurality of fixed bosses 1162 have their tips inserted into the boss insertion holes 1154 from the rear side of the game panel 11520 and are fitted to the rear ends of the mounting boss 1126 of the front component 1110 for mounting. In the state of being fitted with the boss 1126, the board holder 1160 is screwed to the mounting boss 1126 from the rear side of the board holder 1160 through the inside of the fixed boss 1162 to attach the board holder 1160 to the front component 1110. In addition to being able to be assembled, the game panel 1150 can be sandwiched between the front component 1110 and the board holder 1160.

Further, as shown in FIG. 101, the substrate holder 1160 has a fixing portion 1163 and a fixing portion 1163 in which the fixing piece 1174 of the main control board box 1170 can be fitted from the side to the left end portion of the rear surface of the rear wall portion when viewed from the rear surface. The elastic fixing piece 1175 of the main control board box 1170, which is arranged so as to face the 1163, is provided with a locking portion 1164 which can be locked from the rear. The fixing portion 1163 and the locking portion 1164 of the board holder 1160 allow the main control board box 1170 to be detachably supported on the rear surface of the board holder 1160.

[1-4D. Main control board box]
Subsequently, the main control board box 1170 in the game board 4 will be described. The main control board box 1170 has a thin horizontal box-shaped board base 1171 with an open rear side and a thin horizontal box-shaped board base 1171 that covers the rear surface of the board base 1171 and has an open front side, and is fitted into the inside of the board base 1171 from the rear side. It includes a matching board cover 1172 and a main control board 4100 in which electronic components, terminals, and the like are mounted on the rear side of the front end of the board cover 1171. Further, the main control board box 1170 extends outward from the left end portion of the board base 1171 when viewed from the rear, and from the fixing piece 1174 which fits with the fixing portion 1163 of the substrate holder 1160 and the right end of the rear view of the board cover 1172. It is provided with an elastic fixing piece that protrudes rearward and is elastically locked to the locking portion 1164 of the substrate holder 1160.

Further, as shown in FIG. 101 and the like, the main control board box 1170 is arranged vertically at the right end of the rear view, sandwiching the elastic fixing piece 1175, and seals the opening and closing of the board base 1171 and the board cover 1172. A possible sealing portion 1176, a sealed seal (not shown) that is affixed across the substrate base 1171 and the substrate cover 1172 at the lower ends of the substrate base 1171 and the substrate cover 1172, and a transparent seal that covers the surface of the sealed seal. It includes a protective cover 1177 and a board management seal 1178 attached to the rear surface of the board cover 1172. The sealing portion 1176 of the main control board box 1170 has the same configuration as the separation and cutting portion 863 of the payout control board box 860 in the board unit 800, and is fixed by caulking in any one of the four sealing portions 1176. Has been done. In the main control board box 1170, in order to separate the board base 1171 and the board cover 1172, it is necessary to cut the sealing portion 1176 fixed by caulking so that a trace of opening and closing of the main control board box 1170 remains. It has become. As a result, it is possible to clearly visually determine from the outside whether or not the main control board box 1170 has been opened illegally.

Since four sealing portions 1176 of the main control board box 1170 are provided in this example, the main control board box 1170 can be opened and closed up to three times. Further, in the main control board box 1170 of this example, a sealing seal is affixed straddling the substrate base 1171 and the substrate cover 1172, and the sealing seal is cut when the substrate base 1171 and the substrate cover 1172 are separated. It needs to be peeled off, and even with this sealed seal, traces of opening and closing remain. Therefore, the main control board box 1170 is illegally opened and closed, and the internal main control board 4100 is illegally modified or replaced with an illegal main control board (or a ROM that stores a game content program or the like). However, it can be visually confirmed from the outside, and it is possible to prevent such fraudulent acts.

Further, in the main control board box 1170, an opening penetrating the board cover 1172 in the front-rear direction is formed at an appropriate position, and the RAM clear switch 4100c and the test terminal 4100f attached to the main control board 4100 through the opening, Various connection terminals and the like for connecting to the peripheral control board 4010, the payout control board 4110, and the like face to the rear side. By connecting a predetermined measuring device to the test terminal 4100f facing from the rear surface of the main control board box 1170, the main control board 4100 can be checked from the outside without opening the main control board box 1170. Even if the above-mentioned sealing portion 1176 and the sealing seal are cleverly worked, the presence or absence of unauthorized modification of the main control board 4100 can be confirmed other than visually, and the pachinko machine 1 has high security performance. You can do it.

[1-4E. Function display unit]
Next, the function display unit 1180 in the game board 4 will be described. The function display unit 1180 is mounted and arranged at a predetermined position of the front constituent member 1110, and is a display unit 1181 that is visibly arranged from the player side on the front surface of the front constituent member 1110 and the front constituent member 1110. It is provided with a rear protruding portion 1182 that protrudes rearward from the rear surface.

As shown in an enlarged manner in FIG. 102 (A), the display unit 1181 of the function display unit 1180 of this example displays a game state changed by a game ball driven into the game area 1100 at the left end portion of the front view. It consists of a game status indicator 1183 consisting of one LED and two LEDs arranged vertically on the right side of the game status indicator 1183, and displays the number of holdings related to the acceptance of the game ball to the first starting port 2201. The first special symbol lottery result is the first special symbol lottery result, which is arranged on the right side of the first special symbol storage display 1184 and the first special symbol storage display 1184 and is drawn by accepting the game ball to the first starting port 2201. The first special symbol display 1185, which consists of one 7-segment LED for displaying as, and the first special symbol display 1185, which are arranged diagonally to the right and are drawn by accepting the game ball into the second starting port 2587b. From the second special symbol display 1186 consisting of one 7-segment LED for displaying the second special lottery result as the second special symbol, and the two LEDs arranged vertically on the right side of the second special symbol display 1186. It is equipped with a second special symbol storage display 1187 for displaying the number of reservations related to the acceptance of the game ball to the second starting port 2587b.

Further, the display unit 1181 of the function display unit 1180 has a normal symbol storage display 1188 composed of four LEDs for displaying the number of reservations related to the passage of the gate portion 2585a by the game ball, and a lower side of the normal symbol storage display 1188. A normal symbol display 1189 consisting of one LED for displaying the normal lottery result drawn by the game ball arranged on the side and passing through the gate portion 2585a as a normal symbol, and a diagonal upper right of the normal symbol storage display 1188. Arranged side by side, when the first special lottery result or the second special lottery result is "big hit" etc., the number of repetitions (number of rounds) of the opening and closing pattern of the first big prize opening 2102 and the second big winning opening 2509 is displayed. It is equipped with a round display 1190, which consists of two LEDs for the purpose.

The game status display 1183 in the function display unit 1180 of this example is a color LED capable of changing the emission color of red, green, and orange. Depending on the combination, various game states (for example, probability fluctuation state, time saving state, probability variation time saving state, big hit game state, small hit game state, etc.) can be displayed.

Further, when the first special symbol storage display 1184 in the function display unit 1180 cannot display the first special symbol in a variable manner on the first special symbol display 1185, the game ball is received in the first starting port 2201. In this case, the number of holds (stored number) of the first special symbol whose start of variable display is held (stored) is displayed. The first special symbol storage display 1184 has two first special symbol storage lamps 1184a and 1184b composed of predetermined LEDs, and is reserved by the lighting / blinking pattern of the first special symbol storage lamps 1184a and 1184b. The number can be displayed. Specifically, for example, when the number of holdings is one, the first special symbol storage lamp 1184a is turned on and the first special symbol storage lamp 1184b is turned off, and when the number of holdings is two, the first special symbol storage lamps 1184a, 1184b are turned on. 1184a blinks and the first special symbol storage lamp 1184b lights up when the number of holdings is three, and the first special symbol storage lamps 1184a and 1184b both light when the number of holdings is four. It is designed to blink. In this example, up to four are reserved.

Further, when the second special symbol storage display 1187 in the function display unit 1180 cannot display the second special symbol in a variable manner on the second special symbol display 1186, the game ball is received in the second starting port 2587b. In this case, the number of holds (stored number) of the second special symbol whose start of variable display is held (stored) is displayed. The second special symbol storage display 1187 has two second special symbol storage lamps 1187 and 1187b composed of predetermined LEDs, and is reserved by the lighting / blinking pattern of the second special symbol storage lamps 1187a and 1187b. The number can be displayed. Specifically, for example, when the number of holdings is one, the second special symbol storage lamp 1187a is turned on and the second special symbol storage lamp 1187b is turned off, and when the number of holdings is two, the second special symbol storage lamps 1187a and 1187b are turned on. When the number of holds is three, the second special symbol storage lamp 1187a blinks and the second special symbol storage lamp 1187b lights up, and when the number of holds is four, the second special symbol storage lamps 1187a and 1187b are both lit. It is designed to blink. In this example, up to four are reserved.

Further, the first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display 1186 in the function display unit 1180 are drawn by the first special lottery by accepting the game ball to the first starting port 2201 and the second starting port 2587b. The result and the second special lottery result are displayed, and the 7-segment LED is stopped after fluctuating for a predetermined time according to the special lottery result, and the first is based on the emission pattern (special symbol) of the stopped 7-segment LED. The result of the special lottery and the result of the second special lottery can be recognized by the player.

Further, the normal symbol display 1189 in the function display unit 1180 is a color LED capable of changing the emission color of red, green, and orange, and is a combination of the emission color and lighting / blinking. As a result, it is possible to display the result of a normal lottery that is drawn by passing the game ball through the gate portion 2585a. As with the special symbol, the display of the normal symbol by the normal symbol display 1189 is also stopped and displayed in a light emission pattern corresponding to the normal lottery result after the display is varied for a predetermined time.

Further, the normal symbol storage display 1188 in the function display unit 1180 suspends the start of the variable display when the game ball passes through the gate portion 2585a when the normal symbol cannot be variablely displayed on the normal symbol display 1189. It displays the number of held (stored) ordinary symbols (stored). This ordinary symbol storage display 1188 includes four ordinary symbol storage lamps 1188a to 1188d arranged side by side from the bottom, each of which is a predetermined LED, and the ordinary symbol storage lamps 1188a are arranged from the bottom according to the number of holdings. By sequentially lighting up to 1188d, the number of reserved symbols can be displayed. In this example, up to four variable displays of ordinary symbols are reserved (memorized).

Further, the round display 1190 in the function display unit 1180 includes a two-round display lamp 1190a and a 15-round display lamp 1190b composed of predetermined LEDs, and each lamp is lit to make a round in a "big hit" game. The number can be displayed.

As shown in FIG. 102 (A), the function display unit 1180 of this example can be visually recognized from the player side through the game window 101 of the door frame 5 in a state where the game board 4 is attached to the pachinko machine 1. It has become. In addition, the game status display 1183, the first special symbol storage display 1184, the first special symbol display 1185, the second special symbol display 1186, the second special symbol storage display 1187, and the normal symbol storage of the function display unit 1180. The display 1188, the normal symbol display 1189, and the round display 1190 are mounted on the front surface of the functional display board 1191 (see FIG. 153). Further, a connection terminal for connecting the function display board 1191 and the main control board 4100 is attached to the rear end of the rear protrusion 1182 of the function display unit 1180.

In this example, since the function display unit 1180 is provided in the front component 1110 of the game board 4, the function is compared with the case where the front unit 2000 and the back unit 300 attached to the game panel 1150 are provided. The display unit 1180 can be diverted as the basic configuration of the game board 4, the configuration related to the pachinko machine 1 can be simplified to prevent the cost from increasing, and the model of the pachinko machine 1 (table unit 2000 or Even if the detailed configuration of the game board 4, which is embodied by the back unit 3000 and can characterize the model of the pachinko machine 1, is different, the position of the display unit 1181 of the function display unit 1180 does not change, so that the player or the game The position of the display unit 1181 can be recognized by the clerk in the hall without any confusion.

Further, the function display unit 1180 of the pachinko machine 1 may have a form as shown in FIG. 102 (B). In this example, the first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display 1186 composed of 7-segment LEDs are each composed of eight LED groups. Further, the first special symbol storage display 1184 and the second special symbol storage display 1187 are each composed of four LED groups, and the ordinary symbol storage display 1188 is composed of two LEDs.

In addition to being able to exert the same effects as described above with this function display unit 1180, the first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display 1186 are configured to consist of eight LED groups. Compared with the case of using the segment LED, it is possible to make it difficult to remember the special symbol displayed to the player. Therefore, since it is difficult to understand the content displayed by the function display unit 1180, it is possible to prevent the display of the function display unit 1180 from becoming anxious and difficult to concentrate on the game during the game, and the movement of the game ball, It is possible to make the game more enjoyable by devoting yourself to movable production and production images.

[1-4F. Second Embodiment of the game panel]
Subsequently, a game panel 1200 having a form different from that of the game panel 1150 in the game board 4 described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 103 to 105. The front components 1110, the substrate holder 1160, and the main control board box 1170 in FIGS. 103 to 105 have the same configurations as those described above, and detailed description thereof will be omitted here. The game panel 1200 of the present embodiment is thinner than the above-mentioned game panel 1150 and has a plate shape capable of partitioning the rear end of the game area 1100 whose outer periphery is partitioned by the front component 1110. Also includes a panel plate 1210 having a small outer shape, and a frame-shaped panel holder 1220 that holds the panel plate 1210 detachably from the front side and is attached to the rear surface of the front component 1110.

The panel plate 1210 in the game panel 1200 has a polygonal shape whose outer shape is slightly larger than that of the game area 1100, and is a synthetic resin plate such as acrylic resin, polycarbonate resin, polyarylate resin, and methacrylic resin, glass, metal, and the like. It is made of an inorganic plate of. The plate thickness of this panel plate 1210 is thinner than the panel holder 1220 (game panel 1150), and is the minimum necessary thickness that can be sufficiently held even if an obstacle nail is planted on the front surface or the front unit 2000 is attached. It is said to be (8 to 10 mm). In this example, the panel plate 1210 is formed of a transparent synthetic resin plate.

The panel plate 1210 has a plurality of fitting holes 1211 arranged in the vicinity of the outer periphery and composed of round holes penetrating in the front-rear direction, and elongated holes 1212 arranged in the vicinity of the outer periphery of the lower left portion and penetrating in the front-rear direction and extending in the vertical direction. It is equipped with. These fitting holes 1211 and elongated holes 1212 are arranged outside the game area 1100 and are positioned with the panel holder 1220. Further, the panel plate 1210 is provided with stepped engaging step portions 1213 having a recessed front side at both ends of the upper side and both ends of the lower side thereof. The engaging step portion 1213 is notched to approximately half the thickness of the panel plate 1210, and is arranged outside the game area 1100 like the fitting hole 1211 and the elongated hole 1212. This is for engaging and fixing the panel plate 1210 to the panel holder 1220.

Further, the panel plate 1210 is provided with a plurality of inner rail fixing holes 1214 at predetermined positions. By fitting and fixing the positioning protrusion 1127 protruding from the rear side of the inner rail 1112 to the inner rail fixing hole 1214, the inner rail 1112 can be fixed at a predetermined position. Further, although the details will be described later, the panel plate 1210 is provided with a plurality of openings penetrating in the front-rear direction for mounting the front unit 2000 such as the attacker unit 2100 and the center accessory 2500, and is on the front side with respect to the openings. The attacker unit 2100 and the like are inserted and fixed (not shown).

On the other hand, the panel holder 1220 in the game panel 1200 has a size including the panel plate 1210 and has a substantially square outer shape, and has a thickness substantially the same as the thickness of the above-mentioned game panel 1150 made of a wooden board (in this example, about the same thickness). It is made of a synthetic resin (for example, a thermoplastic synthetic resin) having a size of 20 mm). The panel holder 1220 has a holding step portion 1221 that holds the panel plate 1210 detachably and is recessed from the front side to the rear side, and the inside of the holding step portion 1221 is approximately the same size as the game area 1100 and is front and rear. It mainly has a through port 1222 that penetrates in the direction.

The depth from the front surface of the holding step portion 1221 of the panel holder 1220 is substantially the same as the thickness of the panel plate 1210, and the front surface of the panel plate 1210 held in the holding step portion 1221 is the front surface of the panel holder 1220. It is designed to be almost on the same side as. Further, the holding step portion 1221 has a size such that a predetermined amount of clearance is formed on the front inner peripheral surface thereof with respect to the outer peripheral surface of the panel plate 1210. Due to this clearance, even if the panel plate 1210 expands and contracts relatively due to changes in temperature and aging, the expansion and contraction can be absorbed. An elastic member such as rubber may be packed in the clearance.

Further, the panel holder 1220 is arranged at a position corresponding to the fitting hole 1211 and the elongated hole 1212 formed in the panel plate 1210 held by the holding step portion 1221, and is arranged from the front surface of the holding step portion 1221 toward the front. It is provided with a plurality of protruding pins 1223 that extend and can be fitted and inserted into the fitting holes 1211 and the elongated holes 1212 of the panel plate 1210. By fitting and inserting these protruding pins 1223 into the fitting holes 1211 and the elongated holes 1212 of the panel plate 1210, the panel holder 1220 and the panel plate 1210 can be positioned with each other.

Further, the panel holder 1220 is provided with an engaging claw 1224 and an engaging piece 1225 that engage with the engaging step portion 1213 at a position corresponding to the engaging step portion 1213 of the panel plate 1210. More specifically, the engaging claw 1224 is arranged in the upper holding step portion 1221 of the panel holder 1220, corresponds to the upper engaging step portion 1213 in the panel plate 1210, and is forward from the front surface of the holding step portion 1221. It protrudes toward the surface and is elastically engaged with the engaging step portion 1213. The engaging claw 1224 is sized so that its tip does not protrude from the front surface of the panel holder 1220. On the other hand, the engaging piece 1225 is arranged in the lower holding step portion 1221 of the panel holder 1220, corresponds to the lower engaging step portion 1213 in the panel plate 1210, and is connected to the front surface of the holding step portion 1221. In a state where the engaging step portion 1213 of the plate 1210 is formed with a predetermined gap having a size capable of being inserted, the plate holder 1220 is configured to extend by a predetermined amount toward the upper side (center side) along the front surface of the panel holder 1220. By engaging the engaging step portion 1213 of the panel plate 1210 with the engaging claw 1224 and the engaging piece 1225, the panel plate 1210 is detachably held with respect to the panel holder 1220.

Further, the panel holder 1220 is provided with a boss insertion hole 1226 that penetrates in the front-rear direction through which the mounting boss 1126 provided in the front component member 1110 can be inserted, and the mounting boss of the front component member 1110 is provided in the boss insertion hole 1226. By inserting the 1126, the panel holder 1220 and the front component 1110 are positioned with each other.

As shown in FIG. 104, the panel holder 1220 is provided with a mounting support portion 1227 on the rear surface side, which is recessed by a predetermined amount on the front side so as to leave a lower side and an outer peripheral edge slightly below the center in the vertical direction. ing. Due to this mounting support portion 1227, the rear surface of the panel holder 1220 is recessed in a state where the outer peripheral portion on the rear surface side protrudes rearward above the predetermined range from the lower end to a predetermined height, and the recessed amount (the recessed amount). Depth) is a depth (in this example, about 2.5 mm) that can accommodate the flange-shaped fixing portion 3010c (see FIG. 114 and the like) of the back box 3010 in the back unit 3000 mounted and fixed to the mounting support portion 1227. It is said that it is preferably between 1 and 3 mm). By mounting and fixing a predetermined member to the mounting support portion 1227, it is possible to prevent the fixing portion 3010c from protruding to the rear side of the panel holder 1220, and the panel holder 1220, that is, the game board 4 can be mounted on the main body frame 3. It can be securely installed and installed in the game board holding port 601 of the (pachinko machine 1).

Further, as shown in the figure, the panel holder 1220 is arranged with a plurality of mounting holes 1228 arranged in the mounting support portion 1227 on the rear surface side and capable of screwing a predetermined screw in a predetermined arrangement. Further, the panel holder 1220 is provided with a plurality of positioning holes 1229 arranged so as to correspond to the mounting holes 1228. The positioning hole 1229 is a positioning protrusion formed on a member to be mounted and fixed using the mounting hole 1228 (for example, a positioning protrusion projecting forward from a fixing portion 3010c formed in a flange shape on the front surface of the back box 3010 (not shown). Is omitted)) is inserted. In this example, the positioning hole 1229 is a stop hole having a substantially rectangular shape (square hole shape) in the rear view.

It should be noted that, with respect to the mounting hole 1228, a mounting hole having an inner diameter of a large diameter and a small diameter are mixed, and the mounting hole has an appropriate diameter according to the size and weight of a predetermined member to be mounted and fixed. 1228 may be used.

Further, the panel holder 1220 is formed with a plurality of lightening portions 1230 that open to the rear surface side at least in a predetermined range from the lower end to a predetermined height, so that the weight of the panel holder 1220 is reduced by the lightening portions 1230. It has become. As shown in FIG. 103, these lightening portions 1230 are not formed within a predetermined range from the lower end on the front surface side of the panel holder 1220 to a predetermined height, and within that range, the panel holder 1220 Since the front surface is a substantially flat surface, the rear surface of the front component 1110 arranged on the front surface becomes a substantially flat surface, and the game ball launched from the hit ball launcher 650 is smoothly guided. It has become so. Further, in this panel holder 1220, as shown in the figure, the lightening portion 1230 is formed so that the mounting holes 1228 and the like are formed in a boss shape, and at the same time, they are supported and the strength of the panel holder 1220 is maintained. In order to do so, a box-shaped rib is formed.

The panel holder 1220 is formed with a positioning unit 1231 corresponding to a positioning means such as an obstacle nail planting device (not shown) and an assembly jig, and holds the game panel 1150 in the obstacle nail planting device. It is possible to set it in the state that it is. Further, in the lower part of the panel holder 1220, there is an out port 1232 that penetrates in the front-rear direction at a position corresponding to the out-port guide surface 1115 of the front component 1110, and a horizontally long penetrating in the front-rear direction on the left side of the lower end when viewed from the front. A ball passage notch 1223 having the same shape as the ball passage notch 1122 of the front component 1110 and a rear protrusion 1182 of the function display unit 1180 that penetrates in the front-rear direction are inserted into the lower right corner of the front view. It is provided with an insertion hole 1234 and.

Further, the panel holder 1220 has a front configuration including a groove-shaped out ball discharge groove 1235 (see FIG. 104) in which a predetermined amount is recessed from the rear surface to the front on the rear surface side of the out port 1232 and the lower end side is opened downward. It is provided with a notch 1236 formed at a position corresponding to the game board stopper 1120 of the member 1110 and notched so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction from the right end of the front view. Further, the panel holder 1220 is provided with a plurality of mounting holes for mounting and fixing to the rear surface of the front constituent member 1110 at appropriate positions.

When the game board 4 is inserted and held in the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3, the out ball discharge groove 1235 in the panel holder 1220 is inserted into the main body frame 3 (the upper surface of the game board mounting portion 606 in the main body frame base 600). It is designed to fit with the provided positioning protrusion 607, and when the out ball discharge groove 1235 fits with the positioning protrusion 607, the game board 4 moves relative to the main body frame 3 in the left-right direction. It is becoming regulated.

In the game panel 1200 of the present embodiment, the panel plate 1210 is fitted and inserted into the holding step portion 1221 of the panel holder 1220 from the front, and the engaging claw 1224, the engaging piece 1225, and the engaging step portion 1213 are engaged with each other. By combining them, the panel plate 1210 can be held by the panel holder 1220, and the front side of the panel plate 1210 and the panel holder 1220 are substantially flush with each other. It is possible to set the panel plate 1210 in the conventional obstacle nail planting device while holding it in the panel holder 1220 without modifying the installation device, and it is possible to suppress the increase in the cost for planting the obstacle nail. You can do it.

Further, in the game panel 1200 of this example, although not shown, a plurality of obstacle nails are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement within a range corresponding to the game area 1100 on the front surface of the panel plate 1210. At the same time, the table unit 2000 can be attached. Further, the back unit 3000 is attached to the rear surface of the panel holder 1220. As a result, in the thin panel plate 1210, only the front unit 2000 is supported, so that it is possible to prevent the panel plate 1210 from being distorted by the load of the front unit 2000.

Further, since the game panel 1200 has a divided structure consisting of a panel plate 1210 and a panel holder 1220, even if the panel plate 1210 is used as a transparent plate, it is possible to suppress an increase in the weight of the entire game panel 1200, and the transparent panel. The pachinko machine 1 in which the rear side of the game area 1100 can be seen by the player through the plate 1210 can be embodied, and the pachinko machine 1 can be strongly attracted by the player.

Further, since the game panel 1200 is divided into the panel plate 1210 and the panel holder 1220, the panel plate 1210 whose position of the obstacle nail, the winning opening, etc. changes depending on the model of the pachinko machine 1 is used as a replacement part. The panel holder 1220 can be used as a common part, and the pachinko machine 1 equipped with the game board 4 compatible with various models can be obtained by simply replacing the panel plate 1210.

Further, since the panel holder 1220 is provided with a plurality of mounting holes 1228 in a predetermined arrangement in advance, mounting and fixing positions of various predetermined members such as the back unit 3000 to be mounted and fixed on the rear surface side of the panel holder 1220 depending on the model. By designing the fixing parts of various members to correspond to the positions of the mounting holes 1228, the panel holder 1220 can be used as a common part of the pachinko machine 1 regardless of the model, even if the positions are different. It has become.

[1-4G. Second embodiment of the front component]
Next, the front component 1110A having a form different from that of the front component 1110 in the game board 4 will be described with reference to FIGS. 106 and 107. In the game panel 1200, the board holder 1160, and the main control board box 1170 in FIGS. 106 and 108, the outer shape of the panel plate 1210 and the inner shape of the through hole 1222 of the panel holder 1220 are the embodiments of FIGS. 103 to 105. The configuration is the same as that of the examples of FIGS. 103 to 105 except that the configuration is the same as that of FIGS. 103 to 105, and detailed description thereof will be omitted here.

The front component 1110A shown in FIGS. 106 and 107 is different from the above front component 1110 in that a part of the inner peripheral shape penetrating in the front-rear direction is different, and does not include the function display unit 1180. The points are very different. The other configurations are the same as those of the front component 1110, the same reference numerals are given, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. Further, in the game board 4 using the front component 1110A, the function display unit 1180 is provided on either the front unit 2000 or the back unit 3000 in the game board 4 (in this example, the front unit). Prepared for 2000).

As shown in the figure, the front component 1110A has a frame-shaped inner peripheral shape extending clockwise from the out port guide surface 1115 to the abutting portion 1114 of the inner rail 1112 and the outer rail 1111. The shape is formed to be the same as the above-mentioned front component member 1110, and the shape from the abutment portion 1114 to the out port guide surface 1115 in the clockwise direction is different from the above-mentioned front component member 1110. ing. Specifically, the area from the abutment portion 1114 to directly above the certificate stamp affixing portion 1125 on the right side arranged directly under the abuttal portion 1114 is formed in a gentle arc shape, and the out port is formed from the lower end of the arc shape. The area up to the guide surface 1115 is formed in a straight line inclined so as to be lowered toward the out port guide surface 1115.

In the front component 1110A of this example, the game area 1100 can be secured wider than the above-mentioned front component 1110, and the wide game area 1100 can further entertain the player. You can do it.

In the examples of FIGS. 106 and 107, the game panel 1200 is attached to the rear side of the front component member 1110A, but the present invention is not limited to this, and FIGS. 100 and 100 are shown on the rear side of the front component member 1110A. A game panel 1150 made of a single plate as shown in 101 may be attached.

[1-5. Security structure of pachinko machines]
Subsequently, the crime prevention structure of the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 108 and 109. FIG. 108 is a partial cross-sectional view showing a crime prevention structure on the shaft support side of a pachinko machine. Further, FIG. 109 is a perspective view seen from the rear with the game board housed in the main body frame.

First, as shown in FIG. 108, the security structure on the shaft support side in the pachinko machine 1 of this example is the side surface of the shaft support side (left side in front view) of the main body frame base 600 formed of the synthetic resin in the main body frame 3. It is composed of a metal side security plate 950 attached to the door frame 5 and a metal reinforcing unit 150 attached to the rear surface of the door frame base 110 formed of synthetic resin in the door frame 5.

As described above, the side surface security plate 950 of the main body frame 3 is formed of an extruded mold material made of metal (for example, an aluminum alloy), and the vertical dimension is substantially the same as the vertical dimension of the main body frame base 600. In addition, the dimensions in the front-rear direction are larger than the dimensions in the front-rear direction in which the front component 1110 (1110A) and the game panel 1150 in the game board 4 are combined. The side surface security plate 950 has a plate-shaped side plate piece 952a extending in the vertical direction and extending in the front-rear direction to form the side surface of the main body frame 3, and a front end extending inward (open side) substantially at right angles from the front end of the side plate piece 952a. A middle piece 952c extending from the side plate piece 952a along the front end piece 952b so as to form a predetermined amount of gap on the rear side of the piece 952b and the front end piece 952b, and extending inward substantially at right angles from the rear end of the side plate piece 952a. It is provided with a rear end piece 952d. As a result, the front end of the side security plate 950 has a substantially U-shaped cross section that is opened inward (open side) by the front end piece 952b and the middle piece 952c.

Further, the side security plate 950 (main body 952) has the strength and rigidity of the side security plate 950 due to the front end piece 952b, the middle piece 952c, and the rear end piece 952d arranged in the direction perpendicular to the surface of the side plate piece 952a. It has been increased so that the strength of the main body frame 3 as a whole can be increased so that the game board 4 and the door frame 5 can be well supported.

On the other hand, as described above, the reinforcing unit 150 of the door frame 5 is formed by forming a plurality of long metal plates into a frame shape so as to surround the outer periphery of the game window 101 in the door frame 5 by spot welding, rivets, or the like. The outer side of the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 on the shaft support side is provided with a shaft support side U-shaped protrusion 166 having a substantially U-shaped cross section opened to the outside (shaft support side). In the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 of the reinforcing unit 150, the strength of the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is further increased by the shaft support side U-shaped projecting piece 166, and the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is difficult to bend. ..

By the way, in this example, since the door frame 5 is attached and supported only at two points above and below the upper shaft branch portion 156 and the lower shaft branch portion 158 with respect to the main body frame 3, the door frame 5 on the shaft support side is supported. When an illegal tool such as a screwdriver or a crowbar is inserted between the door frame 3 and the main body frame 3, the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is deformed and the gap between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 becomes large, and the gap is increased through the gap. There is a risk of cheating. On the other hand, in the security structure of this example, when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, between the front end piece 952b and the middle piece 952c formed inside the front end of the side security plate 950. The rear piece of the shaft support side U-shaped protrusion 166 formed in a substantially U shape of the reinforcing unit 150 in the door frame 5 is inserted (entered), and the front end piece 952b is supported by the shaft. It is in a state of being sandwiched between the side U-shaped protrusions 166. As a result, even if the door frame 5 is forcibly opened with respect to the main body frame 3, the shaft support side U-shaped projecting piece 166 of the door frame 5 comes into contact with the rear surface side of the front end piece 952b of the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 Since it is possible to prevent the U-shaped projecting piece 166 on the shaft support side from moving away from the main body frame 3, it is possible to prevent the closed door frame 5 from being scooped out, and the main body frame can be prevented from being opened. It is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as opening the door frame 5 against the third.

Further, since the side security plate 950 formed of metal in the main body frame 3 and the reinforcing unit 150 formed of metal in the door frame 5 are fitted to each other, between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5. The strength and rigidity of the door frame 3 are increased, and the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 can be made less likely to be distorted by an illegal tool, so that the crime prevention performance can be improved.

Further, since the rear end of the side plate piece 952a in the side security plate 950 extends rearward from the game panel 1150 in the game board 4, it is assumed that the main body frame base 600 behind the rear end of the side plate piece 952a Even if is destroyed, an illegal tool such as a piano wire cannot be penetrated into the game area 1100 on the front surface of the game board 4 (game panel 1150) from the rear end of the side plate piece 952a, and the illegal act is performed. Can be reliably prevented. As shown in FIG. 108, since the side frame plate 12 of the outer frame 2 is in contact with the side frame plate 12 so as to cover the outside of the side security plate 950, the pachinko machine 1 has a robust side surface, and the pachinko machine 1 has a robust side surface. It is possible to fully counter the vandalism of. Further, in general, in the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed, the side surface of the pachinko machine 1 is inserted and fixed in the frame of the island facility for installing the pachinko machine 1, so that the player side. From the (front side), it is almost impossible for an unauthorized tool to enter the rear side of the side plate piece 952c from the rear end, and the security performance of the pachinko machine 1 is further enhanced.

Subsequently, as a security structure from the rear side in the pachinko machine 1 of this example, as shown in FIG. 109, the prize ball base 710, the tank rail 731, and the prize ball device 740 in the main body frame 3 accommodating the game board 4 Since the unit base 741, the full tank branch unit 770, and the back cover 900 are made of transparent synthetic resin, the rear side and the side surface side of the game board 4 housed in the main body frame 3 can be used as the game board 4. It can be visually recognized from the rear side of the main body frame 3 without removing it from the main body frame 3 or opening the back cover 900. As a result, even if an illegal device is attached to the rear side of the game board 4, it can be easily found and it is possible to prevent the illegal act from being performed. In addition, since it is possible to easily find an illegal device or the like attached to the game board 4 from the outside, it is possible to hesitate to attach the illegal device, and it is possible to enhance the deterrence against fraudulent acts. ing.

Further, since the rear side and the side surface side of the game board 4 can be visually recognized from the rear side of the main body frame 3 through the transparent prize ball base 710, the back cover 900, etc., the main body frame can be used for maintenance and model change. When the game board 4 is attached / detached to / from 3, even if tools such as a screwdriver or pliers, a waste cloth for cleaning, dust, dust, etc. remain between the main body frame 3 and the game board 4, they are removed from the outside. It can be easily found from the above, it is possible to prevent some trouble from occurring due to them, and it is possible to improve the maintainability of the pachinko machine 1.

[2. Detailed configuration of the game board]
Subsequently, the detailed configuration of the game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 110 and 111. FIG. 110 is a front view of the game board in the pachinko machine, and FIG. 111 is a perspective view of the game board as viewed from the rear.

The game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment has an outer rail 1111 and an inner rail 1112, and a game ball (also simply referred to as a “ball”) as a game medium is generated by a player operating the handle device 500. A frame-shaped front component 1110A that partitions the inner circumference of the game area 1100 to be driven in, and a plate-shaped member that is attached to the rear side of the front component 1110A so as to close the game area 1100 and divides the rear end of the game area 1100. It is equipped with a game panel 1150 and. The game panel 1150 of this example is made of wooden plywood such as plywood.

Further, the game board 4 is attached to the front unit 2000 attached to the game panel 1150 from the front side, the back unit 3000 attached to the rear surface of the game panel 1150, and the back unit 3000 so as to be visible from the player side. A liquid crystal display device 1900 capable of displaying a predetermined effect image, a board holder 1160 attached to the lower part of the rear surface of the game panel 1150 so as to cover the lower part of the back unit 3000 from the rear side, and a main body attached to the rear surface of the board holder 1160. It includes a control board box 1170.

The table unit 2000 in the game board 4 of this example has a plurality of entrances (winning openings) in which a game ball driven into the game area 1100 can be accepted, and a frame arranged in a substantially central portion of the game area 1100. It is provided with a center accessory 2500 and a function display unit 1180 attached to the outside of the game area 1100 and capable of displaying a game state. The plurality of receiving ports include a first starting port 2201 arranged at a substantially central lower portion in the left-right direction in the game area 1100, a second starting port 2587b arranged on the right side of the first starting port 2201, and a game area 1100. The general winning opening 2301 located at the lower left of the inside, the first attacker unit 2100 located directly below the first starting port 2201 and directly above the out opening 1151, and the second starting port 2587b located on the upper right side. There is a second attacker unit 2570 and a gate portion 2585a arranged on the upper right side of the center accessory 2500.

First, the first starting port 2201 has a box-shaped shape with an open upper portion, and is capable of constantly receiving a game ball driven into the game area 1100. The first starting port 2201 is substantially in the center of the game area 1100 in the left-right direction, and although details will be described later, it is located directly below the chance exit 2506d in the stage 2506 of the center accessory 2500 and is discharged from the chance exit 2506d. It is possible to accept the game ball with a high probability. The first starting port 2201 is provided with a first starting port sensor 2422 that detects the accepted game ball.

Further, the gate portion 2585a has a gate-shaped shape so that the game ball can always pass through. The gate portion 2585a is arranged directly under the passage 2509a opened near the abutment portion 1114 of the front component member 1110A, and can pass the game ball released from the passage 2509a with an extremely high probability. The gate portion 2585a is provided with a gate sensor 2586 that detects a passing game ball.

Further, the second starting port 2587b includes a horizontally elongated plate-shaped movable piece 2589 that can be slid in the front-rear direction by the starting port solenoid 2590, and when the movable piece 2589 is housed in the retracted position, the second starting port 2589. While the game ball cannot be received in 2587b, when the movable piece 2589 moves to the protruding position protruding forward, the game ball can be received in the second starting port 2587b. The second starting port 2587b is a variable winning opening due to the movable piece 2589.

Further, a guide portion 2581 for guiding the game ball diagonally downward to the left is provided in the upper part of the second starting port 2587b, and a game released from the guide portion 2581 is provided on the left side of the guide portion 2581. A collision portion 2583 is provided in which the spheres collide and change the traveling direction downward. Therefore, the game ball released from the side of the second attacker unit 2570 arranged on the upper right side of the second starting port 2587b is guided diagonally downward to the left by the guiding unit 2581 and then released from the guiding unit 2581. The game ball collides with the collision portion 2583 and flows downward from the gap between the guidance portion 2581 and the collision portion 2583. Then, in the state where the movable piece 2589 is moved to the protruding position, it is possible to catch the game ball flowing down from the gap between the guiding portion 2581 and the collision portion 2583, and the movable piece 2589 causes the game ball to move diagonally downward to the right. By guiding and guiding toward the second starting port 2587b, the second starting port 2587b can be awarded a prize. On the other hand, when the movable piece 2589 is housed in the retracted position, the game ball that has flowed down from the gap between the guide portion 2581 and the collision portion 2583 is not received and passes through the front side of the movable piece 2589 and falls downward. It is designed to do.

The movable piece 2589 is in a state of being housed in the retracted position in the normal state, and the normal lottery result is obtained according to the normal lottery result drawn by detecting the passage of the game ball by the gate sensor 2586. When it is a "normal hit", it changes to a state of moving from the retracted position to the protruding position. Further, the second starting port 2587b is provided with a second starting port sensor 2593 for detecting the accepted game ball.

Further, the general winning opening 2301 has a box-shaped shape with an opening at the upper side, and is capable of constantly accepting a game ball driven into the game area 1100. The general winning opening 2301 is provided with a general winning opening sensor 3421 that detects the accepted game ball.

Further, the first attacker unit 2100 is provided with a first large winning opening 2102 that can be opened and closed by a horizontally long plate-shaped opening / closing member 2104 and can accept a game ball when the first attacker unit 2100 is opened. In the first attacker unit 2100, the opening / closing member 2104 is rotatable about the lower side as a rotation axis by the first attacker solenoid 2107, and when the opening / closing member 2104 is substantially vertical, the game ball is inserted into the first large winning opening 2102. However, when the opening / closing member 2104 is in a substantially horizontal state, it is possible to accept a game ball in the first large winning opening 210, which is a so-called variable winning opening. Has been done. Further, the first attacker unit 2100 is arranged at the lower left of the second starting port 2587b, and a game ball that is discharged from the side of the second attacker unit 2570 but is not accepted by the second starting port 2587b is the second. (2) After being guided diagonally downward to the left by the guide wall surface 2582 arranged below the starting port 2587b, the first attacker unit 2100 is discharged upward. Therefore, when the first big winning opening 2102 is opened, the game ball released from the side of the second starting opening 2587b can be accepted with high probability.

The opening / closing member 2104 is in a substantially vertical state in a normal state, and corresponds to a special lottery result drawn by detecting acceptance of a game ball by the first start port sensor 2422 or the second start port sensor 2593. That is, when the special lottery result is a "big hit", the state changes from a substantially vertical state to a substantially horizontal state. Further, the first large winning opening 2102 is provided with a first count sensor 2111 for detecting the accepted game ball.

Further, the second attacker unit 2570 is provided with a second large winning opening 2509 which is openable and closable by a horizontally long plate-shaped opening / closing member 2572 and can accept a game ball when the second attacker unit 2570 is opened. In the second attacker unit 2570, the opening / closing member 2571 is slidable in the front-rear direction by the second attacker solenoid 2574, and when the opening / closing member 2527 protrudes to the front protruding position, the second large winning opening 2509 While it is impossible to accept the game ball, when the opening / closing member 2572 is moved to the retracted position, the game ball can be accepted into the second prize opening 2509, so-called. It is said to be a variable winning opening. Further, the second attacker unit 2570 is arranged below the gate portion 2585b, and the game ball that has passed through the gate portion 2585a and the game ball that has not passed through the gate portion 2585a have a flow passage having a notch like a saw tooth. After being guided downward by the 2505 while reducing the flow speed of the game ball, the game ball is guided downward in one of the branch passages 2507 capable of branching the game ball in two directions, and above the second attacker unit 2570 from the confluence portion. It is supposed to be released to. Therefore, when the second large winning opening 2509 is opened, the game ball guided from the side of the gate portion 2585a can be accepted with an extremely high probability.

On the other hand, when the second large winning opening 2509 is closed, the opening / closing member 2527 is in a protruding position, and the game ball guided from the side of the gate portion 2585a is guided diagonally downward to the left by the upper surface of the opening / closing member 2527. After that, it is discharged upward of the second starting port 2587b.

In the normal state, the opening / closing member 2572 is in a protruding position, and the special lottery result is drawn when the reception of the game ball is detected by the second starting port sensor 2593, that is, the special lottery. When the result is a "small hit", the state changes from the protruding position to the retracted position. Further, the second large winning opening 2509 is provided with a second count sensor 2578 that detects the accepted game ball.

Further, the second attacker unit 2570 has a guide passage 2621 for guiding the game ball received in the second prize opening 2509 to the distribution member 2620, and holds one game ball guided by the guide passage 2621. A distribution member 2620 having a ball entry port 2622 that can be used, and a V winning port that can accept a game ball during clockwise rotation so that the ball entry port 2622 of the distribution member 2620 faces the right distribution passage 2623. It is provided with a 2626 and an out-of-pass passage 2628 capable of accepting a game ball during counterclockwise rotation so that the entry port 2622 of the distribution member 2620 faces the left distribution passage 2625. In this distribution member 2620, the ball entry port 2622 of the distribution member 2620 can be rotated in the left-right direction by the drive motor 2624 with reference to the position where the ball entry port 2622 faces the guide passage 2621. When the ball mouth 2622 rotates to the right after holding one game ball, the game ball distributed to the right distribution passage 2623 passes through the V winning opening 2626, whereas when it rotates to the left, it is distributed to the left distribution passage 2625. The game ball is removed and passes through the passage port 2628.

Further, the distribution member 2620 distributes one game ball held in the entry port 2622 to either the right distribution passage 2623 or the left distribution passage 2625, thereby causing the V winning opening 2626 or the out-of-pass passage 2628. After passing through any of the above, by returning the entrance 2622 to the reference position facing the guide passage 2621 again, the next game ball accepted by the second major winning opening 2509 is transferred to the entrance 2622. It is possible to hold it. Therefore, even if a large number of game balls are accepted when the second large winning opening 2509 is opened, the accepted game balls are held one by one in the entry opening 2622 in order, and the right distribution passage 2623 or the right distribution passage 2623 or By distributing to any of the left distribution passages 2625, it is possible to pass through either the V winning opening 2626 or the out-of-pass passage 2628 one after another.

The distribution member 2620 is in a state in which the ball entry port 2622 faces the guide passage 2621 in a normal state, is accepted by the second large winning opening 2509, and the reception of the game ball is detected by the second count sensor 2578. Depending on the decision result determined by being played, one game ball held in the entry port 2622 is inserted into the V winning opening 2626 on the right distribution passage 2623 side or the out-of-pass passage 2628 on the left distribution passage 2625 side. It is designed to be distributed to one of. Further, as will be described in detail later, every time 10 game balls are accepted by the second major winning opening 2509, one game ball held in the entry opening 2622 is used as a V winning opening on the right distribution passage 2623 side. It is designed to be distributed to 2626. That is, until the nine game balls are accepted by the second major winning opening 2509, one game ball held in the entry opening 2622 is sequentially distributed to the out-passing opening 2628 on the left distribution passage 2625 side. After that, when the tenth game ball is accepted by the second major winning opening 2509, one game ball held in the entry opening 2622 is distributed to the V winning opening 2626 on the right distribution passage 2623 side. I am doing it. In this way, the probability of being accepted by the V winning opening 2626 among the game balls accepted by the second major winning opening 2509 is 1/10 (for each predetermined number of balls entering the second starting opening 2509). Often, it is not limited to 1/10.), So that there is no bias in acceptance to the V winning opening 2626.

Further, the V winning opening 2626 is provided with a V winning opening sensor 2627 that detects a passing game ball, and the out-of-passing opening 2628 is provided with an out-of-passing opening sensor 2629 that detects a passing game ball. Further, as described above, the opening / closing member 2572 responds to the special lottery result drawn by detecting the acceptance of the game ball by the second start port sensor 2593, that is, the special lottery result is a "small hit". Occasionally, it changes from the protruding position to the retracted position, and it becomes possible to accept the game ball to the second prize opening 2509, but the tenth game ball is accepted to the second prize opening 2509. (When the reception of the 10th game ball is detected by the second count sensor 2578), the ball is distributed to the V winning opening 2626 on the right distribution passage 2623 side by the distribution member 2620 (V winning opening sensor). By detecting the acceptance of the game ball by 2627), it becomes a "big hit (feature big hit)", and the opening / closing member 2104 of the first attacker unit 2100 is opened / closed in the same manner as when the special lottery result is "big hit". It has become like.

Further, as shown in FIG. 111, the back unit 3000 in the game board 4 is attached to the rear side of the game panel 1150, the front side is opened, and the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 1900 faces the rear wall 3010a and penetrates in the front-rear direction. A back box 3010 having an opening (not shown) is provided, and a panel relay board 3020, a lamp drive board 3021, a motor drive board 3023, and a front lamp relay board 3025 attached to the rear wall 3010a of the back box 3010 are provided. ing.

Further, on the rear side of the liquid crystal display device 1900 in the game board 4, a peripheral control board 4010 (see FIG. 112) having a peripheral control unit 4140 and a liquid crystal control unit 4150, which will be described in detail later, is housed. It is equipped with a box 1910.

In the game board 4 of the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, a frame-shaped center accessory 2500 is attached to the game panel 1150 so that the main liquid crystal display device 1900 faces the player side substantially in the center of the game area 1100. There is. Although the details will be described later, the game ball driven into the game area 1100 can flow down the left and right outside of the center accessory 2500. In the game area 1100, the area from the left side to the lower side of the center accessory 2500 in the front view is formed in a relatively wide area in which the game ball can be distributed, and a plurality of obstacle nails (a plurality of obstacle nails ( (Not shown) are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement.

When the game board 4 of the present embodiment is driven into the left side of the front view, that is, the left route 1100L side from the highest portion of the peripheral wall portion 2502 of the center accessory 2500, the game board 4 passes between the game board and the inner rail 1112. It flows down the left side of the center accessory 2500. Then, when it enters the warp entrance 2503 opened in the peripheral wall portion 2502 of the center accessory 2500, it is supplied to the stage 2506. The game ball supplied to the stage 2506 is released into the game area 1100 after rolling left and right on the stage 2506, and can enjoy a movement different from the movement caused by the obstacle nail, and also has a chance of the stage 2506. When the game ball is discharged into the game area 1100 from the exit 2506d, it is possible to win a prize in the first starting port 2201 with a high probability.

Further, when the game ball driven to the left route 1100L side does not enter the warp entrance 2503, the probability of the game ball is lower than that of the game ball released from the stage 2506 to the game area 1100. There is a possibility of winning a prize in the first starting port 2201.

On the other hand, when the game ball is driven to the right side of the front view, that is, to the right route 1100R side from the highest portion of the peripheral wall portion 2502 of the center accessory 2500, the outer circumference on the right side of the center accessory 2500 and the inner circumference of the game area 1100 are formed. It enters the passage 2509a opened in the vicinity of the abutment portion 1114 of the front component 1110A through the narrow gap of the above, and is discharged directly above the gate portion 2585a. That is, by hitting right, the game ball can be passed through the gate portion 2585a with an extremely high probability.

Further, although the details will be described later, when the game ball passes through the gate portion 2585a and is detected by the gate sensor 2586, the normal lottery result is drawn and executed in an extremely short time, so that the normal lottery is performed. If the result is "normal hit", the movable piece 2589 moves to the protruding position, the game ball is guided to the second starting port 2587b according to the gradient of the movable piece 2589, and the game received by the movable piece 2589. The ball can be won in the second starting port 2587b. In addition, most of the game balls driven to the right route 1100R side pass the front side of the movable piece 2589, so when the movable piece 2589 moves to the protruding position, the game ball is hit right with an extremely high probability. A prize can be given to the second starting port 2587b. If the result of the normal lottery is "normal loss", the movable piece 2589 is housed in the retracted position, and the game ball that has passed through the gate portion 2585a is not received by the movable piece 2589, and the second starting port is opened. There is no prize for 2587b.

Further, when a game ball wins a prize in the first starting port 2201 or the second starting port 2587b, a special lottery result is drawn, and a special advantageous gaming state occurs in which a player such as a big hit game is advantageous. When the "big hit" is drawn, the opening / closing member 2104 rotates in a predetermined pattern, and the game ball can be accepted into the first attacker unit 2100, and the game ball that has entered the first attacker unit 2100 is the first. It is possible to win a prize in the large winning opening 2102. In addition, most of the game balls driven to the right route 1100R side are guided above the first attacker unit 2100, so when the first big winning opening 2102 is opened, it is expensive to hit right. It is possible to win a prize in the first major winning opening 2102 with a probability. If the result of the special lottery is "missing", the opening / closing member 2104 is closed, and the game ball does not win the first prize opening 2102.

Further, when a game ball is won in the second starting port 2587b and a "small hit" is drawn as a result of the special lottery, the opening / closing member 2571 slides in a predetermined pattern to play a game on the second attacker unit 2570. The ball can be accepted, and the game ball that has entered the second attacker unit 2570 can be won in the second winning opening 2509. In addition, most of the game balls driven to the right route 1100R side are guided above the second attacker unit 2570, so when the second big winning opening 2509 is opened, it is expensive to hit right. There is a probability that you will be able to win the second prize opening 2509.

In addition, when a game ball wins in the second major winning opening 2509, the winning game ball is transferred to the V winning opening 2626 on the right distribution passage 2623 side or the left distribution passage 2625 side by using the distribution member 2620. It is designed to be distributed to any of the out-of-passage passages 2628. Then, every time 10 game balls win the second big prize opening 2509, they are distributed to the V winning opening 2626 on the right distribution passage 2623 side by the distribution member 2620, so that "big hit (feature big hit)". As in the case where the special lottery result is "big hit", the opening / closing member 2104 of the first attacker unit 2100 is opened / closed in a predetermined pattern.

As described above, in the game board 4 of the present embodiment, it is possible to play games with different impressions on the right side and the left side of the center accessory 2500, and it is possible to provide various games and make it hard to get bored. Can be done.

[3. Various boards]
Subsequently, a control board that performs various controls of the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIG. 112. FIG. 112 is a block diagram schematically showing a control configuration of a pachinko machine. As shown in the figure, the control configuration of the pachinko machine 1 is composed of a group of the main board 4000 and a group of peripheral control boards 4010, and various controls are shared by these two groups. The group of the main board 4000 includes a main control board 4100 for controlling a game operation (progress of a game) and a payout control board 4110 for controlling payout of a game ball and the like. Further, the group of the peripheral control board 4010 is a peripheral control unit 4140 that controls various effects during the game based on the command from the main control board 4100, and a main liquid crystal display device 1900 based on the command from the peripheral control unit 4140. It is provided with a liquid crystal control unit 4150 that controls the display of the effect image.

[3-1. Main control board]
As shown in FIG. 112, the main control board 4100 that controls the progress of the game is a main control MPU 4100a that is a microprocessor having a built-in ROM for storing various processing programs and various commands, a RAM for temporarily storing data, and the like. The main control I / O port 4100b as an input / output device (I / O device), the main control input circuit 4100h to which detection signals from various detection switches are input, and the main control solenoid for driving various solenoids. It includes a drive circuit 4100g and a RAM clear switch 4100c for completely erasing the information stored in the RAM 4100e built in the main control MPU 4100a. In addition to the built-in ROM 4100d and RAM 4100e, the main control MPU 4100a also has a built-in watchdog timer for monitoring its operation (system) and a function for preventing fraud.

The main control MPU 4100a of the main control board 4100 has a first start port sensor 3422 that detects a game ball received by the first start port 2201, and a second start port sensor that detects a game ball received by the second start port 2587b. Detection signals from the general winning opening sensor 3421 that detects the game ball received into the 2593 and the general winning opening 2301 are input via the main control I / O port 4100b, respectively, or the gate sensor 2586 and the general winning opening sensor 3421. , The first count sensor 2111, the second count sensor 2578, the V winning opening sensor 2627, the out-of-passing opening sensor 2629, and the detection signal from the magnetic detection sensor 3423 are the panel relay board 3020 mounted on the game board 4, and the main. It is designed to be input via the control I / O port 4100b.

The main control MPU 4100a outputs a control signal from the main control I / O port 4100b to the main control solenoid drive circuit 4100g based on these detection signals, so that the start port solenoid 2590, first, via the panel relay board 3020. A drive signal is output to the attacker solenoid 2107, the second attacker solenoid 2574, and the drive motor 2624, and the main control I / O port 4100b, the panel relay board 3020, and the function display board 1191 and the normal symbol display board 1191a are used. 1 special symbol display 1185, 2nd special symbol display 1186, 1st special symbol storage display 1184, 2nd special symbol storage display 1187, normal symbol display 1189, normal symbol storage display 1188, game status display A drive signal is output to 1183 and the round display 1190.

In this embodiment, the first start port sensor 3422, the second start port sensor 2593, the gate sensor 2586, the first count sensor 2111, the second count sensor 2578, the V winning port sensor 2627, and the out-of-passing port sensor 2629. A non-contact type electromagnetic proximity switch is used for the general winning opening sensor 3421, whereas a contact type ON / OFF operation type mechanical switch is used for the general winning opening sensor 3421. This is because the game ball frequently enters the first starting port 2201 and the second starting port 2587b and frequently passes through the gate portion 2585a, so that the first starting port sensor 3422, the second starting port sensor 2593, and the second starting port sensor 2593 are used. Detection of game balls by the gate sensor 2586 also occurs frequently. Therefore, the proximity switch having high durability and long life is used for the first start port sensor 3422, the second start port sensor 2593, and the gate sensor 2586. Further, when a big hit game state that is advantageous to the player occurs, the first big winning opening 2102 is opened and the game ball frequently enters, so that the game ball by the first count sensor 2111 and the second count sensor 2578 Detection also occurs frequently. Further, when a small hit game state occurs, the second large winning opening 2509 is opened and the game ball is frequently won, and the distribution member 2620 distributes the ball to either the V winning opening 2626 or the out-of-passing opening 2628. The detection of the game ball by the first count sensor 2111, the second count sensor 2578, the V winning opening sensor 2627, and the out-of-passing opening 2628 also frequently occurs. Therefore, the proximity switch having high durability and long life is also used for the first count sensor 2111, the second count sensor 2578, the V winning opening sensor 2627, and the out-of-pass passage opening 2628. On the other hand, in the general winning opening 2301 where the game ball does not enter frequently, the detection by the general winning opening sensor 3421 does not occur frequently. Therefore, the general winning opening sensor 3421 uses a mechanical switch having a shorter life than the proximity switch.

Further, the main control MPU 4100a transmits various information (game information) related to the game and various commands related to payout to the payout control board 4110, and receives various commands related to the state of the pachinko machine 1 from the payout control board 4110. Or something. Further, the main control MPU 4100a transmits various commands related to the control of the game effect and various commands related to the state of the pachinko machine 1 to the peripheral control unit 4140 of the peripheral control board 4010 described later via the main control I / O port 4100b. (The boards of the main control board 4100 and the peripheral control unit 4140 are electrically connected by a harness (not shown). The main control MPU 4100a will be described in detail later, but when it receives various commands related to the state of the pachinko machine 1 from the payout control board 4110, it formats these various commands and transmits them to the peripheral control unit 4140.

Although detailed description will be described later, various voltages are supplied to the main control board 4100 from the power supply board 851. The power supply board 851 that supplies various voltages to the main control board 4100 is an electric double layer capacitor (hereinafter, simply referred to as "capacitor") as a backup power source for supplying power to the main control board 4100 for a predetermined time even when the power is cut off. It is equipped with.). With this capacitor, the main control MPU 4100a can store various information in the RAM 4100e in the power off processing even when the power is cut off. The various stored information is completely erased (cleared) from the RAM 4100e when the RAM clear switch 4100c of the main control board 4100 is operated when the power is turned on. The operation signal (detection signal) of the RAM clear switch 4100c is also output to the payout control board 4110.

Further, the main control board 4100 is provided with a power failure monitoring circuit. This power failure monitoring circuit monitors a decrease in various voltages supplied from the power supply board 851, and when those voltages are equal to or lower than the power failure warning voltage, a power failure warning signal is output as a power failure warning. This power failure warning signal is input to the main control MPU 4100a via the main control I / O port 4100b, and is also transmitted to the payout control board 4110 and the like via a harness (not shown).

[3-2. Payout control board]
As shown in FIG. 112, the payout control board 4110 that controls the payout of the game ball, the payout control unit 4111 that performs various controls related to the payout, the launch control by the launch solenoid 654, and the ball feed by the ball feed solenoid 585. The launch control unit 4120 that controls, the error LED display 4130 that displays the status of the pachinko machine 1, the error release switch 860a for canceling the error displayed on the error LED display 4130, and the prize ball tank 720. , The tank rail 731, and a ball removal switch 860b for discharging the game ball in the prize ball device 740 to the outside of the pachinko machine 1 and starting the ball removal operation.

[3-2A. Payout control unit]
As shown in FIG. 112, the payout control unit 4111 that performs various controls related to payout on the payout control board 4110 is a microprocessor having a built-in ROM for storing various processing programs and various commands, a RAM for temporarily storing data, and the like. The payout control MPU4111a, the payout control I / O port 4111b as an I / O device, the external WDT4111c (external watchdog timer) for monitoring whether or not the payout control MPU4111a is operating normally, and the award. It includes a payout motor drive circuit 4111d for outputting a drive signal to the payout motor 744 of the ball device 740, and a payout control input circuit 4111e for inputting detection signals from various detection switches related to payout. In addition to the built-in ROM and RAM, the payout control MPU4111a also has a built-in function to prevent fraud.

The payout control MPU4111a of the payout control unit 4111 receives various information (game information) related to the game from the main control board 4100 and various commands related to the payout serially via the payout control I / O port 4111b, or the main control board. The operation signal (detection signal) of the RAM clear switch 4100c from the 4100 is input via the payout control I / O port 4111b, the detection signal from the full tank detection sensor 550 is input, and the ball out switch 750 is input. , The detection signal from the counting sensor 751 and the rotation angle sensor 752 is input via the prize ball relay board 754.

A ball-out switch 750 that detects the presence or absence of a game ball in the supply passage 741a formed in the base unit 741 of the prize ball device 740, and a game ball flowing down in the prize ball passage 741c formed in the base unit 741 are detected. The detection signal from the counting sensor 751 is first input to the payout control input circuit 4111e via the prize ball relay board 754 of the prize ball device 740, and is input to the payout control MPU4111a via the payout control I / O port 4111b. .. The detection signal from the rotation angle sensor 752 for detecting the detection slit 749a formed in the rotation detection board 749 of the prize ball device 740 first passes through the sensor board 753 of the prize ball device 740 and the prize ball relay board 754. It is input to the payout control input circuit 4111e and is input to the payout control MPU4111a via the payout control I / O port 4111b.

Further, the detection signals from the door frame opening switch 618 for detecting the opening of the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3 and the main body frame opening switch 619 for detecting the opening of the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 are first output control input circuits. It is input to 4111e and is input to the payout control MPU4111a via the payout control I / O port 4111b.

Further, the detection signal from the full tank detection sensor 550 that detects whether or not the game ball in which the accommodation space 546 of the foul cover unit 540 is stored is full is first the handle device relay board 192 and the main relay terminal. It is input to the payout control input circuit 4111e via the plate 880, and is input to the payout control MPU4111a via the payout control I / O port 4111b.

The payout control MPU4111a outputs a drive signal for driving the payout motor 744 to the payout motor 744 via the payout control I / O 4111b and the prize ball relay board 754, and outputs the status of the pachinko machine 1 to the error LED display. A signal for displaying on the 4130 is output to the error LED display 4130 via the payout control I / O port 4111b, and a command for indicating the status of the pachinko machine 1 is sent via the payout control I / O port 4111b. It is transmitted to the main control board 4100 in a serial manner, or the number of actually paid out game balls is output to the external terminal board 784 via the payout control I / O port 4111b. The external terminal board 784 is electrically connected to a hall computer installed on the game hall side. This hall computer monitors the player's game by grasping the number of game balls paid out by the pachinko machine 1 and the game information of the pachinko machine 1.

The error LED display 4130 is a segment display, and displays alphanumericals, figures, and the like to display the status of the pachinko machine 1. The contents displayed and notified by the error LED display 4130 include the following. For example, when the figure "-" is displayed, it is notified that it is "normal", and when the number "0" is displayed, it means that it is "connection abnormality" (specifically, with the main control board 4100). Notifies that there is an abnormality in the electrical connection between the payout control board 4110 and the board, and when the number "1" is displayed, it means that the ball is out (specifically, the ball is out). Based on the detection signal from the switch 750, it is notified that there is no game ball in the supply passage 741a formed in the base unit 741 of the prize ball device 740), and when the number "2" is displayed, "ball is seen". (Specifically, the payout rotating body 748 at the entrance of the distribution space 741b communicating with the supply passage 741a formed in the base unit 741 of the prize ball device 740 based on the detection signal from the rotation angle sensor 752. And the game ball are engaged near the entrance to notify that the payout rotating body 748 is difficult to rotate), and when the number "3" is displayed, it means that it is a "counting switch error" (specifically). Notifies that the counting sensor 751 has a problem based on the detection signal from the counting sensor 751), and when the numerical value "5" is displayed, it means that it is a "retry error" (specifically, Notifies that the number of retries of the payout operation has reached the preset upper limit), and when the number "6" is displayed, it means that the tank is "full" (specifically, from the full tank detection sensor 550). Based on the detection signal of, the accommodation space 546 of the foul cover unit 540 is full with the stored game ball), and when the number "7" is displayed, it means that "CR is not connected" (CR is not connected). Notifies that the electrical connection is disconnected in any of the payout control boards 4110 to the CR unit), and when the number "9" is displayed, it means that it is "in stock" (specifically, it is in stock). , The number of game balls that have not been paid out has reached a predetermined number).

The ball lending request signal for the game ball from the ball lending switch 365a and the return request signal for the prepaid card from the return switch 365b first pass through the frequency display board 365, the main relay terminal board 880, and the CR unit connection terminal board 874. Is input to the CR unit. The CR unit serially transmits a signal specifying the number of balls of the game ball to be rented according to the ball lending request signal to the payout control board 4110 via the CR unit connection terminal board 874, and this signal is the payout control I / O port. It is received by 4111b and input to the payout control MPU4111a. In addition, the CR unit updates the remaining amount of the inserted prepaid card according to the number of rented game balls, and at the same time, the CR unit connection terminal board displays a signal for displaying the remaining amount on the remaining degree display 365c. It is output to 874, the main relay terminal board 880, and the frequency display board 365, and this signal is input to the remaining frequency display 365c.

[3-2B. Launch control unit]
As shown in FIG. 112, the launch control unit 4120 that performs launch control by the launch solenoid 654 and ball feed control by the ball feed solenoid 585 is a launch control input circuit to which detection signals from various detection switches related to launch are input. 4120a, an oscillation circuit 4120b that outputs a clock signal at regular time intervals, and a firing timing control circuit 4120c that outputs a firing reference pulse for launching a game ball toward the game region 1100 based on this clock signal. It is provided with a firing solenoid drive circuit 4120d that outputs a drive signal to the firing solenoid 654 based on the firing reference pulse, and a ball feeding solenoid drive circuit 4120e that outputs a driving signal to the ball feeding solenoid 585 based on the firing reference pulse. .. The firing timing control circuit 4120c generates a firing reference pulse so that 100 game balls are launched toward the game region 1100 per minute based on the clock signal from the oscillation circuit 4120b, and outputs the firing reference pulse to the firing solenoid drive circuit 4120d. At the same time, a ball feed reference pulse obtained by multiplying the emission reference pulse by a predetermined number is generated and output to the ball feed solenoid drive circuit 4120e.

From the touch sensor 516 that detects whether or not the palm or finger is touching the front 506 of the rotary handle body, and the launch stop switch 518 that detects whether or not the launch of the game ball is forcibly stopped by the player's will. The detection signal is first input to the firing control input circuit 4120a via the handle device relay board 192 and the main relay terminal board 880, and is input to the firing timing control circuit 4120c. Further, when the CR unit and the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 are electrically connected, they are input to the firing control input circuit 4120a as a CR connection signal and input to the firing timing control circuit 4120c. The signal from the rotation position detection sensor 512 that electrically adjusts the strength of launching the game ball toward the game area 1100 according to the rotation position of the rotation handle main body front 506 is first the handle device relay board 192 and the main relay terminal. It is input to the firing solenoid drive circuit 4120d via the plate 880.

Based on the signal from the rotation position detection sensor 512, the launch solenoid drive circuit 4120d launches a drive current for launching the game ball toward the game area 1100 with a launch strength commensurate with the rotation position of the rotation handle main body front 506. When the reference pulse is input, it is output to the firing solenoid 654. On the other hand, the ball feed solenoid drive circuit 4120e applies a constant current to the ball feed solenoid 585 via the main relay terminal plate 880 and the handle device relay board 192 when the ball feed reference pulse is input. By outputting, the ball feeding member 584 of the ball feeding unit 580 receives one game ball stored in the upper dish 301 of the dish unit 300, and the constant current is triggered by the completion of the input of the ball feeding reference pulse. By stopping the output of the ball feeding member 584, the game ball received by the ball feeding member 584 is sent to the hitting ball launching device 650 side. In this way, the drive current output from the launch solenoid drive circuit 4120d to the launch solenoid 654 is variably controlled, while the drive current output from the ball feed solenoid drive circuit 4120e to the ball feed solenoid 585 is constant. It is controlled.

The power supply board 851 that supplies various voltages to the payout control board 4110 includes a capacitor as a backup power source for supplying power to the payout control board 4110 for a predetermined time even when the power supply is cut off. With this capacitor, the payout control MPU4111a can store various information in the RAM of the payout control board 4110 in the power cutoff process even when the power supply is cut off. When the RAM clear switch 4100c of the main control board 4100 is operated at the time of turning on the power, the various stored information is completely erased (cleared) from the RAM of the payout control board 4110.

[3-3. Peripheral control board]
As shown in FIG. 112, the peripheral control board 4010 includes a peripheral control unit 4140 that performs effect control based on a command from the main control board 4100, and a liquid crystal display device 1900 based on control data from the peripheral control unit 4140. It includes a liquid crystal control unit 4150 that controls drawing of the sub liquid crystal display device 3111.

[3-3A. Peripheral control unit]
As shown in FIG. 112, the peripheral control unit 4140 that controls the effect on the peripheral control board 4010 performs a peripheral control MPU 4140a as a microprocessor, a peripheral control ROM 4140b that stores various processing programs and various commands, and a high-quality sound performance. It includes a sound source IC 4140c to be performed, and a sound ROM 4140d in which sound information such as music and sound effects referred to by the sound source IC 4140c is stored.

The peripheral control MPU4140a has a plurality of parallel I / O ports, serial I / O ports, etc. built-in, and when various commands are received from the main control board 4100, each decorative board of the game board 4 is based on these various commands. The game board side light emission data for outputting the lighting signal, blinking signal or gradation lighting signal to the provided color LED or the like is transmitted from the serial I / O port for the lamp drive board to the lamp drive board 3021, or the game board. A motor mounted on the rear surface of the back box 3010 from the serial I / O port for the game board decorative drive board to output the drive data on the game board side for outputting the drive signal to the drive motor for operating the various production units provided in 4. Door-side drive data for transmitting to the drive board 3023 and outputting a drive signal to an electric drive source such as a dial drive motor 414 provided on the door frame 5, and provided on each decorative board of the door frame 5. The door-side light emission data for outputting the lighting signal, blinking signal, or gradation lighting signal to the color LED, etc., and the door-side drive light emission data composed of the frame decoration drive board serial I / O port to the peripheral panel Control data (display command) indicating a screen to be transmitted to the door frame base board 194 via the relay terminal plate 872 and the peripheral relay terminal plate 882 or to be displayed on the main liquid crystal display device 1900 or the sub liquid crystal display device 3111 is liquid crystal. In addition to transmitting data from the serial I / O port for the control unit to the liquid crystal control unit 4150, control signals (sound commands) for extracting sound information from the sound ROM 4140d are output to the sound source IC 4140c.

Detection signals from various in-situ detection sensors for detecting the in-situ of various production units provided on the game board 4 are input to the peripheral control MPU 4140a via the motor drive board 3023 mounted on the rear surface of the back box 3010. Has been done. The detection signals from the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b for detecting the rotation of the dial operation unit 401 of the operation unit 400 provided on the door frame 5 and the press detection sensor 432c for detecting the operation of the press operation unit 405 are the door frame base substrate. It is input to the peripheral control MPU4140a via 194, the peripheral relay terminal plate 882, and the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872.

Further, in the peripheral control MPU 4140a, a signal (operation signal) indicating that the liquid crystal control unit 4150 is operating normally is input from the liquid crystal control unit 4150, and the operation of the liquid crystal control unit 4150 is monitored based on this operation signal. is doing.

The sound source IC 4140c extracts sound information from the sound ROM 4140d based on the control data (sound command) from the peripheral control MPU4140a, and is provided on the main body frame 3 via the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882. It controls the flow of music and sound effects according to various effects from the speaker 821, and is provided on the door frame 5 via the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872, the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882, and the door frame base board 194. Control is performed so that music, sound effects, and the like according to various effects are played from the speakers 130, 222, 262 and the speaker 821 provided in the main body frame 3. The volume can be adjusted by rotating the volume 1912 mounted on the peripheral control board 4010 and protruding rearward from the peripheral control board box 1910.

The peripheral control unit 4140 includes an external WDT (watchdog timer) (not shown) in addition to the built-in WDT (watchdog timer) built in the peripheral control MPU4140a. The peripheral control MPU4140a has a built-in WDT and an external device. In combination with WDT, he diagnoses whether his system is out of control.

The display command output from the peripheral control MPU 4140a to the liquid crystal control unit 4150 is performed by the serial input / output port, and in the present embodiment, the bit rate (the size of data that can be transmitted per unit time) is 19.2 km (k). ) BPS (bits per second, hereinafter referred to as "bps") is set. On the other hand, the initial data, the door frame side lighting blinking command, the game board side lighting blinking command, and the movable body drive command output from the peripheral control MPU4140a to the lamp drive board 3021 and the motor drive board 3023 mounted on the rear surface of the back box 3010. , It is performed by a plurality of serial input / output ports different from the display command, and in this embodiment, 250 kbps is set as the bit rate.

The lamp drive board 3021 attached to the rear surface of the back box 3010 is provided with a lighting signal or a blinking signal on the door frame 5 via the peripheral relay terminal plate 882 based on the received door frame side lighting / blinking command. A lighting signal or blinking signal is provided on the game board 4 based on the LED of each decorative board 214, 216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322, 430, 432, etc., or based on the received game board side lighting blinking command. It is output to the LED of each decorative board.

Further, the motor drive board 3023 mounted on the rear surface of the back box 3010 sends a drive signal based on the received drive command of the movable body to the dial drive motor provided on the door frame 5 via the peripheral relay terminal plate 882. It outputs to the 414, each drive motor provided in the game board 4, the solenoid, and the like.

Further, in the peripheral control MPU 4140a, a signal (operation signal) indicating that the liquid crystal control unit 4150 is operating normally is input from the liquid crystal control unit 4150, or in the operation unit 400 provided in the dish unit 300 in the door frame 5. The detection signals from the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b that detect the rotation operation of the dial operation unit 401 and the pressure detection sensor 432c that detects the operation of the pressure operation unit 405 in the operation unit 400 are the peripheral side relay terminal board 882 and the back box. It may be input via the lamp drive board 3021 mounted on the rear surface of the 3010 or the motor drive board 3023.

The sound source IC 4140c extracts sound information from the sound ROM 4140d based on the sound command output from the peripheral control MPU 4140a, and is mounted on the rear surface of the back box 3010 such as a lamp drive board 3021, a motor drive board 3023, and a peripheral relay terminal board. From the side speaker 130 and the upper speaker 222,262 of the door frame 5 via 882, or from the speaker 821 of the main body frame 3 via the lamp drive board 3021 and the motor drive board 3023 attached to the rear surface of the back box 3010. , Controls the flow of music, sound effects, etc. according to various effects. In this example, as described above, the side speakers arranged on the left and right sides of the lower side of the game window 101, the upper speakers 222 and 262 arranged on the upper side of the game window 101, and the lower part of the main body frame 3 are provided. By sending an acoustic signal as sound information (for example, a 2ch stereo signal, a 4ch stereo signal, a 2.1ch surround signal to which a lower speaker 391 described later is added, a 4.1ch surround signal, etc.) is sent to the bass speaker 821. , It has become possible to present more realistic sound effects (sound effects) than before.

[3-4. LCD control unit]
Next, as shown in FIG. 112, the liquid crystal control unit 4150 that controls the drawing of the liquid crystal display device 1900 on the peripheral control board 4010 stores the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a as a microprocessor, various processing programs, various commands, and various data. The liquid crystal control ROM 4150b, the VDP (abbreviation of Video Display Processor) 4150c for displaying and controlling the above-mentioned liquid crystal display device 1900, the character ROM 4150d for storing various data of the screen displayed on the liquid crystal display device 1900, and the character ROM 4150d. It includes a character RAM 4150e to which various stored data are transferred and copied.

This liquid crystal control MPU4150a has a built-in parallel I / O port, serial I / O port, etc., and controls the VDP4150c based on the control data (display command) from the peripheral control unit 4140 to draw the liquid crystal display device 1900. It is in control. If the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a is operating normally, the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a outputs an operation signal to that effect to the peripheral control unit 4140. Further, the liquid crystal control MPU4150a receives an execution signal described later from the VDP4150c, and performs interrupt processing when the output of the execution signal is stopped every 16 ms.

The liquid crystal control ROM 4150b includes various programs for generating a screen to be drawn on the liquid crystal display device 1900, control data (display command) from the peripheral control board 4010, schedule data corresponding to the schedule data, and control data (display command) thereof. Multiple corresponding non-residential area transfer schedule data, etc. are stored. The schedule data is configured by arranging screen data that defines the screen configuration in chronological order, and defines the order of screens to be drawn on the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 3111. The non-resident area transfer schedule data is configured by arranging the non-resident area transfer data that defines the order of various data stored in the character ROM 4150d to the non-resident area of the character RAM 4150e in chronological order. As the non-resident area transfer data, the order in which the screen data drawn on the liquid crystal display device 1900 according to the progress of the schedule data is transferred in advance from the character ROM 4150d to the non-resident area of the character RAM 4150e is defined.

The liquid crystal control MPU4150a extracts the screen data at the head of the schedule data corresponding to the control data (display command) from the peripheral control board 4010 from the liquid crystal control ROM 4150b and outputs the screen data to the VDP4150c, and then outputs the screen data following the screen data at the head. It is extracted from the liquid crystal control ROM 4150b and output to the VDP 4150c. As described above, the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a extracts the screen data arranged in time series in the schedule data one by one from the head screen data from the liquid crystal control ROM 4150b and outputs the screen data to the VDP 4150c.

When the screen data output from the liquid crystal control MPU4150a is input, the VDP4150c extracts sprite data from the character RAM 4150e based on the input screen data and generates drawing data to be displayed on the liquid crystal display device 1900. The generated drawing data is output to the liquid crystal display device 1900. Further, when the VDP4150c does not accept the screen data from the liquid crystal control MPU4150a, the VDP4150c outputs an executing signal to that effect to the liquid crystal control MPU4150a. The VDP4150c employs a line buffer method. This "line buffer method" means that the drawing data for one line that draws the left-right direction of the liquid crystal display device 1900 is held in the line buffer, and the drawing data for one line held in the line buffer is stored in the liquid crystal display device 1900. This is the output method.

An extremely large amount of sprite data is stored in the character ROM 4150d, and its capacity is large. When the capacity of the character ROM 4150d becomes large, that is, when the number of sprites drawn on the liquid crystal display device 1900 increases, the access speed of the character ROM 4150d cannot be ignored, which affects the speed of drawing on the liquid crystal display device 1900. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the sprite data stored in the character ROM 4150d is transferred and copied to the character RAM 4150e having a high access speed, and the sprite data is extracted from the character RAM 4150e. The sprite data is basic data that is data before the sprite is expanded into a bitmap format, and is stored in the character ROM 4150d in a compressed state.

Here, the "sprite" will be described. The "sprite" is an image displayed as a unit on the liquid crystal display device 1900. For example, when displaying various people on the liquid crystal display device 1900, the data for drawing each person is called a "sprite". As a result, when displaying a plurality of people on the liquid crystal display device 1900, a plurality of sprites are used. In addition to people, houses, mountains, roads, etc. that make up the background are also sprites, and the entire background can be a single sprite. These sprites are drawn on the liquid crystal display device 1900 by setting the positions arranged on the screen and the vertical relationship when the sprites overlap each other (hereinafter, referred to as "the order of superimposing the sprites").

It should be noted that the sprite is configured by laminating a plurality of rectangular areas of 64 pixels in each of the vertical and horizontal directions. The data for drawing this rectangular area is called a "character". In the case of a small sprite, it can be expressed using one character, and in the case of a relatively large sprite such as a person, it can be expressed using a total of 6 characters arranged in, for example, 2 horizontal × 3 vertical. be able to. In the case of a larger sprite such as a background, it can be expressed by using a larger number of characters. In this way, the number and arrangement of characters can be arbitrarily specified for each sprite.

The liquid crystal display device 1900 repeats a main scan for setting a display state for each pixel in one direction along a pixel and a main scan in a direction intersecting the one direction, sequentially from left to right when viewed from the front. It is driven by a sub-scan to be performed. When the drawing data for one line output from the liquid crystal control unit 4150 is input to the liquid crystal display device 1900, the main scan is for one line sequentially from left to right when viewed from the front of the liquid crystal display device 1900. Output to each pixel. Then, when the output for one line is completed, the liquid crystal display device 1900 shifts to the line directly below as a sub-scan, and similarly, when the drawing data for the next line is input, based on the drawing data for the next line. As the main scan, data is sequentially output to pixels for one line from left to right when viewed from the front of the liquid crystal display device 1900.

[4. Game content]
In the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the player rotates the handle device 500 arranged at the lower right of the door frame 5, and the game balls stored in the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300 are generated by the game panel 1150. It is driven into the upper part of the game area 1100 arranged in front of the player, and the game by the game ball is started. The game ball driven into the upper part of the game area 1100 will flow down in the game area 1100 on the upper left side or the right side of the center accessory 2500 depending on the driving strength. The driving strength of the game ball can be adjusted by the amount of rotation of the handle device 500, and the more it is rotated in the clockwise direction, the stronger it can be driven. Further, in the game area 1100, a plurality of obstacle nails are planted in front of the game panel 1150 in a predetermined gauge arrangement at appropriate positions, and the game ball comes into contact with the obstacle nails so that the game ball flows down. While the speed is suppressed, various movements are given to the game ball so that the movements can be enjoyed.

When the game ball driven into the upper part of the center accessory 2500 enters the left side of the front view, that is, the left route 1100L side from the highest portion of the peripheral wall portion 2502 of the center accessory 2500, it becomes the inner rail 1112. It flows down the left side of the center accessory 2500 through the space. Then, when the game ball that has flowed down to the left side of the center accessory 2500 enters the warp entrance 2503 that opens on the outer peripheral surface of the peripheral wall portion 2502 of the center accessory 2500, it is supplied to the stage 2506. In this stage 2506, when the ball is released forward from the lowest portion after rolling in the left-right direction, it is released from the chance exit 2506d opened directly above the first starting port 2201 into the game area 1100 with a high probability. It is accepted into the first starting port 2201. Then, when the game balls are received by the first start port 2201 and detected by the first start port sensor 3422, a predetermined number (for example, three) of game balls are transmitted from the prize ball device 740 via the main control board 4100 or the like. Is paid out to the upper plate 301.

If the game ball released from the stage 2506 into the game area 1100 does not win a prize in the first start port 2201 and flows down to either the left or right side of the first start port 2201, it will be the first by a big hit game or the like. When the first prize opening 2102 is open, there is a high probability that the first prize opening 2102 will be won.

By the way, when the game ball that has flowed down to the left side of the center character 2500 does not enter the warp entrance 2503, it is moved to the center side of the game area 1100 under the center character 2500 and moves from the stage 2506 to the game area 1100. Although the probability is low compared to the released game ball, there is a possibility of winning a prize in the first starting port 2201 arranged below the center accessory 2500. Further, the game ball that has flowed down to the left side of the center accessory 2500 may win a prize in the general winning opening 2301, and when the game ball wins in the general winning opening 2301 and is detected by the general winning opening sensor 3421, Based on the detection signal, the main control board 4100 transmits a predetermined payout command to the payout control board 4110, and the payout control board 4110 controls the payout motor 744 of the prize ball device 740 in response to the payout command. A predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls are paid out to the upper plate 301.

On the other hand, when the game ball driven into the upper part of the center accessory 2500 in the game area 1100 enters the right route 1100R on the right side of the highest portion of the peripheral wall portion 2502 of the center accessory 2500, the center accessory Through a narrow gap between the outer circumference on the right side of 2500 and the inner circumference of the game area 1100, the player enters the passage 2509a opened near the abutment portion 1114 of the front component 1110A in the inner circumference of the game area 1100. Since the game ball that has entered the passage 2509a is discharged directly above the gate portion 2585a, it enters the gate portion 2585a with an extremely high probability.

At this time, when the game ball is detected by the gate sensor 2586, a normal random number as a result of the normal lottery is generated on the main control board 4100 based on the detection signal. Based on this ordinary random number, the ordinary symbol of the ordinary symbol display 1189 in the function display unit 1180 is variablely displayed (for example, the ordinary symbol display 1189 composed of two red and green LEDs emits light alternately) for a predetermined time (for example). For example, the normal symbol based on the normal random number (normal lottery result) extracted after the lapse of 0.1 seconds to 1 second is displayed as a stop (one of the two LEDs of the normal symbol display 1189 emits light). Will be done. The variation display of the ordinary symbol is performed based on the ordinary symbol variation pattern selected from the predetermined ordinary symbol variation pattern selection table.

Specifically, if the lottered ordinary random number is a "normal hit" random number, it will be stopped and displayed with a normal symbol that suggests a hit (ordinary symbol display 1189 emits green light), and the lottered ordinary random number will be a "normal loss" random number. In the case of, the stop display (normal symbol display 1189 emits red light) is displayed with a normal symbol suggesting a loss. Then, when the normal symbol suggesting "normal hit" is stopped and displayed, the movable piece 2589 that guides the game ball to the second starting port 2587b is in a protruding position for a predetermined time (for example, between 0.3 seconds and 3 seconds). The game ball can be won at the second starting port 2587b.

In this embodiment, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is set to be extremely short as compared with the conventional pachinko machine. Therefore, the game ball that has passed through the gate portion 2585a and has been drawn for "normal hit" is discharged above the second starting port 2587b by the upper surface of the opening / closing member 2527 of the second attacker unit 2570, and is discharged to the second starting port 2587b. At the timing of reaching or not reaching the front side of the movable piece 2589 that guides the game ball, the movable piece 2589 is moved to the protruding position by the starting port solenoid 2590 and can be accepted into the second starting port 2587b. If the lottery is drawn, it will be accepted into the second starting port 2587b with an extremely high probability.

Then, when the game ball is received by the second starting port 2587b by passing through the gate portion 2585a and drawing a "normal hit", it is detected by the second starting port sensor 2593 and based on the detection signal of the second starting port sensor 2593. In the main control board 4100, a predetermined payout command is transmitted to the payout control board 4110, and the payout control board 4110 controls the payout motor 744 of the prize ball device 740 in response to the payout command to provide one game ball. It is paid out to the upper plate 301.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the game ball performs a driving operation (so-called right-handed) passing through the right side of the center accessory 2500, the game passes through the gate portion 2585a and the gate portion 2585a with an extremely high probability. If the ball draws a "normal hit", it will be accepted into the second starting port 2587b with an extremely high probability, so even beginners and players who are unfamiliar with the game can easily win a prize in the second starting port 2587b, which is fun for the player. You can do it.

By the way, as described above, in the pachinko machine 1, the player can easily make the second starting port 2587b win the game ball by hitting the right side, and therefore, by winning the second starting port 2587b. If the number of game balls to be paid out increases, the burden on the game hall side in which the pachinko machine 1 is installed increases, and there is a risk of hesitating to install the pachinko machine 1. However, in this pachinko machine 1, since the number of game balls paid out by winning the game ball to the second starting port 2587b is one, the game is played by the lottery of the special lottery result by winning the second starting port 2587b. It is possible to reduce the burden on the game hall side while enhancing the interest of the person, and the pachinko machine 1 can be installed without any problem.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the passage of the game ball is detected by the gate sensor 2586 while the normal symbol is being displayed in a variable manner on the normal symbol display 1189, the changing normal symbol is stopped and generated / extracted first. Until the result of the ordinary random number is confirmed, the ordinary random number (including the ordinary symbol fluctuation pattern) extracted based on the detection signal from the gate sensor 2586 is temporarily stored and its display is suspended and stored. The number of ordinary random numbers (also referred to as the number of pending numbers) is displayed on the ordinary symbol storage display 1188. This ordinary symbol storage display 1188 is composed of four LEDs, and the number of stored LEDs can be suggested by the number of each LED that is lit. In this example, up to four LEDs can be stored and displayed. When the number of stored items exceeds four, the ordinary random numbers extracted based on the detection signal of the gate sensor 2126 are discarded.

On the other hand, when the game ball passes through the gate portion 2585a and a "normal loss" is drawn, the movable piece 2589 that guides the game ball to the second starting port 2587b is maintained in the retracted position. The game ball that has passed through the gate portion 2585a flows down the front surface of the movable piece 2589 and is discharged into the game area 1100 on the front view of the first large winning opening 2102 of the first attacker unit 2100 by the guide wall surface 2582. The game ball released from the guide wall surface 2582 into the game area 1100 has a high probability of winning the first big prize opening 2102 when the first big winning opening 2102 is open due to a big hit game or the like. Further, since the game ball that has passed through the gate portion 2585a is discharged above the second attacker unit 2570 via the distribution passage 2505 and the branch passage 2507, the second big winning opening 2509 is opened by a small hit game or the like. In the state, there is an extremely high probability of winning the second prize opening 2509. Therefore, at the time of a big hit game or the like where the first big winning opening 2102 can be accepted or a small hit game or the like where the second big winning opening 2509 can be accepted, the game ball hits right so as to flow down the right route 1100R. By performing the above, the game ball can be easily won in the first prize opening 2102 or the second prize opening 2509.

By the way, in the main control board 4100 of the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, a game ball wins a prize in the first starting port 2201 and the second starting port 2587b, and is detected by the first starting port sensor 3422 and the second starting port sensor 2593. Then, the first starting port 2201 generates / extracts a predetermined first special random number, and the second starting port 2587b generates / extracts a predetermined second special random number. Then, based on the extracted special random numbers, after the variable display of the special symbol displayed on the corresponding first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display 1186 of the function display unit 1180 is started, the special The special symbol corresponding to the random number is stopped and displayed as the special lottery result.

When the special symbol is stopped and displayed in the mode suggesting "big hit" in the first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display 1186, the opening / closing member 2104 of the first attacker unit 2100 has a predetermined pattern. A special advantageous gaming state (for example, a big hit game) that opens and closes occurs, and more gaming balls can be acquired by winning the gaming ball to the first winning opening 2102 during that period. When one game ball wins the first prize opening 2102, a predetermined number (for example, 13) of game balls are paid out from the prize ball device 740 to the upper plate 301.

On the other hand, when the special symbol is stopped and displayed in the mode suggesting "small hit" in the second special symbol display 1186, the opening / closing member 2571 of the second attacker unit 2570 opens / closes in a predetermined pattern. (For example, a small hit game) occurs, and in the meantime, more game balls can be obtained by winning a game ball in the second large winning opening 2509. When one game ball wins the second prize opening 2509, a predetermined number (for example, 13) of game balls are paid out from the prize ball device 740 to the upper plate 301.

At the first starting port 2201 and the second starting port 2587b, the first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display are also displayed in the same manner as the fluctuation display of the normal symbol due to the passage of the game ball to the gate portion 2585a. When the special symbol is variablely displayed in 1186, or when the special symbol such as during a big hit game or a small hit game as a special advantageous gaming state cannot be variablely displayed, a game ball is sent to the starting port 2201 or the second starting port 2587b. Is won and detected by the first start port sensor 3422 and the second start port sensor 2593, from the first start port sensor 3422 and the second start port sensor 2593 until the variation display of the special symbol becomes possible. The first special random number and the second special random number extracted based on the detection signal of the above are temporarily stored and the display is suspended, and the number of the stored special random numbers is set as the first special symbol. It is displayed on the storage display 1184 and the second special symbol storage display 1187.

The first special symbol storage display 1184 and the second special symbol storage display 1187 are each composed of two LEDs, and the number of memories is suggested by the combination of the light emitting states of each LED that is turned off, turned on, and blinking. In this example, up to four can be stored and displayed. If the number of stored items exceeds four, the extracted special random numbers are discarded. Further, when both the first special random number and the second special random number are stored (held), the second special random number is executed (digested) with priority over the first special random number. .. That is, the holding of the lottery result according to the second starting port 2587b is executed (digested) with priority over the holding of the lottery result related to the first starting port 2201.

Further, in the main control board 4100, the first special random number extracted based on the detection of the first start port sensor 3422 is collated with a predetermined predetermined random number determination table (also referred to as a hit determination table). It is determined whether the special random number is "missing" or "big hit". Further, in the main control board 4100, the first symbol random number extracted based on the detection of the first start port sensor 3422 is collated with a predetermined predetermined random number determination table (also referred to as a symbol determination table). Regarding the "big hit", it is determined whether it is "16R normal big hit (16R non-time saving big hit)" or "16R time saving big hit".

On the other hand, in the main control board 4100, the second special random number extracted based on the detection of the second start port sensor 2593 is collated with a predetermined predetermined random number determination table (also referred to as a hit determination table). It is determined whether the special random number is "missing", "small hit", or "big hit". Further, in the main control board 4100, the second symbol random number extracted based on the detection of the second start port sensor 2593 is collated with a predetermined predetermined random number determination table (also referred to as a symbol determination table). The "big hit" is determined to be a "16R time-saving big hit".

When the extracted first special random number or second special random number is a "big hit", the main control board 4100 opens the opening / closing member 2104 of the first attacker unit 2100 for a predetermined time (for example, about 30). An opening / closing pattern (one opening / closing pattern) that closes the opening / closing member 2104 when any of the conditions for winning a prize in the first large winning opening 2102 is satisfied after a lapse of seconds or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls. Is referred to as one round) is repeated a predetermined number of times (a predetermined number of rounds). In this example, 16 rounds are repeated at the time of "16R big hit" to generate a special advantageous gaming state which is advantageous to the player.

On the other hand, when the extracted second special random number is "small hit", the main control board 4100 elapses for a predetermined time (for example, about 30 seconds) after opening the opening / closing member 2571 of the second attacker unit 2570. Alternatively, an opening / closing pattern (one opening / closing pattern is defined as one round) in which the opening / closing member 2572 is closed when any of the conditions for winning a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls is satisfied in the second large winning opening 2509. (Referred to) is repeated a predetermined number of times (predetermined number of rounds). In this example, one round is executed at the time of "small hit" to generate an auxiliary gaming state advantageous to the player. In addition, when a game ball wins in the second major winning opening 2509, the winning game ball is transferred to the V winning opening 2626 on the right distribution passage 2623 side or the left distribution passage 2625 side by using the distribution member 2620. Sort to one of the out-of-passage ports 2628. Then, every time 10 game balls win the second big prize opening 2509, they are distributed to the V winning opening 2626 on the right distribution passage 2623 side by the distribution member 2620, so that "16R time saving big hit (feature big hit)" ) ”, And the opening / closing member 2104 of the first attacker unit 2100 is opened / closed in a predetermined pattern in the same manner as when the first special random number or the second special random number is“ 16R big hit ”, which is a special advantageous game advantageous to the player. A state can be generated.

In addition, when the extracted first special random number or second special random number is "16R time saving big hit", and after the extracted second special random number is "small hit", the game ball that won the second big winning opening 2509. Is distributed to the V winning opening 2626 and becomes a "16R short-time big hit (feature big hit)", after the end of the special advantageous game state (for example, big hit game), the normal lottery result is "normal hit". Generates a time-saving game state (time-saving state) in which the probability of becoming is extremely high. Therefore, during the time-saving game, the movable piece 2589 frequently moves to the protruding position, and the game ball can be easily won in the second starting port 2587b. Therefore, the game ball flows down the right route 1100R. It is preferable to hit right as you do. On the other hand, when the extracted first special random number is "16R normal jackpot (16R non-time saving jackpot)", the normal lottery result becomes "normal hit" after the end of the special advantageous gaming state (for example, the jackpot game). Generates a normal game state (normal state, non-time saving state) in which the probability is extremely low. Therefore, during a normal game (non-time saving game), the

Images